diff --git a/Functions/About/Config/authors.txt b/Functions/About/Config/authors.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 589e6f8..0000000
--- a/Functions/About/Config/authors.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-$Id$
-This file records authoring information of CentOS Artwork Repository,
-in alphabetical order.
-
-Ralph Angenendt <ralph@centos.org>
-Marcus Moeller <marcus@moeller.org>
-Alain Reguera Delgado <al@localhost>, 2009, 2010, 2011
-Karanbirn Singh <karan@centos.org>
diff --git a/Functions/About/Config/copying.txt b/Functions/About/Config/copying.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dce2aa..0000000
--- a/Functions/About/Config/copying.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-$Id$
-This file records copying information of CentOS Artwork Repository.
-
-
- THE CENTOS ARTWORK REPOSITORY LICENSE
- Version 1, 2011
-
- Copyright © 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
- Calle 39 e/ 44 y 46 No. 4426 Cienfuegos, Cuba.
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING,
- DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- The CentOS Artwork Repository provides the file structure the
- centos-art script needs to work as expected. The terms under
- which such file structure is redistributed and/or modified
- depends of the redistribution terms of the centos-art script
- itself.
-
- The centos-art script is free software; you can redistribute
- it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
- version.
-
- The centos-art script is distributed in the hope that it will
- be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
- warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
- USA.
-
- The content produced inside The CentOS Artwork Repository
- cannot enter in conflict with the redistribution terms of the
- centos-art script, even both the centos-art script and the
- content produced are quiet different types of work (e.g., the
- centos-art script is a Bash program and the content produced
- can take form of SVG files, PNG files, HTML files, and many
- other open standards.).
-
- The content produced inside The CentOS Artwork Repository that
- is marked with The CentOS Symbol, The CentOS Logo or The
- CentOS Trademark is of internal use for The CentOS Project
- only and you are not allowd to use it for your own purposes
- without previous conversation with The CentOS Project.
- However, if you are interested in studying such contents and
- proposing your improvements, you are very welcome to do so.
diff --git a/Functions/About/Config/history.txt b/Functions/About/Config/history.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b98ad5..0000000
--- a/Functions/About/Config/history.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-$Id$
-This file records noteworthy changes of CentOS Artwork Repository.
-
- Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-
- Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
- permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and
- this notice are preserved.
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-(2011)
-
- - Unify common arguments for all specific functionalities (e.g, --answer,
- --quiet, --filter, etc.) and leave just specific arguments for specific
- functions to parse. There is no need to duplicate common arguments
- definitions inside every specific functionality.
-
- - The `.sed' translation files are no longer used, scalable vector
- graphics are used instead. Translation messages take place by means of
- xml2po and gettext. With xml2po translatable strings are retrived from
- `.svg' files and stored inside gettext `.pot' and `.po' files for
- translators to edit. Finally, xml2po is used again to build the temporal
- design model translated instance which the final `.png' image is built
- from.
-
- - The `trunk/Translation' directory structure is removed. The
- `trunk/Locales' directory structure is used instead to store locale
- information.
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-(2010)
-
- - Inside centos-art.sh script, functionalities start to get
- identified and separated one from another. For example, when
- images are rendered, there is no need to load manual
- functionality. There are now common functionalities and specific
- functionalities. Common functionalities are loaded when the
- script is initiated and are available to specific
- functionalities.
-
- - The directory structure is optimized to implements the corporate
- identity concepts and the centos-art.sh script. The CentOS
- Artwork Repository directory structure places the organizational
- convenctions that centos-art.sh script needs to do what we
- expect from it to do.
-
- - The following functionalities start to take form as part of
- centos-art.sh script:
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Bash/Functions/Render/render.sh'
-
- To produce translated images using Inkscape and Sed
- replacement commands.
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Bash/Functions/Manual/manual.sh'
-
- To produce documentation using Texinfo. Almost all
- LaTeX-based documents were moved to Texinfo format and
- handled by manual functionality.
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Bash/Functions/Locale/locale.sh'
-
- To translate centos-art.sh command-line interface messages
- using gettext.
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell.sh'
-
- To perform massive actions inside shell scripts. For
- example, update top-commentaries massively.
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg.sh'
-
- To perform massive actions inside SVG files.
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Html/html.sh'
-
- To perform massive actions inside HTML files.
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Path/path.sh'
-
- To automate manipulation of files, branches, and tags.
-
- `trunk/Scripts/Functions/About/about.sh'
-
- To print license, authors, history, copying, etc.
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-(2009)
-
- - The rendering script starts to evolve into centos-art.sh script, a
- command-line interface to manipulate the CentOS Artwork Repository.
-
- - Corporate identity concepts taken from Wikipedia and related books are
- introduced as development reference. The main goal of centos-art.sh
- turns to: automate production of a monolithic corporate visual identity
- structure based on CentOS Mission and CentOS Release Schema.
-
- - Alain Reguera Delgado is out of Internet for an undefined amount of
- time, but continues developing CentOS Artwork Repository and its
- automation tool (i.e., the centos-art.sh script) off-line.
-
- - Documentation begins to take form in LaTeX format.
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-(2008)
-
- - The CentOS Artwork Repository started at CentOS Developers
- mailing list.
-
- - Alain Reguera Delgado shares ideas in a thread about Anaconda
- progress slide images and the possibility of automating their
- construction.
-
- - Ralph Angenendt rises up his hand asking: Do you have something
- to show?
-
- - Alain Reguera Delgado posts a Bash script to produce slide
- images in different languages ---together with the proposition
- of creating a Subversion centralized repository where
- translations and image production could be distributed inside
- CentOS Community---.
-
- - Karanbirn Sighn considers the idea intresting and provides the
- infrastructure to support the effort as the CentOS Artwork SIG.
-
- https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/
- https://projects.centos.org/trac/artwork/
-
- - Alain Reguera Delagdo uploads the rendering script to CentOS
- Artwork Repository.
-
- - Ralph Angenendt documents the rendering script.
-
- - With the rendering script and its documentation available,
- translators start to download working copies of CentOS Artwork
- Repository to produce slide images in their own languages.
diff --git a/Functions/About/Config/license.txt b/Functions/About/Config/license.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b6e7c6..0000000
--- a/Functions/About/Config/license.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
- We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
- whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
- part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
- parties under the terms of this License.
-
- c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
- when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
- interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
- announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
- notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
- a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
- these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
- does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
- the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
- a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
- source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
- 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
- years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
- cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
- machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
- distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
- to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
- allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
- received the program in object code or executable form with such
- an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
- 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
- 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
- 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
- Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
- `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/Functions/About/about.sh b/Functions/About/about.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 77ea1d2..0000000
--- a/Functions/About/about.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# license.sh -- This function outputs centos-art.sh about messages.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function about {
-
- # Define command-line interface.
- about_getActions
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/About/about_getActions.sh b/Functions/About/about_getActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 15d714b..0000000
--- a/Functions/About/about_getActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# about_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
-# about functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function about_getActions {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="license,history,authors,copying"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Look for options passed through command-line.
- while true; do
- case "$1" in
-
- --license )
- ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/license.txt"
- break
- ;;
-
- --history )
- ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/history.txt"
- break
- ;;
-
- --authors )
- ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/authors.txt"
- break
- ;;
-
- --copying | * )
- ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/copying.txt"
- break
- ;;
-
- esac
- done
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ -f $ACTIONVAL ]];then
- less $ACTIONVAL
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Brand/brandAnaconda.sh b/Functions/Brand/brandAnaconda.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b215eb..0000000
--- a/Functions/Brand/brandAnaconda.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# brandAnaconda - Anaconda branding script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function brandAnaconda {
-
- # Define file's source and target.
- local ARTDIR=~/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Distro/Anaconda
- local PIXMAP=/usr/share/anaconda/pixmaps
- local SOURCE=''
- local TARGET=''
-
- # Define list of files used as base to determine which files may
- # need to be updated. Remove target from file path. Do not use
- # basename command. We may need the directory structure (if any)
- # under target, for further evaluation.
- local FILES=$(find ${PIXMAP}/ | sort | uniq | sed "s!${PIXMAP}/!!g")
- local FILE=''
-
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Define which file is release-specific, and specify the correct
- # path on source.
- case $FILE in
- anaconda_header.png )
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Header/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- ;;
-
- progress_first*.png | first*.png )
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Progress/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- ;;
-
- rnotes | rnotes/?? | rnotes/??_?? )
- continue
- ;;
-
- rnotes/??-*.png )
- FILE=$(basename $FILE | sed -r 's!-centos[0-9]+!!')
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Progress/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/en/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/rnotes/$FILE
- ;;
-
- rnotes/*/??-*.png )
- LANGUAGE=$(echo $FILE | sed -r 's!rnotes/(.+)/.*!\1!')
- FILE=$(basename $FILE | sed -r 's!-centos[0-9]+!!')
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Progress/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$LANGUAGE/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/rnotes/$LANGUAGE/$FILE
- ;;
-
- splash.png )
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Splash/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- ;;
-
- syslinux-splash.png )
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- FILE=$(echo $FILE | sed -r 's!\.png$!-16c.png!')
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Prompt/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
- ;;
-
- * )
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/$FILE
- esac
-
- # Check if file exists on source. If file doesn't exist on the
- # source it is not updated on target. Go to next file in the
- # loop and check again. Only file names on source that match
- # those in target are updated.
- cli_checkFiles "$SOURCE"
-
- # File exists and will be installed on target.
- cli_printMessage "$TARGET" "AsUpdatingLine"
-
- # Update file.
- #cp $SOURCE $TARGET
-
- # Set file's access rights.
- #chown root:root $TARGET
- #chmod 755 $TARGET
- #chcon system_u:object_r:usr_t $TARGET
-
-done
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Brand/brandFirstboot.sh b/Functions/Brand/brandFirstboot.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index cb785d7..0000000
--- a/Functions/Brand/brandFirstboot.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# brandFirstboot - Firstboot branding script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function brandFirstboot {
-
- # Define file's source and target.
- local ARTDIR=~/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Distro/Anaconda
- local PIXMAP=/usr/share/firstboot/pixmaps
- local SOURCE=''
- local TARGET=''
-
- # Define list of files used as base to determine which files may
- # need to be updated. Remove target from file path. Do not use
- # basename command. We may need the directory structure (if any)
- # under target, for further evaluation.
- local FILES=$(find ${PIXMAP}/ | sort | uniq | sed "s!${PIXMAP}/!!g")
- local FILE=''
-
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Define which file is release-specific, and specify the correct
- # path on source.
- case $FILE in
-
- splash-small.png )
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Firstboot/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- ;;
-
- firstboot-left.png )
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Firstboot/Img/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- ;;
-
- * )
- SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Firstboot/Img/$FILE
- TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
- esac
-
- # Check if file exists on source. If file doesn't exist on the
- # source it is not updated on target. Go to next file in the
- # loop and check again. Only file names on source that match
- # those in target are updated.
- cli_checkFiles "$SOURCE"
-
- # File exists and will be installed on target.
- cli_printMessage "$TARGET" "AsUpdatingLine"
-
- # Update file.
- #cp $SOURCE $TARGET
-
- # Set file's access rights.
- #chown root:root $TARGET
- #chmod 755 $TARGET
- #chcon system_u:object_r:usr_t $TARGET
-
- done
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-cc-by-sa.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-cc-by-sa.texi
deleted file mode 100755
index 8dab9f4..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-cc-by-sa.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=
-
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0
-Unported license ("CC-BY-SA"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available
-at @url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/}. In accordance
-with CC-BY-SA, if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it,
-you must provide the URL for the original version.
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-gfdl.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-gfdl.texi
deleted file mode 100755
index 2a48f99..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-gfdl.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=
-
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
-any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A
-copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
-Documentation License''.
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-index.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual-index.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index abe002c..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-index.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-@node Index
-@unnumbered Index
-@printindex cp
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-intro.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual-intro.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-intro.texi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-menu.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual-menu.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 70362c8..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-menu.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-@menu
-* Index::
-@end menu
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-nodes.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual-nodes.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-nodes.texi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-section.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual-section.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index fb39647..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual-section.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-@subsection Goals
-
-@itemize
-@item ...
-@end itemize
-
-@subsection Description
-
-@itemize
-@item ...
-@end itemize
-
-@subsection Usage
-
-@itemize
-@item ...
-@end itemize
-
-@subsection See also
-
-@menu
-@end menu
diff --git a/Functions/Help/Config/manual.texi b/Functions/Help/Config/manual.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d05184..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/Config/manual.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c $Id$
-@c -- Header --------------------------------------------------
-
-@setfilename =FILENAME=.info
-@settitle =TITLE=
-@documentlanguage =LOCALE_LL=
-@afourpaper
-@finalout
-
-@c -- Summary description and copyright -----------------------
-
-@copying
-=DESCRIPTION=
-
-Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=
-
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
-any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A
-copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free
-Documentation License.
-@end copying
-
-@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright ---------------------------
-
-@titlepage
-@title =TITLE=
-@subtitle =SUBTITLE=
-@author =AUTHOR=
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-@insertcopying
-@end titlepage
-@contents
-
-@c -- `Top' node and master menu -------------------------------
-
-@ifnottex
-@node Top
-@top =TITLE=
-@insertcopying
-@end ifnottex
-@include manual-menu.texi
-
-@c -- The body of the document --------------------------------
-
-@include manual-nodes.texi
-
-@c -- The end of the document ---------------------------------
-
-@include manual-index.texi
-
-@bye
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help.sh b/Functions/Help/help.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 0f12713..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help.sh -- This function provides documentation features to
-# centos-art.sh script. Here we initialize documentation variables and
-# call help_getArguments functions.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help {
-
- local ACTIONNAM=''
- local ACTIONVAL=''
-
- # Define manuals base directory. This is the place where
- # documentation manuals base directory structures are stored and
- # organized in.
- MANUAL_BASEDIR="${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Manual"
-
- # Define file name for documentation manual. This is the file used
- # to initiate the structure of documentation manual.
- MANUAL_NAME=${TEXTDOMAIN}
-
- # Define base name for documentation manual files (without
- # extension). This is the main file name used to build texinfo
- # related files (.info, .pdf, .xml, etc.).
- MANUAL_BASEFILE="${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}"
-
- # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
- help_getArguments
-
- # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
- # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
- # only non-option arguments remain in it.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Define action name. It does matter what option be passed to
- # centos-art, there are many different actions to perform based on
- # the option passed (e.g., `--edit', `--read', `--search', etc.).
- # In that sake, we defined action name inside help_getArguments,
- # at the moment of interpreting options.
-
- # Define default manual node shown when no argument is provided to
- # help functionality. By default, the Top node of repository
- # manual is called.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM == '' ]] && [[ $ACTIONVAL == '' ]];then
- /usr/bin/info --node="Top" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2
- fi
-
- # Define action value. As convenction, we use non-option arguments
- # to define the action value (ACTIONVAL) variable.
- for ACTIONVAL in "$@";do
-
- if [[ $ACTIONVAL == '--' ]];then
- continue
- fi
-
- # Check action value passed through the command-line using
- # source directory definition as reference.
- cli_checkRepoDirSource
-
- # Define documentation entry.
- ENTRY=$(help_getEntry)
-
- # Define documentation entry directory. This is the directory
- # where the entry file is stored.
- ENTRY_DIR=$(dirname ${ENTRY} | sed -r 's!\.texi$!!')
-
- # Define documentation entry file (without extension).
- ENTRY_FILE=$(basename ${ENTRY} | sed -r 's!\.texi$!!')
-
- # Define directory to store documentation entries. At this
- # point, we need to take a desition about documentation
- # design, in order to answer the question: How do we assign
- # chapters, sections and subsections automatically, based on
- # the repository structure? and also, how such design could
- # be adapted to changes in the repository structure?
- #
- # One solution would be: represent the repository's directory
- # structure as sections inside a chapter named Filesystem or
- # something similar. Subsections and subsubsections will not
- # have their own files, they all will be written inside the
- # same section file that represents the repository directory.
- MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR=$(echo $ENTRY | cut -d / -f-7)
-
- # Define chapter name for the documentation entry we are
- # working with.
- MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME=$(basename "$MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR")
-
- # Set action preable.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi" '' ''
-
- # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At
- # this point, changes in the repository are merged in the
- # working copy and changes in the working copy committed up to
- # repository.
- cli_syncroRepoChanges ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only.
- # At this point, changes in the repository are not merged in
- # the working copy, but chages in the working copy do are
- # committed up to repository.
- cli_commitRepoChanges ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}
-
- done
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh b/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 707b541..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_copyEntry.sh -- This function copies documentation entries and
-# updates documentation structure to reflect changes.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_copyEntry {
-
- local ENTRY_SRC=${ENTRY}
- local ENTRY_DST=${FLAG_TO}
- local ENTRIES=''
- local ENTRY=''
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${ENTRY_DST}" 'AsCreatingLine'
-
- # Copy main documentation entry.
- if [[ ! -f ${ENTRY_DST} ]];then
- svn cp "${ENTRY_SRC}" "${ENTRY_DST}" --quiet
- fi
-
- # Define target location of directory holding dependent
- # documentation entries.
- ENTRY_DST=$(echo ${ENTRY_DST} | sed -r 's!\.texi$!!')
-
- # Copy dependent documentation entries, if any.
- if [[ ! -d ${ENTRY_DST} ]];then
- cli_printMessage "${ENTRY_DST}" 'AsCreatingLine'
- svn cp "${ENTRY_DIR}/${ENTRY_FILE}" "${ENTRY_DST}" --quiet
- fi
-
- # Define list of files to process.
- ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "$(dirname ${ENTRY_DST})" "$(basename ${ENTRY_DST}).*\.texi")
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${ENTRIES}" '' ''
-
- # Print separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "Updating manual menus, nodes and cross-references." 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Redefine ENTRY variable in order to update documentation
- # structure, taking recently created entries as reference.
- for ENTRY in ${ENTRIES};do
-
- # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to
- # reflect the changes.
- help_updateMenu
- help_updateNodes
-
- # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect
- # the changes.
- help_restoreCrossReferences
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh b/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 9152fc8..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_deleteCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside
-# texinfo source files, from section level on, and removes all cross
-# referece definitions related to a documentation entry. Use this
-# function in coordination with help_deleteEntry function, in order
-# to keep cross reference information, inside the documentation
-# manual, syncronized.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_deleteCrossReferences {
-
- local -a PATTERN
- local -a REPLACE
- local LOCATION=''
-
- # Define entry location. Verify first argument to make this
- # function reusable. If no value is passed as first argument use
- # entry global information value as default value instead.
- if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
- LOCATION="$1"
- else
- LOCATION="$ENTRY"
- fi
-
- # Build the node string using entry location.
- local NODE=$(echo "$LOCATION" \
- | cut -d / -f8- \
- | tr '/' ' ' \
- | sed -r \
- -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//" \
- -e 's! !( |\\n)!g')
-
- # Define regular expression patterns for texinfo cross reference
- # commands.
- PATTERN[0]="@(pxref|xref|ref)\{(${NODE})\}"
- PATTERN[1]="^(\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)$"
-
- # Define replacement string for missing entries. It is convenient
- # to keep missing entries in documentation for documentation team
- # to know. Removing the missing cross reference may intorudce
- # confussion. Imagine that! you are spending lots of hours in an
- # article and suddenly one of your cross refereces disappears with
- # no visible reason, with the next working copy update you
- # perform. That's frustrating. Instead, when centos-art.sh script
- # finds a missing cross reference it removes the link and remark
- # the issue for you to act on it.
- REPLACE[0]='--- @strong{'`gettext "Removed"`'}(\1:\2) ---'
- REPLACE[1]='@comment --- '`gettext "Removed"`'(\1) ---'
-
- # Define list of entries to process.
- local ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}" '.*\.texi')
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" '' ''
-
- # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross
- # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more
- # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches
- # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use
- # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a
- # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we
- # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N
- # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to
- # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it
- # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'.
- sed -r -i ":a;N;s!${PATTERN[0]}!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${ENTRIES}
-
- # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross
- # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no
- # need to complicate the replacement command.
- sed -r -i "s!${PATTERN[1]}!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${ENTRIES}
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh b/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index ba5e0b8..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_deleteEntry.sh -- This function removes a documentation entry
-# from documentation directory structure.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_deleteEntry {
-
- local ENTRY_SRC=${ENTRY}
- local ENTRIES=''
- local ENTRY=''
- local ENTRY_DEP=''
-
- # Initiate list of entries to remove using the entry specified in
- # the command line.
- ENTRIES=${ENTRY_SRC}
-
- # Verify existence of dependent entries. Dependent entries are
- # stored inside a directory with the same name of the entry you
- # are trying to remove.
- if [[ -d ${ENTRY_DIR}/${ENTRY_FILE} ]];then
-
- # Add dependent files to list of entries.
- ENTRIES="${ENTRIES} $(cli_getFilesList "${ENTRY_DIR}/${ENTRY_FILE}" ".*\.texi")"
-
- # Add dependent directories to list of entries. Be aware of
- # nested directories.
- for ENTRY in ${ENTRIES};do
- ENTRY_DEP=$(echo $ENTRY | sed -r "s/\.texi$//")
- if [[ -d $ENTRY_DEP ]];then
- ENTRIES="${ENTRIES} ${ENTRY_DEP}"
- fi
- done
-
- fi
-
- # Prepare list of entries for action preamble.
- ENTRIES=$(echo ${ENTRIES} | tr ' ' "\n" | sort -r | uniq)
-
- # Print action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" 'doDelete' 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Remove documentation entry using regular subversion commands.
- # Do not use regular rm command here, use subversion del command
- # instead. Otherwise, even the file is removed, it will be brought
- # back when the final cli_commitRepoChange be executed. Remember
- # there is a subversion update there, no matter what you remove
- # using regular commands, when you do update the directory
- # structure on the working copy the removed files (not removed in
- # the repository, nor marked to be removed) are brought down to
- # the working copy again.
- svn del ${ENTRIES} --quiet
- if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Print separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "Updating manual menus, nodes and cross-references." 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Process list of entries in order to update menus, nodes and
- # cross references. Since we are verifying entry status before
- # remove the we cannot update the information in the same loop we
- # remove files. This would modify some file before be removed and
- # that would stop script execution. Similary, if we do update
- # menus, nodes and cross references before removing files it would
- # be needed to remove farther status verification in order for the
- # script to continue its execution. Thereby, I can't see a
- # different way but removing files first using status verification
- # and later go through entities list again to update menus, nodes
- # and cross references from remaining files.
- for ENTRY in ${ENTRIES};do
-
- # Use entry files only. Directories are used to store
- # dependent entries. Directories are not considered entries on
- # themselves.
- if [[ ! -f $ENTRY ]];then
- continue
- fi
-
- # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to
- # reflect the changes.
- help_updateMenu "remove-entry"
- help_updateNodes
-
- # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect
- # the changes.
- help_deleteCrossReferences
-
- done
-
- # Remove entry menus and nodes from chapter definition to reflect
- # the fact it has been removed. This is mainly applied when one
- # of the chapters (e.g., trunk/, tags/, or branches/) is removed.
- if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR ]];then
- help_updateChaptersMenu 'remove-entry'
- help_updateChaptersNodes
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh b/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 6041267..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_editEntry.sh -- This function implements the edition flow of
-# documentation entries inside the working copy.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_editEntry {
-
- # Verify chapter definition inside manual.
- if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR ]];then
-
- # Print confirmation question.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The following documentation chapter will be created:"`"
- cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR" "AsResponseLine"
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
-
- # Update manual chapter related files.
- help_updateChaptersFiles
-
- # Update manual chapter related menu.
- help_updateChaptersMenu
-
- # Update manual chapter related nodes (based on chapter
- # related menu).
- help_updateChaptersNodes
-
- fi
-
- # Verify section definition inside chapters.
- if [[ ! -f $ENTRY ]];then
-
- # Print confirmation question.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The following documentation section will be created:"`"
- cli_printMessage "$ENTRY" "AsResponseLine"
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
-
- # Update chapter section related menu.
- help_updateMenu
-
- # Update chapter section related nodes (based on chapter
- # section related menu).
- help_updateNodes
-
- # Update old missing cross references. If for some reason a
- # documentation entry is removed by mistake, and that mistake
- # is fixing by adding the removed documentation entry back
- # into the repository, rebuild the missing cross reference
- # message to use the correct link to the documentation
- # section.
- help_restoreCrossReferences
-
- else
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "$ENTRY" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- fi
-
- # Use default text editor to edit the documentation entry.
- eval $EDITOR $ENTRY
-
- # Print separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Rebuild output files to propagate recent changes.
- help_updateOutputFiles
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_getArguments.sh b/Functions/Help/help_getArguments.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 30adbbd..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_getArguments.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_getArguments.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed
-# to `manual' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_getArguments {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="filter:,quiet,answer:,dont-commit-changes,read,search,edit,update"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Define action to take for each option passed.
- while true; do
- case "$1" in
-
- --filter )
- FLAG_FILTER="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --quiet )
- FLAG_QUIET="true"
- FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --answer )
- FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --dont-commit-changes )
- FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --read )
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_searchNode"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --search )
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_searchIndex"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --edit )
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_editEntry"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --update )
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFiles"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- * )
- break
- esac
- done
-
- # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
- cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh b/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 679353d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_getEntry.sh -- This function builds a documentation entry based
-# on a location specified. Location specification can be both action
-# value (ACTIONVAL) variable or a value passed as first positional
-# parameter.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_getEntry {
-
- # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside.
- local ENTRY=''
- local LOCATION=''
-
- # Redefine location in order to make this function reusable not
- # just for action value variable but whatever value passed as
- # first possitional argument.
- if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
- LOCATION="$1"
- else
- LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
- fi
-
- # Define relative path of entry, from trunk directory on.
- ENTRY=$(echo $LOCATION | sed -r "s!^${HOME}/artwork/!!")
-
- # Verify the entry relative path to find out which documentation
- # manual we are acting on. As convenction, whatever documentation
- # entry you provide outside trunk/Manuals/ directory structure is
- # considered as you are documenting the repository directory
- # structure. Otherwise, if an entry inside trunk/Manuals/ is
- # provided, the directory structure provided is used as default
- # documentation manual for actions like `--create' and `--update'
- # to take place on. Other options like `--edit', `--delete' and
- # `--read' cannot be applied to paths provided is inside
- # trunk/Manuals/ such actions made manually.
- if [[ ${ENTRY} =~ '\.texi$' ]];then
- ENTRY=$(echo ${ENTRY} | sed 's!trunk/Manual/!!')
- else
- ENTRY=$(dirname Repository/${ENTRY})/$(basename $LOCATION).texi
- fi
-
- # Re-define entry to set absolute path to manuals base directory
- # structure.
- ENTRY=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${ENTRY}
-
- # Output entry's absolute path.
- echo ${ENTRY}
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh b/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 6aacfc5..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_getNode.sh -- This function cleans up the action value
-# (ACTIONVAL) directory to make a node name from it.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_getNode {
-
- local NODE=$(echo "$ACTIONVAL" \
- | sed -r "s!^${HOME}/artwork/!!" \
- | sed -r 's!/! !g' | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!')
-
- echo "$NODE"
-}
-
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh b/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index c85b575..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_renameCrossReferences.sh -- This function replaces a node
-# pattern with a node replacement and updates cross-reference
-# definitions to reflect the changes.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_renameCrossReferences {
-
- local NODE=''
- local COUNT=1
- local ENTRIES=''
- local NODE_SRC=''
- local NODE_DST=''
-
- # Define node pattern for source documenation entry.
- NODE_SRC=$(echo "$ENTRY" \
- | cut -d / -f8- \
- | tr '/' ' ' \
- | sed -r \
- -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//" \
- -e 's! !( |\\n)!g')
-
- # Define node replacement for target documentation entry.
- NODE_DST=$(echo "$FLAG_TO" \
- | cut -d / -f8- \
- | tr '/' ' ' \
- | sed -r \
- -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//")
-
- # Sanitate node replacement for target documentation entry to make
- # use of regular expression positional markers, so the word
- # separator character found by node pattern could be used.
- for NODE in $NODE_DST;do
- if [[ $COUNT -eq 1 ]];then
- NODE_DST="${NODE}\\${COUNT}"
- else
- NODE_DST="${NODE_DST}$(echo "${NODE}\\${COUNT}")"
- fi
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
- done
-
- # Remove last positional marker from node replacement.
- NODE_DST=$(echo $NODE_DST | sed -r 's!\\[[:digit:]]$!!')
-
- # Define list of entries to process.
- ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}" '.*\.texi')
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" '' ''
-
- # Update node-related cross-references. The node-related cross
- # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more
- # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches
- # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use
- # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a
- # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we
- # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N
- # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to
- # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it
- # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'.
- sed -r -i ":a;N;s!${NODE_SRC}!${NODE_DST}!g;ba" ${ENTRIES}
-
- # At this point, source documentation entry has been renamed from
- # source to target documentation entry, but they are still
- # commented. So, restore target documentation entries.
- help_restoreCrossReferences "${FLAG_TO}"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh b/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 492ccce..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_renameEntry.sh -- This function renames documentation entries
-# and updates documentation structure to reflect changes.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_renameEntry {
-
- # Copy source documentation entry.
- help_copyEntry
-
- # Print separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Delete source documentation entry. The source documentation
- # entry has been copied already, so to create the rename effect
- # delete it from repository filesystem.
- help_deleteEntry
-
- # At this point, source documentation entry has been removed and
- # all menu, nodes and cross-references have been commented. So,
- # replace commented menu, nodes and cross-reference information
- # from source to target documentation entry.
- help_renameCrossReferences
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh b/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index bfd0357..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_restoreCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside
-# texinfo source files, from section level on, and restores any cross
-# reference related to a documentation entry. This function is used in
-# those cases where documentation entries are created/recreated to
-# documentation structure. It is a verification that looks for
-# matching documentation entries previously defined as removed by
-# help_deleteCrossReferences function. The
-# help_restoreCrossReferences function relays in the removed message
-# format produced by help_deleteCrossReferences function, in order
-# to return them back into the link format.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_restoreCrossReferences {
-
- local -a PATTERN
- local -a REPLACE
- local LOCATION=''
-
- # Define entry location. Verify first argument to make this
- # function reusable. If no value is passed as first argument use
- # entry global information value as default value instead.
- if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
- LOCATION="$1"
- else
- LOCATION="$ENTRY"
- fi
-
- # Build the node string using entry location.
- local NODE=$(echo "$LOCATION" \
- | cut -d / -f8- \
- | tr '/' ' ' \
- | sed -r \
- -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//" \
- -e 's! !( |\\n)!g')
-
- # Define regular expression patterns to match removed message
- # format produced by message_removeCrossReferences function.
- PATTERN[0]="--- @strong\{`gettext "Removed"`\}\((pxref|xref|ref):(${NODE})\) ---"
- PATTERN[1]="^@comment --- `gettext "Removed"`\((\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)\) ---$"
-
- # Define replacement string to turn removed message back to cross
- # reference link.
- REPLACE[0]='@\1{\2}'
- REPLACE[1]='\1'
-
- # Define list of entries to process.
- local ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}" '.*\.texi')
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" '' ''
-
- # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross
- # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more
- # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches
- # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use
- # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a
- # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we
- # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N
- # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to
- # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it
- # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'.
- sed -r -i ":a;N;s!${PATTERN[0]}!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${ENTRIES}
-
- # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross
- # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no
- # need to complicate the replacement command.
- sed -r -i "s!${PATTERN[1]}!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${ENTRIES}
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh b/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index e20715a..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_searchIndex.sh -- This function does an index search inside the
-# info document.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_searchIndex {
-
- # Check flag filter. By default flag filter has the `.+' value
- # which is not very descriptive in the sake of an index-search.
- # So, when no value is passed through --filter option use top node
- # as default value for index-search.
- if [[ "$FLAG_FILTER" == '.+' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Use the \\\`--filter' option to define the search pattern."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" 'AsReadingLine'
-
- # Execute info command to perform an index-search.
- /usr/bin/info --index-search="$FLAG_FILTER" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh b/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 7139dca..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_searchNode.sh -- This function does a node search inside the
-# info document.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_searchNode {
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" 'AsReadingLine'
-
- # Check entry inside documentation structure. If the entry
- # exits use the info reader to open the info file at the
- # specified node. Otherwise, ask the user for create it.
- if [[ -f "$ENTRY" ]];then
- /usr/bin/info --node="Repository $(help_getNode)" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2
- else
- help_editEntry
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersFiles.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersFiles.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 9964589..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersFiles.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateChaptersFiles.sh -- This function updates chapter related
-# files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateChaptersFiles {
-
- # Define chapter's generic structure.
- local CHAPTERBODY="\
- @node $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME
- @chapter $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME
- @cindex $(echo $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME | tr '[[:upper:]]' '[[:lower:]]')
- @include $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME/chapter-intro.texi
- @include $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME/chapter-menu.texi
- @include $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME/chapter-nodes.texi"
-
- # Remove any space/tabs at the begining of @... lines.
- CHAPTERBODY=$(echo "$CHAPTERBODY" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+@!@!')
-
- # Create directory to store chapter files.
- if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR ]];then
- mkdir $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR
- fi
-
- # Create files to store chapter information. If chapter files
- # already exist, they will be re-written and any previous
- # information inside them will be lost.
- echo "$CHAPTERBODY" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter.texi
- echo "" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi
- echo "" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-nodes.texi
-
- # Initialize chapter instroduction using template file.
- cp ${FUNCCONFIG}/manual-cha-intro.texi $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-intro.texi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index c32d0c7..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateChaptersMenu.sh - This function updates chapter menu.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateChaptersMenu {
-
- local ACTION=$1
- local MENUCHAPTERS=''
-
- # Build menu of chapters. The Index node is not included as other
- # nodes are. The Index node is defined insde the master texinfo
- # file (repository.texi). To create the final .info file
- # correctly, the Index line in the menu should remain, even no
- # other node exist.
- if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi ]];then
- MENUCHAPTERS=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi \
- | egrep -v "^(@(end )?menu$|\* Index::.*)$")
- fi
-
- # Re-defined menu of chapters based on action.
- case $ACTION in
- 'remove-entry' )
- # Remove chapter from menu.
- MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" \
- | egrep -v "^\* ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::[[:print:]]*$")
- ;;
- 'update-entry' | * )
- # Update chapter menu using texinfo format.
- MENUCHAPTERS="${MENUCHAPTERS}
- * ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Remove opening spaces/tabs and empty line from the menu of
- # chapters. Empty lines may occur the first time the menu of
- # chapters is created.
- MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \
- | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$')
-
- # Organize menu of chapters alphabetically and verify that no
- # duplicated line be included on the list.
- MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sort | uniq )
-
- # Give format to final menu output.
- MENUCHAPTERS="@menu
- ${MENUCHAPTERS}
- * Index::
- @end menu"
-
- # Strip opening space/tabs from final menu of chapters.
- MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \
- | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$')
-
- # Dump organized menu of chapters into file.
- echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index b678350..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateChaptersNodes.sh - This function updates nodes of
-# chapters based on menu of chapters.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateChaptersNodes {
-
- # Build list "nodes of chapters" based on menu of chapters.
- local CHAPTERNODES=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi \
- | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' \
- | egrep -v "^\* `gettext "Index"`::[[:print:]]*$" \
- | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!::[[:print:]]*$!!g' \
- | sed -r 's! !_!g' | sort | uniq )
-
- # Build list of texinfo inclusions to load chapters' nodes.
- local FILENODE=$(\
- for CHAPTERNODE in ${CHAPTERNODES};do
-
- INCL=$(echo ${CHAPTERNODE} | sed -r "s!(${CHAPTERNODE})!\1/chapter\.texi!")
-
- # Output inclusion line using texinfo format.
- echo "@include $INCL"
-
- done)
-
- # Dump organized nodes of chapters into file.
- echo "$FILENODE" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-nodes.texi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index bbfb11c..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateMenu.sh -- This function updates menu lines inside
-# texinfo chapters. If this function is called with the
-# 'remove-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line related
-# to the entry being processed is removed. If this function is called
-# with the 'update-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line
-# related to the entry being processed is added to the menu. If no
-# argument is passed to this function, the 'update-entry' action is
-# assumed.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateMenu {
-
- # Specify which action to do inside chapter's menu.
- local ACTION="$1"
-
- # Build the menu node related to the entry being processed
- # currently.
- local MENUNODE=$(echo "$ENTRY" | cut -d / -f8- | tr '/' ' ' \
- | sed 's!\.texi$!!')
-
- # Give format to menu line using texinfo style.
- local MENULINE="* ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} $MENUNODE::"
-
- # Define chapter's menu. Remove `@menu', `@end menu', and empty lines
- # from output.
- local MENU=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi \
- | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu')
-
- # Re-defined chapter's menu based on action.
- case $ACTION in
- 'remove-entry' )
- # Remove menu line from chapter's menu.
- MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v "$MENULINE")
- ;;
- 'update-entry' | * )
- # Add menu line to chapter's menu. This is the default
- # behaivour if no argument is passed to help_updateMenu
- # function.
- MENU="$MENU
- $MENULINE"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Organize menu alphabetically, remove empty and duplicated lines.
- # At this point, empty line may occur the first time the menu is
- # created, don't let them to scape.
- MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | sort | uniq )
-
- # Rebuild chapter's menu structure adding '@menu' and '@end menu'
- # lines back in menu.
- MENU="@menu
- $MENU
- @end menu"
-
- # Remove opening spaces/tabs from final menu structure.
- MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!g')
-
- # Dump final menu structure back into chapter's menu file.
- echo "$MENU" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 432b9c7..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateNodes.sh -- This function updates chapter's nodes
-# definition using the chapter's menu as reference.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateNodes {
-
- # Retrive nodes' entries from chapter-menu.texi file.
- local NODES=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi \
- | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!:{1,2}.*$!!g' \
- | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' | sed -r 's! !:!g' | sort | uniq)
-
- # Re-build node structure based on menu information.
- for NODE in $NODES;do
-
- NODE=$(echo "${NODE}" | sed -r 's!:! !g')
- SECT=$(echo "$NODE" | sed -r 's! !/!g' | sed "s!${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/!!")
- INCL=$(echo "$NODE" | sed -r 's! !/!g').texi
- CIND=$(echo "$NODE")
-
- # Create an empty directory to store texinfo files.
- if [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(dirname "$INCL") ]];then
- mkdir -p ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(dirname "$INCL")
- fi
-
- # Create texinfo section file using its template.
- if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL ]];then
- cp ${FUNCCONFIG}/manual-section.texi ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL
- fi
-
- # Output node information based on texinfo menu.
- echo "@node $NODE"
- echo "@section `eval_gettext "The @file{\\\$SECT} Directory"`"
- echo "@cindex $CIND"
- echo "@include $INCL"
- echo ""
-
- # Dump node information into chapter node file.
- done > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-nodes.texi
-
-}
-
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 1f6fed4..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh -- This function exports
-# documentation manual to HTML format.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateOutputFileHtml {
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Check html output directory
- [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html ]] && mkdir -p ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html
-
- # Add html output directory into directory stack to make it the
- # current working directory. Otherwise texi2html may produce
- # incorrect paths to images included.
- pushd ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html > /dev/null
-
- # Update html files. Use texi2html to export from texinfo file
- # format to html using CentOS Web default visual style.
- texi2html ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html --split section \
- --nosec-nav \
- --css-include=${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Models/Css/Texi2html/stylesheet.css \
- -I=${HOME}/artwork
-
- # Apply html transformations. Html transformations rely on
- # Texi2html default html output. The main goal of these html
- # transformations is to build specific html structures that match
- # specific css definitions. This way we extend the visual style of
- # Texi2html default html output.
- sed -r -i \
- -f ${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Models/Css/Texi2html/transformations.sed \
- ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html/*.html
-
- # Remove html output directory from directory stack.
- popd > /dev/null
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 27b6d58..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh -- This function exports
-# documentation manual to info format.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateOutputFileInfo {
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Update info file.
- /usr/bin/makeinfo ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info
-
- # Compress info file.
- if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then
- bzip2 -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e142936..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh -- This function exports documentation
-# manual to PDF format.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateOutputFilePdf {
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Update plaintext output directory.
- /usr/bin/texi2pdf --quiet \
- ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d1b748d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh -- This function exports
-# documentation manual to plain-text format.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateOutputFilePlaintext {
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt.bz2" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Update plaintext output directory.
- /usr/bin/makeinfo --plaintext \
- ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt
-
- # Compress plaintext output file.
- if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt ]];then
- bzip2 ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt --force
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e045b36..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateOutputFileXml.sh -- This function exports documentation
-# manual to XML format.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateOutputFileXml {
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Update xml output format.
- /usr/bin/makeinfo --xml \
- ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml \
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh b/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e170e22..0000000
--- a/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# help_updateOutputFiles.sh -- This function exports documentation
-# manual to different output formats.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function help_updateOutputFiles {
-
- # Remove extension from manual's base file. This way it is
- # possible to reuse the same filename on different types of files.
- MANUAL_BASEFILE=$(echo ${MANUAL_BASEFILE} | sed -r 's!\.texi!!')
-
- # Add the working copy root directory to directory stack to make
- # path construction correctly. Otherwise, makeinfo may produce
- # paths incorrectly.
- pushd ${HOME}/artwork > /dev/null
-
- help_updateOutputFileInfo
- help_updateOutputFileHtml
- help_updateOutputFileXml
- help_updateOutputFilePdf
- help_updateOutputFilePlaintext
-
- # Remove the working copy root directory from directory stack.
- popd > /dev/null
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk b/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk
deleted file mode 100644
index bcc0f21..0000000
--- a/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/gawk
-#
-# output_forHadingsToc.awk -- This file provides the output format
-# required by html_updateHeadings.sh function, inside centos-art.sh
-# script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BEGIN {FS=":"}
-
-{
- if ($1 == 0 && $2 == $3) {
- opentags = "<ul><li>"
- closetags = ""
- }
-
- if ($1 > 0 && $2 > $3) {
- opentags = "<ul><li>"
- closetags = ""
- }
-
- if ($1 > 0 && $2 == $3) {
- opentags = "</li><li>"
- closetags = ""
- }
-
- if ($1 > 0 && $2 < $3) {
- opentags = ""
- for (i = 1; i <= ($3 - $2); i++) {
- opentags = opentags "</li></ul>"
- closetags = ""
- }
- opentags = opentags "</li><li>"
- }
-
- printf "%s%s%s\n",opentags,$4,closetags
-
-}
-
-END {
-
- if ($1 > 0 && $2 >= $3 && $3 > 1) {
- for (i = 1; i <= $3; i++) {
- print "</li></ul>"
- }
- }
-
- if ($1 > 0 && $2 >= $3 && $3 == 1) {
- print "</li></ul>"
- print "</li></ul>"
- }
-
- if ($1 > 0 && $2 < $3) {
- for (i = 1; i <= $2; i++) {
- print "</li></ul>"
- }
- }
-
- print "</div>"
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Html/html.sh b/Functions/Html/html.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8b4cf95..0000000
--- a/Functions/Html/html.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# html.sh -- This function provides very basic HTML manipulations to
-# help maintain html files inside the repository.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function html {
-
- # Define command-line interface.
- html_getActions
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Html/html_getActions.sh b/Functions/Html/html_getActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 6cd746d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Html/html_getActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# html_getActions.sh -- This function interprets arguments passed to
-# `html' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function html_getActions {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="update-headings:"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Define action to take for each option passed.
- while true; do
- case "$1" in
-
- --update-headings )
-
- # Define action value passed through the command-line.
- ACTIONVAL="$2"
-
- # Define action name using action value as reference.
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateHeadings"
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- * )
- break
- esac
- done
-
- # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
- # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
- # copy.
- cli_checkRepoDirSource
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to bring down changes.
- cli_syncroRepoChanges
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to commit up changes.
- cli_commitRepoChanges
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Html/html_updateHeadings.sh b/Functions/Html/html_updateHeadings.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index b66e363..0000000
--- a/Functions/Html/html_updateHeadings.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# html_updateHeadings.sh -- This function transforms html headings to
-# to make them accessible (e.g., through a table of contents).
-#
-# - In order for this function to work, you need to put headings in
-# just one line and they must have the following formats:
-#
-# <h1><a name="">Title</a></h1>
-# <h1><a href="">Title</a></h1>
-# <h1><a name="" href="">Title</a></h1>
-#
-# In the above examples, h1 alternates from h1 to h6. Closing tag
-# must be present and match the one opentaging. The value of <a
-# name=""> and <a href=""> options are the md5sum of page
-# location, plus the 'head-' string, plus the heading string. If
-# heading title or page location changes, the values of <a
-# name=""> and <a href=""> options will change too.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function html_updateHeadings {
-
- # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside.
- local COUNT=0
- local FILE=''
- local FILES=''
- local PREVCOUNT=0
- local PATTERN=''
- local -a FINAL
- local -a TITLE
- local -a MD5SM
- local -a OPTNS
- local -a LEVEL
- local -a PARENT
- local -a TOCENTRIES
- local -a LINK
-
- # Define html heading regular expression pattern. Use parenthisis
- # to save html action name, action value, and heading title.
- PATTERN="<h([1-9])>(<a.*[^\>]>)(.*[^<])</a></h[1-9]>"
-
- # Define list of files to process.
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.(xhtml|html|htm)")
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
-
- # Process list of files.
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Verify list of html files. Are files really html files? If
- # they don't, continue with the next one in the list.
- if [[ ! $(file --brief $FILE) =~ '^(XHTML|HTML|XML)' ]];then
- continue
- fi
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Define list of headings to process. When building the
- # heading, it is required to change spaces characters from its
- # current decimal output to something different (e.g., its
- # \040 octal alternative). This is required because the space
- # character is used as egrep default field separator and
- # spaces can be present inside heading strings we don't want
- # to separate.
- for HEADING in $(egrep "$PATTERN" $FILE \
- | sed -r -e 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' -e "s! !\\\040!g");do
-
- # Define previous counter value using current counter
- # value as reference.
- if [[ $COUNT -ne 0 ]];then
- PREVCOUNT=$(($COUNT-1))
- fi
-
- # Define initial heading information.
- FIRST[$COUNT]=$(echo $HEADING | sed -r "s!\\\040! !g")
- TITLE[$COUNT]=$(echo ${FIRST[$COUNT]} | sed -r "s!$PATTERN!\3!")
- MD5SM[$COUNT]=$(echo "${FILE}${FIRST[$COUNT]}" | md5sum | sed -r 's![[:space:]]+-$!!')
- OPTNS[$COUNT]=$(echo ${FIRST[$COUNT]} | sed -r "s!$PATTERN!\2!")
- LEVEL[$COUNT]=$(echo ${FIRST[$COUNT]} | sed -r "s!$PATTERN!\1!")
- PARENT[$COUNT]=${LEVEL[$PREVCOUNT]}
-
- # Transform heading information using initial heading
- # information as reference.
- if [[ ${OPTNS[$COUNT]} =~ '^<a (href|name)="(.*)" (href|name)="(.*)">$' ]];then
- OPTNS[$COUNT]='<a name="head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'" href="#head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'
- elif [[ ${OPTNS[$COUNT]} =~ '^<a name="(.*)">$' ]];then
- OPTNS[$COUNT]='<a name="head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'
- elif [[ ${OPTNS[$COUNT]} =~ '^<a href="(.*)">$' ]];then
- OPTNS[$COUNT]='<a href="#head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'
- fi
-
- # Build final html heading structure.
- FINAL[$COUNT]='<h'${LEVEL[$COUNT]}'>'${OPTNS[$COUNT]}${TITLE[$COUNT]}'</a></h'${LEVEL[$COUNT]}'>'
-
- # Build html heading link structure. These links are used
- # by the table of contents later.
- LINK[$COUNT]='<a href="#head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'${TITLE[$COUNT]}'</a>'
-
- # Build table of contents entry with numerical
- # identifications. The numerical identification is what we
- # use to determine the correct position of each heading
- # link on the table of content.
- TOCENTRIES[$COUNT]="$COUNT:${LEVEL[$COUNT]}:${PARENT[$COUNT]}:${LINK[$COUNT]}"
-
- # Update heading information inside the current file being
- # processed. Use the first and final heading information.
- sed -i -r "s!${FIRST[$COUNT]}!${FINAL[$COUNT]}!" $FILE
-
- # Increase heading counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Build the table of contents using heading numerical
- # identifications as reference. The numerical identification
- # describes the order of headings in one html file. This
- # information is processed by awk to make the appropriate
- # replacements. Finnally, the result is stored in the TOC
- # variable.
- TOC=$(echo '<div class="toc">'
- echo "<h3>`gettext "Table of contents"`</h3>"
- for TOCENTRY in "${TOCENTRIES[@]}";do
- echo $TOCENTRY
- done \
- | awk -f ${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk)
-
- # Update table of contents inside the current file being
- # processed.
- sed -i -r '/<div class="toc">(.*)<\/div>/c'"$(echo -e $TOC)" $FILE
-
- # Reset counters.
- COUNT=0
- PREVCOUNT=0
-
- # Clean up variables to receive the next file.
- unset FINAL
- unset TITLE
- unset MD5SM
- unset OPTNS
- unset LEVEL
- unset PARENT
- unset TOCENTRIES
- unset LINK
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f320f3..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale.sh -- This function provides internationalization features
-# for centos-art.sh script through gettext standard processes.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale {
-
- local ACTIONNAM=''
- local ACTIONVAL=''
-
- # Initialize default value to create/update machine object flag.
- # The machine object flag (--dont-create-mo) controls whether
- # centos-art.sh script does create/update the machine object
- # related object or not.
- local FLAG_DONT_CREATE_MO='false'
-
- # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
- locale_getArguments
-
- # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
- # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
- # only non-option arguments remain in it.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Define action name. It does matter what option be passed to
- # centos-art, there are many different actions to perform based on
- # the option passed (e.g., `--edit', `--read', `--search', etc.).
- # In that sake, we defined action name inside document_getArguments,
- # at the moment of interpreting options.
-
- # Define action value. As convenction, we use non-option arguments
- # to define the action value (ACTIONVAL) variable.
- for ACTIONVAL in "$@";do
-
- if [[ $ACTIONVAL == '--' ]];then
- continue
- fi
-
- # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
- # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
- # copy.
- cli_checkRepoDirSource
-
- # Define locales base directory where locale directory structures
- # are stored in.
- local BASEDIR="$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Locales"
-
- # Define locales work directory. This is the place where
- # locale files (e.g., .po, .pot, .mo), for a specific parent
- # directories, are stored in. There is one locale work
- # directory for each parent directory or said differently,
- # each parent directory has a parallel directory under
- # `trunk/Locales' to store its translation messages.
- local WORKDIR=$(echo ${ACTIONVAL} \
- | sed -r -e 's!trunk/(Identity|Manuals|Scripts)!trunk/Locales/\1!')
-
- # Create work directory, if it doesn't exist.
- if [[ ! -d $WORKDIR ]];then
- mkdir -p $WORKDIR
- fi
-
- # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At
- # this point, changes in the repository are merged in the
- # working copy and changes in the working copy committed up to
- # repository.
- cli_syncroRepoChanges "${WORKDIR}"
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only.
- # At this point, changes in the repository are not merged in
- # the working copy, but chages in the working copy do are
- # committed up to repository.
- cli_commitRepoChanges "${WORKDIR}"
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_editMessages.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_editMessages.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 5b95ee8..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_editMessages.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_editMessages.sh -- This function edits portable objects (.po)
-# using default text editor.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_editMessages {
-
- local FILES=''
-
- # Define list of files to process.
- if [[ ${WORKDIR} =~ 'trunk/Locales/Scripts' ]];then
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${WORKDIR}" ".*$(cli_getCurrentLocale)/${TEXTDOMAIN}\.po")
- elif [[ ${WORKDIR} =~ 'trunk/Locales/.+' ]];then
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${WORKDIR}" ".*$(cli_getCurrentLocale)\.po")
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided doesn't support localization."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" "doEdit" 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Use default text editor to edit files.
- eval ${EDITOR} ${FILES}
-
- # Update machine object (.mo) from portable object (.po).
- locale_updateMessageBinary ${FILES}
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_getArguments.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_getArguments.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 332d5ec..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_getArguments.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_getArguments.sh -- This function interprets arguments passed to
-# `locale' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_getArguments {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="filter:,quiet,answer:,dont-commit-changes,update,edit,dont-create-mo"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Look for options passed through command-line.
- while true; do
- case "$1" in
-
- --filter )
- FLAG_FILTER="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --quiet )
- FLAG_QUIET="true"
- FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --answer )
- FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --dont-commit-changes )
- FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --update )
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMessages"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --edit )
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_editMessages"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --dont-create-mo )
- FLAG_DONT_CREATE_MO="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- * )
- break
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
- cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageBinary.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageBinary.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index a4907e2..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageBinary.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_updateMessageBinary.sh -- This function creates/updates
-# machine objects (.mo) from portable objects (.po).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_updateMessageBinary {
-
- # Verify machine object creation flag.
- if [[ ${FLAG_DONT_CREATE_MO} == 'true' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- local PO=''
- local MO=''
- local FILE=''
- local FILES="$1"
-
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Verify existence of portable object.
- cli_checkFiles "${FILE}" 'f'
-
- # Define absolute path to portable object.
- PO=$FILE
-
- # Define absolute path to machine object.
- MO=$(dirname ${PO})/LC_MESSAGES/$(basename ${PO} | sed -r 's!\.po$!.mo!')
-
- # Print action message.
- if [[ -f ${MO} ]];then
- cli_printMessage "${MO}" 'AsUpdatingLine'
- else
- cli_printMessage "${MO}" 'AsCreatingLine'
- fi
-
- # Define directory used to store machine object.
- MODIR=$(dirname ${MO})
-
- # Create directory to store machine object, if it doesn't
- # exist.
- if [[ ! -d ${MODIR} ]];then
- mkdir -p ${MODIR}
- fi
-
- # Create machine object from portable object.
- msgfmt --check ${PO} --output-file=${MO}
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index edf3c85..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh -- This function sanitates .pot and
-# .po files to use common translation markers inside top comment.
-# Later, replacement of common translation markers is applied to set
-# the final information.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id4
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_updateMessageMetadata {
-
- local COUNT=0
- local -a SRC
- local -a DST
-
- # Retrive absolute path of portable object we'll work with.
- local FILE="$1"
-
- # Define current locale.
- local CURRENTLOCALE=$(cli_getCurrentLocale)
-
- # Define language name from current locale.
- local LANGNAME=$(cli_getLangName ${CURRENTLOCALE})
-
- # Check existence of file before work with it.
- cli_checkFiles "${FILE}" 'f'
-
- # Define pattern lines. The pattern lines are put inside portable
- # objects through xgettext and xml2po commands .
- SRC[0]='Project-Id-Version:'
- SRC[1]='Report-Msgid-Bugs-To:'
- SRC[2]='Last-Translator:'
- SRC[3]='Language-Team:'
-
- # Define replacement lines for pattern line.
- DST[0]="\"Project-Id-Version: ${CLI_PROGRAM} (${CURRENTLOCALE})\\\n\""
- DST[1]="\"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: =MAIL_DOCS=\\\n\""
- DST[2]="\"Last-Translator: CentOS Documentation SIG\\\n\""
- DST[3]="\"Language-Team: ${LANGNAME}\\\n\""
-
- # Change pattern lines with their replacement lines.
- while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
- sed -i -r "/${SRC[$COUNT]}/c${DST[$COUNT]}" ${FILE}
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
- done
-
- # Replace package information using gettext domain information.
- sed -i -r "s/PACKAGE/${TEXTDOMAIN}/g" ${FILE}
-
- # Unset array variables to avoid undesired concatenations.
- unset SRC
- unset DST
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 830d88b..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh --- This function verifies,
-# initializes or updates portable objects from portable object
-# templates.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_updateMessagePObjects {
-
- local FILE="$1"
-
- # Verify the portable object template. The portable object
- # template is used to create the portable object.
- cli_checkFiles "${FILE}.pot" 'f'
-
- # Verify existence of portable object. The portable object is the
- # file translators edit in order to make translation works.
- if [[ -f ${FILE}.po ]];then
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.po" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Update portable object merging both portable object and
- # portable object template.
- msgmerge --output="${FILE}.po" "${FILE}.po" "${FILE}.pot" --quiet
-
- else
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.po" 'AsCreatingLine'
-
- # Initiate portable object using portable object template.
- # Do not print msginit sterr output, use centos-art action
- # message instead.
- msginit -i ${FILE}.pot -o ${FILE}.po --width=70 \
- --no-translator 2> /dev/null
-
- # Sanitate portable object metadata. This is the first time
- # the portable object is created so some modifications are
- # needed to customized metadata.
- locale_updateMessageMetadata "${FILE}.po"
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageShell.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageShell.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 65154e9..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageShell.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_updateMessageShell.sh -- This function parses shell scripts
-# under action value, retrives translatable strings and
-# creates/updates both portable object templates (.pot) and portable
-# objects (.po).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_updateMessageShell {
-
- local FILE=''
- local FILES=''
-
- # Define file name used as reference to create portable object
- # templates (.pot), portable objects (.po) and machine objects
- # (.mo).
- FILE="${WORKDIR}/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)/${TEXTDOMAIN}"
-
- # Build list of files to process.
- if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ "^${CLI_BASEDIR}" ]];then
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}\.sh")
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided can't be processed."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" "doLocale" 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pot" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Prepare directory structure to receive .po files.
- if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${FILE}) ]];then
- mkdir -p $(dirname ${FILE})
- fi
-
- # Retrive translatable strings from shell script files and create
- # the portable object template (.pot) from them.
- /usr/bin/xgettext --output=${FILE}.pot \
- --copyright-holder="CentOS Documentation SIG" \
- --width=70 --sort-by-file ${FILES}
-
- # Verify, initialize or update portable objects from portable
- # object templates.
- locale_updateMessagePObjects "${FILE}"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageXml.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageXml.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index f0c6244..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageXml.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_updateMessageXml.sh -- This function parses XML-based files
-# (e.g., scalable vector graphics), retrives translatable strings and
-# creates/update gettext portable objects.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_updateMessageXml {
-
- local FILE=''
- local FILES=''
-
- # Define filename used to create both portable object templates
- # (.pot) and portable objects (.po) files.
- FILE="${WORKDIR}/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)"
-
- # Build list of files to process.
- if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ "^$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/.+" ]];then
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}\.(svg|docbook)")
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided can't be processed."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" "doLocale" 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pot" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Prepare directory structure to receive .po files.
- if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${FILE}) ]];then
- mkdir -p $(dirname ${FILE})
- fi
-
- # Retrive translatable strings from XML-based files and
- # create the portable object template (.pot) from them.
- /usr/bin/xml2po ${FILES} | msgcat --output=${FILE}.pot --width=70 --sort-by-file -
-
- # Verify, initialize or merge portable objects from portable
- # object templates.
- locale_updateMessagePObjects "${FILE}"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessages.sh b/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessages.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d6d9a5e..0000000
--- a/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessages.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# locale_updateMessages.sh -- This function extracts translatable
-# strings from both XML-based files (using xml2po) and shell scripts
-# (using xgettext). Translatable strings are initially stored in
-# portable objects templates (.pot) which are later merged into
-# portable objects (.po) in order to be optionally converted as
-# machine objects (.mo).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function locale_updateMessages {
-
- local ACTIONNAM=''
-
- # Evaluate working directory to determine whether to use xml2po to
- # extract translatable strings from XML-based files or to use
- # xgettext to extract translatable strings from shell script
- # files.
- if [[ $WORKDIR =~ "^${BASEDIR}/(Identity|Manuals)/.+$" ]];then
-
- # Update translatable strings inside portable object templates
- # for XML-based files (e.g., scalable vector graphics).
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMessageXml"
-
- elif [[ $WORKDIR =~ "^${BASEDIR}/Scripts/.+$" ]];then
-
- # Update translatable strings inside portable object templates
- # for shell scripts (e.g., centos-art.sh script).
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMessageShell"
-
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided doesn't support localization."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Path/path.sh b/Functions/Path/path.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4f3fe10..0000000
--- a/Functions/Path/path.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# path.sh -- This function provides file manipulations to aliviate
-# path maintainance inside the repository.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function path {
-
- # Define deafult value to target flag. The target flag (--to)
- # controls final destination used by copy related actions.
- local FLAG_TO=''
-
- # Define default value to syncronization flag. The syncronization
- # flag (--sync) controls whether centos-art.sh script calls itself
- # to create/delete parallel directories at the moment of
- # create/delte action itself.
- local FLAG_SYNC='false'
-
- # Define command-line interface.
- path_getActions
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Path/path_doCopy.sh b/Functions/Path/path_doCopy.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index b49cb66..0000000
--- a/Functions/Path/path_doCopy.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# path_doCopy.sh -- This function duplicates files inside the working
-# copy using subversion commands.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function path_doCopy {
-
- # Verify target directory.
- cli_checkRepoDirTarget
-
- # Print action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FLAG_TO}" 'doCreate' 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Verify relation between source and target locations. We cannot
- # duplicate an entry if its parent directory doesn't exist as
- # entry inside the working copy.
- if [[ -f ${ACTIONVAL} ]];then
- if [[ ! -d $(dirname "${FLAG_TO}") ]];then
- mkdir -p $(dirname "${FLAG_TO}")
- fi
- svn add $(dirname "${FLAG_TO}") --quiet
- fi
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${FLAG_TO}" 'AsCreatingLine'
-
- # Copy parent directory.
- svn copy ${ACTIONVAL} ${FLAG_TO} --quiet
-
- # Verify syncronization flag.
- if [[ $FLAG_SYNC == 'true' ]];then
-
- # Copy parallel directories.
- . /home/centos/bin/centos-art manual --copy="$ACTIONVAL" --to="$FLAG_TO"
- . /home/centos/bin/centos-art render --copy="$ACTIONVAL" --to="$FLAG_TO"
- . /home/centos/bin/centos-art locale --copy="$ACTIONVAL" --to="$FLAG_TO"
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Path/path_doDelete.sh b/Functions/Path/path_doDelete.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index fad8ce4..0000000
--- a/Functions/Path/path_doDelete.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# path_doDelete.sh -- This function deletes files inside the working
-# copy using subversion commands.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function path_doDelete {
-
- # Verify target directory.
- cli_checkRepoDirTarget
-
- # Print action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "$ACTIONVAL" 'doDelete' 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Syncronize parallel directories related to action value.
- . /home/centos/bin/centos-art manual --delete="$ACTIONVAL"
- . /home/centos/bin/centos-art render --delete="$ACTIONVAL"
- . /home/centos/bin/centos-art locale --delete="$ACTIONVAL"
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${ACTIONVAL}" 'AsDeletingLine'
-
- # Perform action.
- svn del ${ACTIONVAL} --quiet
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Path/path_getActions.sh b/Functions/Path/path_getActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index c63f2e2..0000000
--- a/Functions/Path/path_getActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# path_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
-# `path' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function path_getActions {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="copy:,move:,delete:,to:,sync"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Define action to take for each option passed.
- while true; do
- case "$1" in
-
- --copy )
-
- # Define action value passed through the command-line.
- ACTIONVAL="$2"
-
- # Define action name using action value as reference.
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_doCopy"
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --delete )
-
- # Define action value passed through the command-line.
- ACTIONVAL="$2"
-
- # Define action name using action value as reference.
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_doDelete"
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --to )
-
- # Redefine target flag.
- FLAG_TO="$2"
-
- # Verify target directory.
- cli_checkRepoDirTarget
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --sync )
-
- # Redefine syncronization flag.
- FLAG_SYNC='true'
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- * )
- # Break options loop.
- break
- esac
- done
-
- # Check action value (ACTIONVAL) passed through the command-line
- # using source directory definition as reference.
- cli_checkRepoDirSource
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to bring down changes.
- cli_syncroRepoChanges "${ACTIOVAL} ${FLAG_TO}"
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to commit up changes.
- cli_commitRepoChanges "${ACTIOVAL} ${FLAG_TO}"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Prepare/prepare.sh b/Functions/Prepare/prepare.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 0618ea1..0000000
--- a/Functions/Prepare/prepare.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# prepare.sh -- This function prepares your workstation for using the
-# centos-art command-line.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function prepare {
-
- # Define packages flag. The package flag (--packages) controls
- # whether package verification is performed or not. By default no
- # package verification is done.
- local FLAG_PACKAGES='false'
-
- # Define links flag. The link flag (--links) controls whether
- # links verifications are performed or not. By default no link
- # verification is done.
- local FLAG_LINKS='false'
-
- # Define environment flag. The environment flag (--environment)
- # controles whether verification of environment variables are
- # performed or not. By default no verification of environment
- # variables is done.
- local FLAG_ENVIRONMENT='false'
-
- # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
- prepare_getArguments
-
- # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
- # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
- # only non-option arguments remain in it.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Define action name. It does matter what option be passed to
- # centos-art, there are many different actions to perform based on
- # the option passed (e.g., `--packages', `--links',
- # `--environment', etc.). In that sake, we defined action name
- # inside prepare_getArguments, at the moment of interpreting
- # options.
-
- # Define action value. There is no action value in this function,
- # but action name values only. There is no need for non-option
- # arguments here since we are doing fixed verifications only in
- # predifined paths.
-
- # Verify flags and execute actions accordingly. Start with
- # packages, links and then environment.
- prepare_doPackages
- prepare_doLinks
- prepare_doEnvironment
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doEnvironment.sh b/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doEnvironment.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 222b4fb..0000000
--- a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doEnvironment.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# prepare_doEnvironment.sh -- This function outputs a brief description
-# of environment variables used by `centos-art.sh' script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function prepare_doEnvironment {
-
- # Verify `--packages' option.
- if [[ $FLAG_ENVIRONMENT == 'false' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- # Print line separator.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking environment variables"`" 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Print line separator.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- local -a VARS
- local -a INFO
- local COUNT=0
-
- # Define name of environment variables used by centos-art.sh
- # script.
- VARS[0]='EDITOR'
- VARS[1]='TZ'
- VARS[2]='TEXTDOMAIN'
- VARS[3]='TEXTDOMAINDIR'
- VARS[4]='LANG'
-
- # Define description of environment variables.
- INFO[0]="`gettext "Default text editor"`"
- INFO[1]="`gettext "Default time zone representation"`"
- INFO[2]="`gettext "Default domain used to retrieve translated messages"`"
- INFO[3]="`gettext "Default directory used to retrive translated messages"`"
- INFO[4]="`gettext "Default locale information"`"
-
- until [[ $COUNT -eq ${#VARS[*]} ]];do
-
- # Let user to reduce output using regular expression as
- # reference.
- if [[ ${VARS[$COUNT]} =~ $FLAG_FILTER ]];then
-
- # Output list of environment variables using indirect
- # expansion (what a beautiful feature!) to output variable
- # value.
- cli_printMessage "${INFO[$COUNT]}:"
- cli_printMessage "${VARS[$COUNT]}=${!VARS[$COUNT]}" 'AsResponseLine'
-
- fi
-
- # Increment counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doLinks.sh b/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doLinks.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 67ff049..0000000
--- a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doLinks.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# prepare_doLinks.sh -- This function installs the symbolic links your
-# workstation needs to have in order for centos-art command to run
-# correctly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function prepare_doLinks {
-
- # Verify `--links' option.
- if [[ $FLAG_LINKS == 'false' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- # Print line separator.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking symbolic links"`" 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Print line separator.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- local -a LINKS_SRC
- local -a LINKS_DST
- local USERFILES=''
- local PALETTE=''
- local BRUSH=''
- local PATTERN=''
- local FONT=''
- local FILE=''
- local COUNT=0
-
- # Initialize file prefix. Since we are taking the same file names
- # from different theme directory and putting them into the same
- # directory structure it is required to identify them some way in
- # that common directory structure. For this we use the theme path
- # identifier.
- local PREFIX=''
-
- # Define user-specific directory for Gimp.
- local GIMP_USER_DIR=${HOME}/.$(rpm -q gimp | cut -d. -f-2)
-
- # Define user-specific directory for Inkscape.
- local INKS_USER_DIR=${HOME}/.inkscape
-
- # Define both source and target location for centos-art command.
- LINKS_SRC[0]=${HOME}/bin/$CLI_PROGRAM
- LINKS_DST[0]=${CLI_BASEDIR}/init.sh
-
- # Define both source and target location for fonts.
- local FONTS=$(cli_getFilesList "${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Fonts" 'denmark\.ttf')
- for FONT in $FONTS;do
- LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${HOME}/.fonts/$(basename $FONT)
- LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$FONT
- done
-
- # Define both source and target location for Gimp and Inkscape
- # palettes.
- local PALETTES=$(cli_getFilesList "$HOME/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/Motifs/*/*/Palettes
- ${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Palettes" ".+\.gpl")
- for PALETTE in $PALETTES;do
- if [[ $PALETTE =~ $(cli_getPathComponent '--theme-pattern') ]];then
- PREFIX="$(cli_getPathComponent "$PALETTE" '--theme-name')-$(cli_getPathComponent "$PALETTE" '--theme-release')-"
- fi
- LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${GIMP_USER_DIR}/palettes/${PREFIX}$(basename $PALETTE)
- LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$PALETTE
- LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${INKS_USER_DIR}/palettes/${PREFIX}$(basename $PALETTE)
- LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$PALETTE
- done
-
- # Define both source and target location for Gimp brushes.
- local BRUSHES=$(cli_getFilesList \
- "${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/Motifs/*/*/Brushes" \
- ".+\.(gbr|gih)")
- for BRUSH in $BRUSHES;do
- PREFIX="$(cli_getPathComponent "$BRUSH" '--theme-name')-$(cli_getPathComponent "$BRUSH" '--theme-release')"
- LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${GIMP_USER_DIR}/brushes/${PREFIX}-$(basename $BRUSH)
- LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$BRUSH
- done
-
- # Define both source and target location for Gimp patterns.
- local PATTERNS=$(cli_getFilesList \
- "${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/Motifs/*/*/Patterns" \
- ".+\.png")
- for PATTERN in $PATTERNS;do
- PREFIX="$(cli_getPathComponent "$PATTERN" '--theme-name')-$(cli_getPathComponent "$PATTERN" '--theme-release')"
- LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${GIMP_USER_DIR}/patterns/${PREFIX}-$(basename $PATTERN)
- LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$PATTERN
- done
-
- # Define files inside user-specific directories that need to be
- # removed in order to make a fresh installation of patterns,
- # palettes and brushes using symbolic links from the repository.
- USERFILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${HOME}/.fonts" '.+\.ttf';
- cli_getFilesList "${HOME}/bin" '.+\.sh';
- cli_getFilesList "${GIMP_USER_DIR}/palettes" '.+\.gpl';
- cli_getFilesList "${GIMP_USER_DIR}/brushes" '.+\.(gbr|gih)';
- cli_getFilesList "${GIMP_USER_DIR}/patterns" '.+\.png';
- cli_getFilesList "${INKS_USER_DIR}/palettes" '.+\.gpl')
-
- # Remove installed files inside user-specific directories.
- if [[ "$USERFILES" != '' ]];then
- cli_printActionPreamble "${USERFILES[*]}" 'doDelete' 'AsResponseLine'
- for FILE in ${USERFILES[@]};do
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}" 'AsDeletingLine'
- rm -r $FILE
- done
- fi
-
- # Create symbolic links. In case the the symbolic link parent
- # directory isn't created, it will be created in order to make
- # the link creation possible.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${LINKS_SRC[*]}" 'doCreate' 'AsResponseLine'
- while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#LINKS_SRC[*]} ]];do
-
- if [[ -f ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]} ]];then
- cli_printMessage "${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]}" 'AsUpdatingLine'
- else
- cli_printMessage "${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]}" 'AsCreatingLine'
- fi
-
- if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]}) ]];then
- mkdir -p $(dirname ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]})
- fi
-
- ln ${LINKS_DST[$COUNT]} ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]} --symbolic --force
-
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doPackages.sh b/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doPackages.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index c119cc0..0000000
--- a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doPackages.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# prepare_doPackages.sh -- This function verifies the required
-# packages your workstation needs to have installed in order for
-# centos-art command to run correctly. If there is one or more missing
-# packages, the `centos-art.sh' script asks you to confirm their
-# installation through yum.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function prepare_doPackages {
-
- # Verify `--packages' option.
- if [[ $FLAG_PACKAGES == 'false' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- # Print line separator.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking required packages"`" 'AsResponseLine'
-
- # Print line separator.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- local PACKAGE=''
- local WARNING=''
- local PACKAGES=''
- local PACKAGES_THIRDS=''
- local -a PACKAGES_MISSING
- local RPM='/bin/rpm'
- local YUM='/usr/bin/yum'
-
- # Check execution rights of package managers.
- cli_checkFiles $RPM 'x'
- cli_checkFiles $YUM 'x'
-
- # Define required packages needed by centos-art.sh script.
- PACKAGES="inkscape ImageMagick netpbm netpbm-progs syslinux gimp
- coreutils texinfo info tetex-latex tetex-fonts tetex-xdvi
- tetex-dvips gettext texi2html gnome-doc-utils elinks
- docbook-style-xsl docbook-utils docbook-dtds
- docbook-style-dsssl docbook-simple docbook-utils-pdf
- docbook-slides firefox sudo yum rpm"
-
- # Define packages from third party repositories (i.e., packages
- # not included in CentOS [base] repository.) required by
- # centos-art to work as expected.
- PACKAGES_THIRDS="(inkscape|blender)"
-
- # Build list of missing packages.
- for PACKAGE in $PACKAGES;do
- $RPM -q --queryformat "%{NAME}\n" $PACKAGE --quiet
- if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
- PACKAGES_MISSING[((++${#PACKAGES_MISSING[*]}))]=$PACKAGE
- fi
- done
-
- # Is there any package missing?
- if [[ ${#PACKAGES_MISSING[*]} -eq 0 ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The required packages has been already installed."`"
- return
- fi
-
- # At this point there is one or more missing packages that need to
- # be installed in the workstation. Report this issue and specify
- # which these packages are.
- cli_printMessage "`ngettext "The following package needs to be installed" \
- "The following packages need to be installed" \
- "${#PACKAGES_MISSING[*]}"`:"
-
- # Build report of missing packages and remark those comming from
- # third party repository.
- for PACKAGE in ${PACKAGES_MISSING[@]};do
- if [[ $PACKAGE =~ $PACKAGES_THIRDS ]];then
- WARNING=" (`gettext "requires third party repository!"`)"
- fi
- cli_printMessage "${PACKAGE}${WARNING}" 'AsResponseLine'
- done
-
- # Print confirmation request.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue"`" 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine'
-
- # Use sudo to install the missing packages in your system through
- # yum.
- sudo ${YUM} install ${PACKAGES_MISSING[*]}
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_getArguments.sh b/Functions/Prepare/prepare_getArguments.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 2644b0a..0000000
--- a/Functions/Prepare/prepare_getArguments.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# prepare_getArguments.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed
-# to `prepare' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function prepare_getArguments {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="quiet,answer:,packages,links,environment"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Look for options passed through command-line.
- while true; do
- case "$1" in
-
- --quiet )
- FLAG_QUIET="true"
- FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --answer )
- FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --packages )
- FLAG_PACKAGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --links )
- FLAG_LINKS="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --environment )
- FLAG_ENVIRONMENT="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- * )
- break
- esac
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render.sh b/Functions/Render/render.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 959b549..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render.sh -- This function initializes rendition variables and
-# actions to centos-art.sh script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render {
-
- local ACTIONNAM=''
- local ACTIONVAL=''
-
- # Initialize `--releasever' option. The release version option
- # controls the release number used to produce release-specific
- # content. By default no release number is used.
- local FLAG_RELEASEVER=''
-
- # Initialize `--basearch' option. The base architecture option
- # controls the architecture type used to produce
- # architecture-specific content. By default no architecture type
- # is used.
- local FLAG_BASEARCH=''
-
- # Initialize `--theme-model' option. The theme model option
- # specifies the the theme model name used to produce theme
- # artistic motifs.
- local FLAG_THEME_MODEL='Default'
-
- # Initialize `--convert' option. The convert option controls
- # whether convert or not content produced by centos-art
- # base-rendition. By default there is no content convertion.
- local FLAG_CONVERT=''
-
- # Initialize `--rotate' option. The rotate option controls whether
- # rotate or not image content produced by centos-art
- # base-rendition. By default there is no content rotation.
- local FLAG_ROTATE=''
-
- # Initialize `--resize' option. The resize option controls whether
- # resize or not content produced by centos-art base-rendition. By
- # default there is no content resizing.
- local FLAG_RESIZE=''
-
- # Initialize `--group-by' option. The grouped-by option specifies
- # whether grouping or not content produced by centos-art
- # base-rendition. By default there is no content grouping.
- local FLAG_GROUPED_BY=''
-
- # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
- render_getArguments
-
- # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
- # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
- # only non-option arguments remain in it.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Define action name. No matter what option be passed to
- # centos-art, there is only one action to perform (i.e., the
- # base-rendition flow).
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAME}_doBaseActions"
-
- # Define action value. We use non-option arguments to define the
- # action value (ACTIONVAL) variable.
- for ACTIONVAL in "$@";do
-
- if [[ $ACTIONVAL == '--' ]];then
- continue
- fi
-
- # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
- # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
- # copy.
- cli_checkRepoDirSource
-
- # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At
- # this point, changes in the repository are merged in the
- # working copy and changes in the working copy committed up to
- # repository.
- cli_syncroRepoChanges
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only.
- # At this point, changes in the repository are not merged in
- # the working copy, but chages in the working copy do are
- # committed up to repository.
- cli_commitRepoChanges
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_checkSvgAbsref.sh b/Functions/Render/render_checkSvgAbsref.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 89b1b2a..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_checkSvgAbsref.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_checkSvgAbsref.sh -- This function retrives absolute files
-# and checks their existence. In order for design templates to point
-# different artistic motifs, design templates make use of external
-# files that point to specific artistic motif background images. If
-# such external files doesn't exist, print a message and stop script
-# execution. We cannot continue without background information.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_checkSvgAbsref {
-
- local FILE=''
- local ABSPATHS=''
- local ABSPATH=''
-
- # Define absolute path of file we need to retrive absolute paths
- # from.
- FILE="$1"
-
- # Verify existence of file we need to retrive absolute paths from.
- cli_checkFiles $FILE 'f'
-
- # Retrive absolute paths from file.
- ABSPATHS=$(egrep "(sodipodi:absref|xlink:href)=\"${HOME}.+" $FILE \
- | sed -r "s,.+=\"(${HOME}.+)\".*,\1,")
-
- # Verify absolute paths retrived from file.
- for ABSPATH in $ABSPATHS;do
- cli_checkFiles "$ABSPATH" 'f'
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh b/Functions/Render/render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e5f818a..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh -- This function produces XHTML
-# output from docbook template instance using XSL stylesheets as
-# reference.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_convertDocbookToXhtml {
-
- # Print action message.
- if [[ -f ${FILE}.xhtml ]];then
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.xhtml" 'AsUpdatingLine'
- else
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.xhtml" 'AsCreatingLine'
- fi
-
- # Define list of XSL stylesheets.
- local XSL='/usr/share/sgml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets/xhtml/docbook.xsl'
-
- # Produce xhtml output from docbook template instance using XSL
- # stylesheets as reference.
- xsltproc ${XSL} $INSTANCE > ${FILE}.xhtml
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToHex.sh b/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToHex.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 6715ad0..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToHex.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_convertGplToHex.sh -- This function takes one palette
-# produced by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs the list
-# of hexadecimal colors and their respective index position the
-# `pnmtolss16' program needs (e.g., #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all
-# values in the same line]).
-#
-# Copyright 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_convertGplToHex {
-
- local COLOR=''
- local COUNT=0
- local -a FILES
-
- # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
- # retrive color information from.
- local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
-
- # Define path to HEX palette. This is the palette used to stored
- # the color information the `ppmtolss16' program needs.
- local PALETTE_HEX="$2"
-
- # Define the number of colors this function should return.
- local COLOR_NUMBER="$3"
-
- # Verify the number of colors this function should return. As
- # convenction, we are producing images in 14 and 16 colors only to
- # cover Grub and Syslinux images need respectively.
- if [[ ! $COLOR_NUMBER =~ '^(14|16)$' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "Reducing image to \\\`\\\$COLOR_NUMBER' colors is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
- local COLORS=$(render_getColors "$PALETTE_GPL")
-
- # Verify number of colors returned in the list.
- if [[ ! $(echo "$COLORS" | wc -l) =~ $COLOR_NUMBER ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The palette doesn't have the correct number of colors."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Verify format of colors inside the list.
- for COLOR in $COLORS;do
- if [[ ! $COLOR =~ '^[0-9a-f]{6}$' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\`\\\$COLOR' string isn't a valid color code."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
- done
-
- # Create list of colors to be process by pnmtolss16
- echo "$COLORS" | nl | awk '{ printf "#%s=%d ", $2, $1 - 1 }' \
- > $PALETTE_HEX
-
- # Verify HEX palette existence.
- cli_checkFiles "$PALETTE_PPM" 'f'
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToPpm.sh b/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToPpm.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index f8d6ce0..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToPpm.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_convertGplToPpm.sh -- This function takes one palette
-# produced by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs one PPM
-# file based on it (e.g., syslinux.ppm).
-#
-# Copyright 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_convertGplToPpm {
-
- local COLOR=''
- local COUNT=0
- local -a FILES
-
- # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
- # retrive color information from.
- local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
-
- # Define path to PPM palette. This is the .ppm file we'll save
- # color information to.
- local PALETTE_PPM="$2"
-
- # Define the number of colors this function should return.
- local COLOR_NUMBER="$3"
-
- # Verify the number of colors this function should return. As
- # convenction, we are producing images in 14 and 16 colors only to
- # cover Grub and Syslinux images need respectively.
- if [[ ! $COLOR_NUMBER =~ '^(14|16)$' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "Reducing image to \\\`\\\$COLOR_NUMBER' colors is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
- local COLORS=$(render_getColors "$PALETTE_GPL")
-
- # Verify number of colors returned in the list.
- if [[ ! $(echo "$COLORS" | wc -l) =~ $COLOR_NUMBER ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The palette doesn't have the correct number of colors."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Verify format of colors inside the list.
- for COLOR in $COLORS;do
- if [[ ! $COLOR =~ '^[0-9a-f]{6}$' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\`\\\$COLOR' string isn't a valid color code."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
- done
-
- # Create temporal images (of 1x1 pixel each) for each color
- # retrived from Gimp's palette.
- for COLOR in $COLORS;do
- FILES[$COUNT]=$(cli_getTemporalFile "color-${COUNT}.ppm")
- ppmmake $(echo "$COLOR" \
- | sed -r 's!(.{2})(.{2})(.{2})!rgb:\1/\2/\3!') 1 1 \
- > ${FILES[$COUNT]}
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
- done
-
- # Concatenate temporal images from left to right to create the PPM
- # file.
- pnmcat -lr ${FILES[*]} > $PALETTE_PPM
-
- # Remove temporal images.
- rm ${FILES[*]}
-
- # Verify PPM palette existence.
- cli_checkFiles "$PALETTE_PPM" 'f'
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_convertHtmlToText.sh b/Functions/Render/render_convertHtmlToText.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index a84adbf..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_convertHtmlToText.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_convertHtmlToText.sh -- This function takes one HTML file
-# and produces one plain-text file (i.e., without markup inside).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_convertHtml2Text {
-
- # Verify existence of HTML file.
- cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.xhtml 'f'
-
- local COMMAND=''
- local OPTIONS=''
-
- # Define the command path to text-based web browser and options
- # used to produce plain-text files. Most of these programs have a
- # dump option that print formatted plain-text versions of given
- # HTML file to stdout.
- if [[ -x '/usr/bin/lynx' ]];then
- COMMAND='/usr/bin/lynx'
- OPTIONS='-force_html -nolist -width 70 -dump'
- elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/elinks' ]];then
- COMMAND='/usr/bin/elinks'
- OPTIONS='-force_html -no-numbering -no-references -width 70 -dump'
- elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/w3m' ]];then
- COMMAND='/usr/bin/w3m'
- OPTIONS='-dump'
- fi
-
- if [[ $COMMAND != '' ]];then
-
- # Print action message.
- if [[ -f ${FILE}.txt ]];then
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" 'AsUpdatingLine'
- else
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" 'AsCreatingLine'
- fi
-
- # Convert from HTML to plain-text without markup.
- ${COMMAND} ${OPTIONS} ${FILE}.xhtml > ${FILE}.txt
-
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "No way to convert from HTML to plain-text found."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_convertPngTo.sh b/Functions/Render/render_convertPngTo.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index bd5e398..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_convertPngTo.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_convertPngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
-# to convert images images produced by centos-art base-rendition.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_convertPngTo {
-
- # Get image formats.
- local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
- # Check base file existence.
- cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.png 'f'
-
- # Check image formats and do convertion.
- if [[ "$FORMATS" != "" ]];then
- for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.${FORMAT}" "AsSavedAsLine"
- convert -quality 85 ${FILE}.png ${FILE}.${FORMAT}
- done
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_copy.sh b/Functions/Render/render_copy.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e54abe9..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_copy.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_copy.sh -- This function duplicates rendition stuff.
-# Rendition stuff is formed by design models, design images and
-# pre-rendition configuration scripts (which includes translations
-# files). This way, when we say to duplicate rendition stuff we are
-# saying to duplicate these four directory structures (i.e., design
-# models, design images, pre-rendition configuration scripts, and
-# related translations files).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_copy {
-
- # Verify target directory.
- cli_checkRepoDirTarget
-
- # Determine what directory structure we are duplicating.
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doBaseActions.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doBaseActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 231cae3..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doBaseActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_do.sh -- This function performs base-rendition action
-# for all files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doBaseActions {
-
- local -a FILES
- local FILE=''
- local OUTPUT=''
- local TEMPLATE=''
- local PARENTDIR=''
- local EXTENSION=''
- local TRANSLATION=''
- local EXTERNALFILE=''
- local EXTERNALFILES=''
- local THIS_FILE_DIR=''
- local NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
- local COUNT=0
-
- # Initialize post-rendition list of actions, the specification of
- # what actions does centos-art execute immediatly after producing
- # the base file in the same directory structure.
- local -a POSTACTIONS
-
- # Initialize last-rendition list of actions, the specification of
- # what actions does centos-art execute once all base files in the
- # same directory structure have been produced, this is just
- # immediatly before passing to produce the next directory
- # structure.
- local -a LASTACTIONS
-
- # Check theme model directory structure.
- cli_checkFiles "$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Models/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}" 'd'
-
- # Verify post-rendition actions passed from command-line and add
- # them, if any, to post-rendition list of actions.
- if [[ $FLAG_GROUPED_BY != '' ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="groupSimilarFiles:${FLAG_GROUPED_BY}"
- fi
-
- # Define the extension pattern for template files. This is the
- # file extensions that centos-art will look for in order to build
- # the list of files to process. The list of files to process
- # contains the files that match this extension pattern.
- EXTENSION='\.(svgz|svg|docbook)'
-
- # Redefine parent directory for current workplace.
- PARENTDIR=$(basename "${ACTIONVAL}")
-
- # Define base location of template files.
- render_getDirTemplate
-
- # Define list of files to process as array variable. This make
- # posible to realize verifications like: is the current base
- # directory equal to the next one in the list of files to process?
- # This is used to know when centos-art.sh is leaving a directory
- # structure and entering into another. This information is
- # required in order for centos-art.sh to know when to apply
- # last-rendition actions.
- for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList "${TEMPLATE}" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*${EXTENSION}");do
- FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
- done
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES[*]}" '' ''
-
- # Start processing the base rendition list of FILES. Fun part
- # approching :-).
- while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
-
- # Define base file.
- FILE=${FILES[$COUNT]}
-
- # Define the base directory path for the current file being
- # process.
- THIS_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$COUNT]})
-
- # Define the base directory path for the next file that will
- # be process.
- if [[ $(($COUNT + 1)) -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];then
- NEXT_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$(($COUNT + 1))]})
- else
- NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
- fi
-
- # Print separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Define final location of translation file.
- TRANSLATION=$(dirname $FILE \
- | sed -r 's!/trunk/(Identity/)!/trunk/Locales/\1!')/$(cli_getCurrentLocale).po
-
- # Print final location of translation file.
- if [[ ! -f "$TRANSLATION" ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "None"`" "AsTranslationLine"
- else
- cli_printMessage "$TRANSLATION" 'AsTranslationLine'
- fi
-
- # Define final location of template file.
- TEMPLATE=${FILE}
-
- # Print final location of template file.
- if [[ ! -f "$TEMPLATE" ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "None"`" "AsDesignLine"
- else
- cli_printMessage "$TEMPLATE" 'AsDesignLine'
- fi
-
- # Define final location of output directory.
- render_getDirOutput
-
- # Get relative path to file. The path string (stored in FILE)
- # has two parts: 1. the variable path and 2. the common path.
- # The variable path is before the common point in the path
- # string. The common path is after the common point in the
- # path string. The common point is the name of the parent
- # directory (stored in PARENTDIR).
- #
- # trunk/Locales/Identity/.../Firstboot/3/splash-small.svg
- # -------------------------^| the |^------------^
- # variable path | common | common path
- # -------------------------v| point | v------------v
- # trunk/Identity/Themes/M.../Firstboot/Img/3/splash-small.png
- #
- # What we do here is remove the varibale path, the common
- # point, and the file extension parts in the string holding
- # the path retrived from design models directory structure.
- # Then we use the common path as relative path to store the
- # the final image file.
- #
- # The file extension is removed from the common path because
- # it is set when we create the final image file. This
- # configuration let us use different extensions for the same
- # file name.
- #
- # When we render using renderImage function, the structure of
- # files under the output directory will be the same used after
- # the common point in the related design model directory
- # structure.
- FILE=$(echo ${FILE} \
- | sed -r "s!.*${PARENTDIR}/!!" \
- | sed -r "s/${EXTENSION}$//")
-
- # Define absolute path to final file (without extension).
- FILE=${OUTPUT}/$(basename "${FILE}")
-
- # Define instance name from design model.
- INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile ${TEMPLATE})
-
- # Verify translation file existence and create template
- # instance accordingly.
- if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION} ]];then
-
- # Create translated instance from design model.
- /usr/bin/xml2po -p ${TRANSLATION} ${TEMPLATE} > ${INSTANCE}
-
- # Remove .xml2po.mo temporal file.
- if [[ -f ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo ]];then
- rm ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo
- fi
-
- else
- # Create non-translated instance form design model.
- /bin/cp ${TEMPLATE} ${INSTANCE}
- fi
-
- # Apply translation markers replacements to template instance.
- cli_replaceTMarkers ${INSTANCE}
-
- # Verify the extension of template instance and render content
- # accordingly.
- if [[ $INSTANCE =~ '\.(svgz|svg)$' ]];then
-
- # Perform base-rendition action for svg files.
- render_doSvg
-
- # Perform post-rendition action for svg files.
- render_doSvgPostActions
-
- # Perform last-rendition action for svg files.
- render_doSvgLastActions
-
- elif [[ $INSTANCE =~ '\.docbook$' ]];then
-
- # Perform base-rendition action for docbook files.
- render_doDocbook
-
- # Perform post-rendition action for docbook files.
- #render_doDocbookPostActions
-
- # Perform base-rendition action for docbook files.
- #render_doDocbookLastActions
-
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The template file you try to render is not supported yet."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Remove template instance.
- if [[ -f $INSTANCE ]];then
- rm $INSTANCE
- fi
-
- # Perform post-rendition actions for all files.
- render_doPostActions
-
- # Perform last-rendition actions for all files.
- render_doLastActions
-
- # Increment file counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doBrands.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doBrands.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index f9afa94..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doBrands.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doBrands.sh -- This function provides last-rendition
-# actions to produce CentOS brands. This function takes both The
-# CentOS Symbol and The CentOS Type images and produces variation of
-# them in different dimensions and formats using ImageMagick tool-set.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doBrands {
-
- local SOURCEFILE=''
- local TARGETDIR=''
- local TARGETFILE=''
- local NEWFILE=''
-
- # Define absolute path to image file.
- local FILE="$1"
-
- # Define height dimensions you want to produce brands for.
- local SIZES="16 20 22 24 32 36 40 48 64 96 128 148 164 196 200 512"
-
- # Define image formats you want to produce brands for.
- local FORMATS="png xpm pdf jpg tif"
-
- # Redefine absolute path to directory where final brand images
- # will be stored. Notice how both final image directory and design
- # model have the same name, this is intentional in order to keep
- # images and design models related and organized inside their own
- # directory structures.
- local DIRNAME=$(cli_getRepoName "$FILE" 'd')/$(cli_getRepoName "$FILE" 'fd')
-
- # Check directory where final brand images will be stored.
- if [[ ! -d $DIRNAME ]];then
- mkdir -p ${DIRNAME}
- fi
-
- for SIZE in ${SIZES};do
-
- # Redefine name of new file.
- NEWFILE=${DIRNAME}/${SIZE}
-
- for FORMAT in ${FORMATS};do
-
- # Output action information.
- cli_printMessage "${NEWFILE}.${FORMAT}" "AsCreatingLine"
-
- # Convert and resize to create new file.
- convert -resize x${SIZE} ${FILE}.png ${NEWFILE}.${FORMAT}
-
- done
-
- # Create logo copy in 2 colors.
- cli_printMessage "${NEWFILE}.xbm (`gettext "2 colors grayscale"`)" "AsCreatingLine"
- convert -resize x${SIZE} -colorspace gray -colors 2 ${FILE}.png ${NEWFILE}.xbm
-
- # Create logo copy in emboss effect.
- cli_printMessage "${NEWFILE}-emboss.png" "AsCreatingLine"
- convert -resize x${SIZE} -emboss 1 ${FILE}.png ${NEWFILE}-emboss.png
-
- done
-
- # Output division line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doDm.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doDm.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index c7edb46..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doDm.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doDm.sh -- This function collects Display Manager (DM)
-# required files and creates a tar.gz package that groups them all
-# together. Use this function as last-rendition action for Gdm and Kdm
-# base-rendition actions.
-#
-# Usage:
-#
-# ACTIONS[1]='LAST:renderDm:TYPE:RESOLUTION'
-#
-# Where:
-#
-# TYPE can be either `Gdm' or `Kdm'. These values correspond to the
-# directory names used to store related design models.
-#
-# RESOLUTION represents the screen resolution tar.gz files are
-# produced for (e.g., 800x600, 1024x768, 2048x1536, etc.).
-#
-# In order to produce tar.gz files correctly, both screen resolution
-# definition inside pre-rendition configuration script and background
-# name inside theme directory structure need to match one another. If
-# one screen resolution is defined correctly, but there is no
-# background information for it, the related tar.gz file is not
-# produced and the next file in the list of files to process is
-# evaluated.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doDm {
-
- local -a SRC
- local -a DST
- local DM=''
- local TGZ=''
- local COUNT=0
- local RESOLUTION=''
- local RESOLUTIONS=''
-
- # Print separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Get display manager passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
- # configuration script.
- DM=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '2')
-
- # Sanitate display manager passed from render.conf.sh
- # pre-rendition configuration script. Whatever value be retrived
- # as display manager configuration option is converted to
- # uppercase in order to match either Gdm or Kdm design model
- # directory structures.
- DM=$(cli_getRepoName "$DM" 'd')
-
- # Get screen resolutions passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
- # configuration script.
- RESOLUTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '3')
-
- # Check screen resolutions passed from render.conf.sh
- # pre-rendition configuration script.
- if [[ "$RESOLUTIONS" == '' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no resolution information to process."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage $(caller) "AsToKnowMoreLine"
- fi
-
- # Define source files using absolute paths.
- SRC[0]=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Brands/Img/symbol-resized-48.png
- SRC[1]=${OUTPUT}/release.png
- SRC[2]=${OUTPUT}/screenshot.png
- SRC[3]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.xml
- SRC[4]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
- SRC[5]=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Backgrounds/Img/Png
- SRC[6]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-language.png
- SRC[7]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-reboot.png
- SRC[8]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-session.png
- SRC[9]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-shutdown.png
-
- # Define name used as temporal holder to build tar.gz file.
- TGZ=$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme-name')
-
- # Define target files using relative paths.
- DST[0]=${TGZ}/centos-symbol.png
- DST[1]=${TGZ}/centos-release.png
- DST[2]=${TGZ}/screenshot.png
- DST[3]=${TGZ}/${TGZ}.xml
- DST[4]=${TGZ}/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
- DST[5]=${TGZ}/background.png
- DST[6]=${TGZ}/icon-language.png
- DST[7]=${TGZ}/icon-reboot.png
- DST[8]=${TGZ}/icon-session.png
- DST[9]=${TGZ}/icon-shutdown.png
-
- # Move into the working directory.
- pushd ${OUTPUT} > /dev/null
-
- # Create directory used as temporal holder to build tar.gz file.
- if [[ ! -d ${TGZ} ]];then
- mkdir ${TGZ}
- fi
-
- for RESOLUTION in $RESOLUTIONS;do
-
- while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
-
- if [[ $COUNT -eq 5 ]];then
-
- # Redefine background information using resolution as
- # reference. Avoid concatenation.
- SRC[$COUNT]=$(echo "${SRC[$COUNT]}" | cut -d/ -f-13)/${RESOLUTION}-final.png
-
- # If background information defined inside
- # pre-rendition configuration script doesn't match
- # background information inside theme-specific
- # backgrounds directory structure, try the next
- # background definition.
- if [[ ! -f ${SRC[$COUNT]} ]];then
- continue 2
- fi
-
- elif [[ $COUNT =~ '^[6-9]$' ]];then
-
- # If display manager is Kdm, then increment counter and
- # resume the next iteration. Icons aren't used on Kdm,
- # so there's no need to have them inside it.
- if [[ $DM =~ '^Kdm$' ]];then
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
- continue
- fi
-
- fi
-
- # Check existence of source files.
- cli_checkFiles ${SRC[$COUNT]}
-
- # Copy files from source to target location.
- cp ${SRC[$COUNT]} ${DST[$COUNT]}
-
- # Replace common translation markers from design model
- # files with appropriate information.
- if [[ $COUNT =~ '^(3|4)$' ]];then
- cli_replaceTMarkers "${DST[$COUNT]}"
- fi
-
- # Increment counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Reset counter.
- COUNT=0
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" "AsCreatingLine"
-
- # Create tar.gz file.
- tar -czf "${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" $TGZ
-
- done
-
- # Remove directory used as temporal holder to build targ.gz
- # file.
- rm -r $TGZ
-
- # Remove release-specific images.
- cli_printMessage "${SRC[1]}" "AsDeletingLine"
- rm ${SRC[1]}
- cli_printMessage "${SRC[2]}" "AsDeletingLine"
- rm ${SRC[2]}
-
- # Return to where we were initially.
- popd > /dev/null
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doDocbook.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doDocbook.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 86f738d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doDocbook.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doDocbook.sh -- This function performs base-rendition
-# action for DocBook files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doDocbook {
-
- # Produce xhtml output from docbook template instance using XSL
- # stylesheets as reference.
- render_convertDocbookToXhtml
-
- # Produce plaintext output from html outout.
- render_convertHtml2Text
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doGrub.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doGrub.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d4286e..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doGrub.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doGrub.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
-# action used to produce GRUB images.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doGrub {
-
- # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
- local COLOR_NUMBER='14'
-
- # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
- # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
- # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
- # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
- local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
- # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
- # aviod using options used already in this script. For example
- # -verbose and -mapfile options.
- for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
- # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
- OPTION=$(echo -n $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
- if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\$OPTION option is already used."`"
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
- fi
- done
-
- # Define file name prefix.
- local PREFIX="-${COLOR_NUMBER}c"
-
- # Redefine file name prefix using options as reference. This is
- # useful to differenciate final files produced using
- # Floyd-Steinberg dithering and files which are not.
- if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
- PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
- fi
-
- # Define theme-specific palettes directory.
- local PALETTES=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Palettes
-
- # Define absolute path to GPL palette. This palettes should have
- # 14 colors only. For more information on this see the GRUB's
- # documentation.
- local PALETTE_GPL=${PALETTES}/grub.gpl
-
- # Verify GPL palette existence.
- cli_checkFiles $PALETTE_GPL 'f'
-
- # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
- # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
- # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
- # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
- local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "grub.ppm")
-
- # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
- # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
- # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
- # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" "AsSavedAsLine"
- pngtopnm -verbose \
- < ${FILE}.png 2>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}.pnm
-
- # Print the path to GPL palette.
- cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" 'AsPaletteLine'
-
- # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
- render_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLOR_NUMBER"
-
- # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette. Here we use the PPM
- # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
- # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" "AsSavedAsLine"
- pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
- < ${FILE}.pnm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
-
- # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
- if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
- rm $PALETTE_PPM
- fi
-
- # Create the 14 colors xpm.gz file.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz" "AsSavedAsLine"
- ppmtoxpm \
- < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}.xpm \
- && gzip --force ${FILE}.xpm \
- && mv ${FILE}.xpm.gz ${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doKsplash.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doKsplash.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e8c08a4..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doKsplash.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doKsplash.sh -- This function collects KDE splash
-# (KSplash) required files and creates a tar.gz package that groups
-# them all together. Use this function as last-rendition action for
-# KSplash base-rendition action.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doKsplash {
-
- local -a SRC
- local -a DST
- local FONT=''
- local COUNT=0
-
- # Define font used to print bottom splash message.
- FONT=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Fonts/DejaVuLGCSans-Bold.ttf
-
- # Check existence of font file.
- cli_checkFiles "$FONT" 'f'
-
- # Define absolute source location of files.
- SRC[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
- SRC[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
- SRC[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
- SRC[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
- SRC[4]="$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/Theme.rc"
-
- # Check absolute source location of files.
- cli_checkFiles "${SRC[@]}" 'f'
-
- # Define relative target location of files.
- DST[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
- DST[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
- DST[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
- DST[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
- DST[4]="${OUTPUT}/Theme.rc"
-
- # Print action message.
- cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/Preview.png" 'AsCreatingLine'
-
- # Create `Preview.png' image.
- convert -append ${SRC[0]} ${SRC[1]} ${SRC[3]} ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
-
- # Add bottom text to Preview.png image. The text position was set
- # inside an image of 400x300 pixels. If you change the final
- # preview image dimension, you probably need to change the text
- # position too.
- mogrify -draw 'text 6,295 "KDE is up and running."' \
- -fill \#ffffff \
- -font $FONT \
- ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
-
- # Copy `Theme.rc' file.
- cp ${SRC[4]} ${DST[4]}
-
- # Apply common translation markers to Theme.rc file.
- cli_replaceTMarkers "${DST[4]}"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doLastActions.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doLastActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 9b35d4f..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doLastActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doLastActions.sh -- This function performs
-# last-rendition actions for all files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doLastActions {
-
- local ACTION=''
-
- # Verify position of file being produced in the list of files been
- # currently processed.
- if [[ $THIS_FILE_DIR != $NEXT_FILE_DIR ]];then
-
- # At this point centos-art.sh should be producing the last
- # file from the same unique directory structure, so, before
- # producing images for the next directory structure lets
- # execute last-rendition actions for the current directory
- # structure.
- for ACTION in "${LASTACTIONS[@]}"; do
-
- case "${ACTION}" in
-
- groupSimilarFiles:* )
- render_groupSimilarFiles
- ;;
- esac
-
- done
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doPostActions.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doPostActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8fa8fb5..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doPostActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doPostActions.sh -- This function performs
-# post-rendition actions for all files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doPostActions {
-
- local ACTION=''
-
- for ACTION in "${POSTACTIONS[@]}"; do
-
- case "${ACTION}" in
-
- groupSimilarFiles:* )
- render_groupSimilarFiles
- ;;
-
- esac
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doSvg.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doSvg.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 54a678a..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doSvg.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doSvg.sh -- This function performs base-rendition
-# action for SVG files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doSvg {
-
- # Define export id used inside design templates. This value
- # defines the design area we want to export.
- local EXPORTID='CENTOSARTWORK'
-
- # Check export id inside design templates.
- grep "id=\"$EXPORTID\"" $INSTANCE > /dev/null
- if [[ $? -gt 0 ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "There is no export id (\\\$EXPORTID) inside \\\$TEMPLATE."`" "AsErrorLine"
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
- continue
- fi
-
- # Check existence of external files. Inside design templates and
- # their instances, external files are used to refere the
- # background information required by the design template. If such
- # background information is not available the image is produced
- # without background information. This is something that need to
- # be avoided.
- render_checkSvgAbsref "$INSTANCE"
-
- # Render template instance using inkscape. Modify the inkscape
- # output to reduce the amount of characters used in description
- # column at final output.
- cli_printMessage "$(inkscape $INSTANCE \
- --export-id=$EXPORTID --export-png=${FILE}.png | sed -r \
- -e "s!Area !`gettext "Area"`: !" \
- -e "s!Background RRGGBBAA:!`gettext "Background"`: RRGGBBAA!" \
- -e "s!Bitmap saved as:!`gettext "Saved as"`:!")" 'AsRegularLine'
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doSvgLastActions.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doSvgLastActions.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 0235f68..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doSvgLastActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doSvgLastActions.sh -- This function performs
-# last-rendition actions for SVG files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doSvgLastActions {
-
- local ACTION=''
-
- # Verify position of file being produced in the list of files been
- # currently processed.
- if [[ $THIS_FILE_DIR == $NEXT_FILE_DIR ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- # Define SVG-directory-specific last-rendition actions processing
- # as local to this function. Otherwise it may confuse command-line
- # last-rendition actions.
- local -a LASTACTIONS
-
- # Add directory-specific last-rendition actions to the list of
- # post actions and last actions. This is required in order to
- # provide a predictable way of producing content inside the
- # repository and save you the time of writing long option
- # combinations each time you need to produce images inside the
- # repository.
- if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Gdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
- LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderDm:Gdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
- elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Kdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
- LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderDm:Kdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
- elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Ksplash/.+\.svg$" ]];then
- LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderKsplash'
- fi
-
- # At this point centos-art.sh should be producing the last file
- # from the same unique directory structure, so, before producing
- # images for the next directory structure lets execute
- # last-rendition actions for the current directory structure.
- for ACTION in "${LASTACTIONS[@]}"; do
-
- case "${ACTION}" in
-
- renderKsplash )
- render_doKsplash
- ;;
-
- renderDm:* )
- render_doDm
- ;;
-
- esac
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doSvgPostActions.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doSvgPostActions.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index aecc36c..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doSvgPostActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doSvgPostActions.sh -- This function performs
-# post-rendition actions for SVG files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doSvgPostActions {
-
- local ACTION=''
-
- # Define SVG-directory-specific post-rendition actions processing
- # as local to this function. Otherwise it may confuse command-line
- # post-rendition actions.
- local -a POSTACTIONS
-
- # Execute SVG directory-specific post-rendition actions to the
- # list of post actions and last actions. This is required in order
- # to provide a predictable way of producing content inside the
- # repository and save you the time of writing long option
- # combinations each time you need to produce images inside the
- # repository.
- if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Backgrounds/.+\.svg$" ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo: jpg'
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='groupSimilarFiles: png jpg'
- elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Syslinux/.+\.svg$" ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderSyslinux'
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderSyslinux:-floyd'
- elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Grub" ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderGrub'
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderGrub:-floyd'
- elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Ksplash/.+\.svg$" ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderKsplash'
- fi
-
- # Verify svg-related post-rendition actions passed from
- # command-line and add them, if any, to post-rendition list of
- # actions.
- if [[ $FLAG_CONVERT != '' ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="convertPngTo:${FLAG_CONVERT}"
- fi
- if [[ $FLAG_ROTATE != '' ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="rotatePngTo:${FLAG_ROTATE}"
- fi
- if [[ $FLAG_RESIZE != '' ]];then
- POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="resizePngTo:${FLAG_RESIZE}"
- fi
-
- # Execute post-rendition actions.
- for ACTION in "${POSTACTIONS[@]}"; do
-
- case "${ACTION}" in
-
- convertPngTo:* )
- render_convertPngTo
- ;;
-
- rotatePngTo:* )
- render_rotatePngTo
- ;;
-
- resizePngTo:* )
- render_resizePngTo
- ;;
-
- renderSyslinux* )
- render_doSyslinux
- ;;
-
- renderGrub* )
- render_doGrub
- ;;
-
- renderBrands )
- render_doBrands
- ;;
-
- groupSimilarFiles:* )
- render_groupSimilarFiles
- ;;
-
- esac
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_doSyslinux.sh b/Functions/Render/render_doSyslinux.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 164c77b..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_doSyslinux.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_doSyslinux.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
-# action used to produce LSS16 images, the images used by isolinux.
-#
-# This function uses three different formats to handle the same color
-# information. Initially, the color information is defined with GIMP
-# (The GNU Image Manipulation Program) as a palette of color. This
-# palette of colors contains 16 colors only and is saved in a file
-# named `syslinux.gpl.
-#
-# The `syslinux.gpl' file is used to build two other files: the
-# `syslinux.ppm' file and the `syslinux.hex' file. The `syslinux.ppm'
-# file is used to reduce a full color PNG image to the amount of
-# colors it specifies (i.e., 16 colors). Later, with the 16 color
-# image already created, the `syslinux.hex' file is used to build the
-# LSS16 image.
-#
-# In order to produce images in LSS16 format correctly, it is needed
-# that both the `syslinux.ppm' and `syslinux.hex' files contain the
-# same color information. This is, both `syslinux.ppm' and
-# `syslinux.hex' shoud represent the same color values and the same
-# color index.
-#
-# This function save you the work of preparing both `syslinux.ppm' and
-# `syslinux.hex'. Instead, you only need to prepare the `syslinux.gpl'
-# file with the color information you want to produce images.
-#
-# In order for this function to work, the `syslinux.gpl' file should
-# have a format similar to the following:
-#
-# GIMP Palette
-# Name: TreeFlower-4-Syslinux
-# Columns: 16
-# #
-# 10 22 40 0a1628
-# 9 28 52 091c34
-# 16 34 63 10223f
-# 20 37 67 142543
-# 15 39 74 0f274a
-# 12 45 85 0c2d55
-# 20 43 78 142b4e
-# 255 255 255 ffffff
-# 21 51 95 15335f
-# 41 52 70 293446
-# 32 76 141 204c8d
-# 77 90 107 4d5a6b
-# 143 154 167 8f9aa7
-# 128 179 255 80b3ff
-# 194 200 202 c2c8ca
-# 231 241 255 e7f1ff
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_doSyslinux {
-
- # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
- local COLOR_NUMBER='16'
-
- # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
- # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
- # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
- # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
- local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
- # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
- # aviod using options already used in this script. For example
- # -verbose and -mapfile options.
- for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
- # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
- OPTION=$(echo $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
- if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\$OPTION option is already used."`"
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
- fi
- done
-
- # Define default file name prefix for 16 colors images.
- local PREFIX="-${COLOR_NUMBER}c"
-
- # Re-define 16 colors images default file name prefix using
- # options as reference. This is useful to differenciate final
- # files produced using Floyd-Steinberg dithering and final files
- # which are not.
- if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
- PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
- fi
-
- # Define theme-specific palettes directory.
- local PALETTES=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Palettes
-
- # Define absolute path to GPL palette. The GPL palette defines the
- # color information used to build syslinux images. This palette
- # should be set to 16 colors and, as specified in isolinux
- # documentation, the background color should be indexed on
- # position 0 and the forground in position 7 (see
- # /usr/share/doc/syslinux-X.XX/isolinux.doc, for more
- # information.)
- local PALETTE_GPL=${PALETTES}/syslinux.gpl
-
- # Verify GPL palette existence.
- cli_checkFiles $PALETTE_GPL 'f'
-
- # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
- # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
- # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
- # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
- local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.ppm")
-
- # Define the HEX palette. The HEX palette is built from source
- # palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color information in the
- # format understood by `ppmtolss16', the program used to produce
- # images in LSS16 format. The HEX palette stores just one line
- # with the color information as described in isolinux
- # documentation (i.e #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all values in the
- # same line])
- local PALETTE_HEX=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.hex")
-
- # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
- # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
- # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
- # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" "AsSavedAsLine"
- pngtopnm -verbose \
- < ${FILE}.png 2>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}.pnm
-
- # Print the path to GPL palette.
- cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" 'AsPaletteLine'
-
- # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
- render_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLOR_NUMBER"
-
- # Create HEX palette using GPL palette.
- render_convertGplToHex "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_HEX" "$COLOR_NUMBER"
-
- # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette. Here we use the PPM
- # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
- # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm" "AsSavedAsLine"
- pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
- < ${FILE}.pnm 2>> ${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm
-
- # Create LSS16 image.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss" "AsSavedAsLine"
- ppmtolss16 $(cat $PALETTE_HEX) \
- < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss
-
- # Remove HEX palette. It is no longer needed.
- if [[ -f ${PALETTE_HEX} ]];then
- rm $PALETTE_HEX
- fi
-
- # Create the PPM image indexed to 16 colors. Also the colormap
- # used in the LSS16 image is saved on ${FILE}.log; this is useful to
- # verify the correct order of colors in the image index.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" "AsSavedAsLine"
- lss16toppm -map \
- < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
-
- # Create the 16 colors PNG image.
- cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.png" "AsSavedAsLine"
- pnmtopng -verbose -palette=$PALETTE_PPM \
- < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.png
-
- # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
- if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
- rm $PALETTE_PPM
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_getArguments.sh b/Functions/Render/render_getArguments.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 48c975d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_getArguments.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getArguments.sh -- This function interprets arguments passed to
-# render functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getArguments {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="filter:,quiet,answer:,dont-commit-changes,releasever:,basearch:,convert:,rotate:,resize:,group-by:,theme-model:"
-
- # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using getopt output.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Look for options passed through command-line.
- while true; do
-
- case "$1" in
-
- --filter )
- FLAG_FILTER="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --quiet )
- FLAG_QUIET="true"
- FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --answer )
- FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --dont-commit-changes )
- FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
-
- --releasever )
- FLAG_RELEASEVER="$2"
- if [[ ! $FLAG_RELEASEVER =~ $(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern') ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The release version provided is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --basearch )
- FLAG_BASEARCH="$2"
- if [[ ! $FLAG_BASEARCH =~ $(cli_getPathComponent '--architecture-pattern') ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The architecture provided is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --convert )
- FLAG_CONVERT="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --rotate )
- FLAG_ROTATE="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --resize )
- FLAG_RESIZE="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --group-by )
- FLAG_GROUPED_BY="$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --theme-model )
- FLAG_THEME_MODEL=$(cli_getRepoName "$2" 'd')
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- * )
- break
- esac
- done
-
- # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
- cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_getColors.sh b/Functions/Render/render_getColors.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index da3e6ca..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_getColors.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getColors.sh -- This function takes one palette produced by
-# Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs a list of colors as
-# specified.
-#
-# Copyright 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getColors {
-
- # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
- # retrive color information from.
- local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
-
- # Retrive fourth column of information from GPL palette. The
- # fourth column of GPL palette contains the palette commentary
- # field. The palette commentary field can be anything, but for the
- # sake of our own convenience we use it to store the color
- # hexadecimal value. Notice that you can put your comments from
- # the fifth column on.
- local COLORS=$(sed -r '1,/^#/d' $PALETTE_GPL | awk '{ printf "%s\n", $4 }')
-
- # Output list of colors.
- echo "$COLORS"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh b/Functions/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index f5cdcd3..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getConfigOption.sh -- This function standardizes the way
-# action values are retrived from pre-rendition configuration files.
-# Use this function whenever you need to retrive action values from
-# pre-rendition configuration script.
-#
-# Usage: VAR=$(render_getConfigOption "ACTION" "FIELD")
-#
-# VAR is the name of the variable where we store the option named
-# returned by render_getConfigOption.
-#
-# ACTION is the string definition set in the pre-rendition
-# configuration script that holds the action name and its options
-# fields.
-#
-# FIELD is the field number in the action string we want to retrive
-# option from. By default options start from third field on. The first
-# field is reserved for the action type (i.e., POST or LAST), and the
-# second field is reserved for the action itself (e.g., convertPngTo,
-# renderSyslinux, renderKsplash, etc.).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getConfigOption {
-
- local ACTION="$1"
- local FIELD="$2"
- local VALUE=''
-
- # Check action value. The action's value must be present in order
- # for this function to work. It provides the string needed to
- # retrive options from.
- if [[ "$ACTION" == '' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no action to work with."`"
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Check field value. The field's value must match the cut's
- # command specification of its -f option.
- if [[ ! "$FIELD" =~ '^([0-9]+|[0-9]+-|-[0-9]+|[0-9]+-[0-9]+)$' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "The field specified is not valid."`"
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Get option from pre-rendition configuration action definition.
- VALUE=$(echo -n "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f${FIELD})
-
- # Sanitate action value passed from pre-rendition configuration
- # action definition.
- VALUE=$(echo -n "${VALUE}" \
- | sed -r 's!^ *!!g' \
- | sed -r 's!( |,|;) *! !g' \
- | sed -r 's! *$!!g')
-
- # Output action value without trailing newline.
- echo -n "$VALUE"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh b/Functions/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 62f1b95..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getDirOutput.sh -- This function defines the final
-# absolute path the centos-art.sh script uses to store identity
-# contents produced at rendition time.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getDirOutput {
-
- # Define base output directory using design model path as
- # reference.
- OUTPUT=$(dirname $FILE | sed -r \
- -e "s!/Models/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent "$ACTIONVAL" "--theme")!" \
- -e "s!/Tpl!!")
-
- # By default rendered identity content is stored immediatly under
- # identity entry structure, but if `Img/' directory exists use it
- # instead.
- if [[ -d "${OUTPUT}/Img" ]];then
- OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/Img
- fi
-
- # Redefine base output directory to introduce specific information
- # like release number, architecture, etc.
- OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FLAG_RELEASEVER}/${FLAG_BASEARCH}
-
- # Define whether to use or not locale-specific directory to store
- # content, using current locale information as reference. As
- # convenction, when we produce content in English language, we do
- # not add a laguage-specific directory to organize content.
- # However, when we produce language-specific content in a language
- # different from English we do use language-specific directory to
- # organize content.
- if [[ ! $(cli_getCurrentLocale) =~ '^en' ]];then
- OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)
- fi
-
- # Remove two or more consecutive slashes as well as the last
- # remaining slash in the path.
- OUTPUT=$(echo $OUTPUT | sed -r 's!/{2,}!/!g' | sed -r 's!/$!!')
-
- # Create final output directory, if it doesn't exist yet.
- if [[ ! -d ${OUTPUT} ]];then
- mkdir -p ${OUTPUT}
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh b/Functions/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 08e598d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getDirTemplate.sh -- This function re-defines absolute
-# path to artwork's related design templates directory.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getDirTemplate {
-
- # Initialize design models location using action value as
- # reference.
- TEMPLATE=$ACTIONVAL
-
- # Sanitate design models location. Be sure design models do
- # always point to trunk directory structure. This is useful to let
- # `centos-art.sh' script do rendition under branches directory
- # structure, reusing design models under trunk directory
- # structure.
- TEMPLATE=$(echo "$TEMPLATE" | sed "s!/branches/!/trunk/!")
-
- # Sanitate design models location using or not Tpl/ directory.
- if [[ -d $TEMPLATE/Tpl ]];then
- # Using Tpl/ directory is an obsolete practice that should be
- # avoided. The concept of Tpl/ directory per artwork directory
- # has been replaced by a common design model directory
- # structure where we centralize design models for all
- # different artistic motifs. However, there are some cases
- # that we may need to use Tpl/ directory still, so we verify
- # its existence and use it if present.
- TEMPLATE=$TEMPLATE/Tpl
- else
- # Redefine design model location based on theme model
- # (FLAG_THEME_MODEL) variable value. The theme model variable is
- # defined in the associated pre-rendition configuration script
- # and can be used to set which design model to use among a
- # list of different design models that we can choose from.
- TEMPLATE=$(echo "$TEMPLATE" \
- | sed "s!Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent "$TEMPLATE" '--theme')!Models/$FLAG_THEME_MODEL!")
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_groupSimilarFiles.sh b/Functions/Render/render_groupSimilarFiles.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index da066d5..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_groupSimilarFiles.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_groupSimilarFiles.sh -- This function provides
-# post-rendition action to group files inside directories named as
-# their file extensions. For example: if the current file is a .png
-# file, it is moved inside a Png/ directory; if the current file is a
-# .jpg file, it is stored inside a Jpg/ directory, and so on.
-#
-# For this function to work correctly, you need to specify which file
-# type you want to group. This is done in the post-rendition ACTIONS
-# array inside the appropriate `render.conf.sh' pre-configuration
-# script. This function cannot be used as last-rendition action.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_groupSimilarFiles {
-
- local SOURCE=''
- local TARGET=''
-
- # Sanitate file types passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
- # configuration script.
- local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
- for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
-
- # Redifine source file we want to move.
- SOURCE=${FILE}.${FORMAT}
-
- # Define target directory where source file will be moved
- # into.
- TARGET=$(dirname "$FILE")/$(cli_getRepoName "$FORMAT" 'd')
-
- # Check existence of source file.
- cli_checkFiles $SOURCE 'f'
-
- # Check existence of target directory.
- if [[ ! -d $TARGET ]];then
- mkdir -p $TARGET
- fi
-
- # Redifine file path to add file and its type.
- TARGET=${TARGET}/$(cli_getRepoName "$FILE" 'f').${FORMAT}
-
- # Move file into its final location.
- cli_printMessage "$TARGET" 'AsMovedToLine'
- mv ${SOURCE} ${TARGET}
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_resizePngTo.sh b/Functions/Render/render_resizePngTo.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index b4ad840..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_resizePngTo.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_resizePngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition to
-# resize images produced by centos-art base-rendition.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_resizePngTo {
-
- local SIZE=''
- local SIZES=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
- local SRC=''
- local DST=''
-
- # Check base file existence.
- cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.png 'f'
-
- # Check image degrees.
- if [[ "$SIZES" != "" ]];then
-
- # Loop through image degrees and convert them using PNG file
- # as base.
- for SIZE in $SIZES;do
- SRC=${FILE}.png
- DST=${FILE}-resized-$(echo $SIZE | sed 's!%!!').png
- cli_printMessage "$DST" "AsSavedAsLine"
- convert -resize $SIZE ${SRC} ${DST}
- done
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Render/render_rotatePngTo.sh b/Functions/Render/render_rotatePngTo.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 29fa05c..0000000
--- a/Functions/Render/render_rotatePngTo.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_rotatePngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
-# to convert images produced by centos-art base-rendition.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_rotatePngTo {
-
- local COUNT=1
- local DEGREE=''
- local DEGREES=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
- local SRC=''
- local DST=''
-
- # Check base file existence.
- cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.png 'f'
-
- # Check image degrees.
- if [[ "$DEGREES" != "" ]];then
-
- # Loop through image degrees and convert them using PNG file
- # as base.
- for DEGREE in $DEGREES;do
- SRC=${FILE}.png
- DST=${FILE}-rotated-$(echo $DEGREE | sed 's!%!!').png
- cli_printMessage "$DST" "AsSavedAsLine"
- convert -rotate $DEGREE ${SRC} ${DST}
- done
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed b/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index e8e5e2c..0000000
--- a/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-# This file standardizes the look and feel of top comments used by
-# scripts inside CentOS Artwork Repository. It contains the copyright
-# note and the license under which the script is released. This files
-# is used with the regular expression '.*\.sh$' only.
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-/^# +Copyright .*$/a\
-# Copyright (C) =COPYRIGHT_YEAR== =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=\
-# \
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as\
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the\
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.\
-# \
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but\
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\
-# General Public License for more details.\
-#\
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307\
-# USA.\
-# \
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# Remove previous comments.
-/^# +Copyright .*$/,/^# -+$/{
-d
-}
-
-# Remove more than one space after comments.
-s/^# +/# /
-
-# Define first line
-1c\
-#!/bin/bash
diff --git a/Functions/Shell/shell.sh b/Functions/Shell/shell.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index f7d573d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Shell/shell.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# shell.sh -- This function provides very basic string manipulations
-# to help you maintain Bash scripts inside repository.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function shell {
-
- # Define command-line interface.
- shell_getActions
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Shell/shell_getActions.sh b/Functions/Shell/shell_getActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 3f50c91..0000000
--- a/Functions/Shell/shell_getActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# shell_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
-# `shell' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function shell_getActions {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="update-copyright:"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Look for options passed through command-line.
- while true; do
-
- case "$1" in
-
- --update-copyright )
-
- # Define action value.
- ACTIONVAL="$2"
-
- # Define action name using action value as reference.
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateCopyright"
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- * )
- # Break options loop.
- break
- esac
- done
-
- # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
- # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
- # copy.
- cli_checkRepoDirSource
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to bring down changes.
- cli_syncroRepoChanges
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to commit up changes.
- cli_commitRepoChanges
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Shell/shell_updateCopyright.sh b/Functions/Shell/shell_updateCopyright.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 42bbae1..0000000
--- a/Functions/Shell/shell_updateCopyright.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# shell_updateTopComment.sh -- This function replaces top comment
-# section inside shell scripts (*.sh) with one of many pre-defined
-# templates available. Use this function to maintain shell scripts top
-# comments inside repository.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function shell_updateCopyright {
-
- local FILE=''
- local COUNT=0
- local FILES=''
- local INSTANCE=''
- local TEMPLATES=''
- local -a TITLE
- local -a VALUE
- local -a PATTERN
- local -a PATTERN_MSG
- local -a DEFAULT
- local -a MARKER
-
- # Define absolute path to template file.
- TEMPLATE="${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed"
-
- # Check template file existence.
- cli_checkFiles $TEMPLATE 'f'
-
- # Define file name to template instance.
- INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile $TEMPLATE)
-
- # Define copyright information.
- TITLE[0]="`gettext "Copyright holder"`"
- TITLE[1]="`gettext "Copyright year"`"
-
- # Define translation marker. These values are used inside
- # template file.
- MARKER[0]='=COPYRIGHT_HOLDER='
- MARKER[1]='=COPYRIGHT_YEAR='
-
- # Define pattern. These values are used as regular
- # expression patterns for user's input further verification.
- PATTERN[0]='^([[:alnum:] _-.]+)?$'
- PATTERN[1]='^([[:digit:]]{4})?$'
-
- # Define pattern message. These values are used as output
- # message when user's input doesn't match the related pattern.
- PATTERN_MSG[0]="`gettext "Try using alphanumeric characters."`"
- PATTERN_MSG[1]="`gettext "Try using numeric characters."`"
-
- # Define default values.
- DEFAULT[0]="The CentOS Project. `gettext "All rights reserved."`"
- DEFAULT[1]=$(date +%Y)
-
- # Initialize values using user's input.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Enter the information you want to apply:"`"
- while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
-
- # Request value.
- cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
- read VALUE[$COUNT]
-
- # Sanitate values to exclude characters that could
- # introduce possible markup malformations to final SVG files.
- until [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} =~ ${PATTERN[$COUNT]} ]];do
- cli_printMessage "${PATTERN_MSG[$COUNT]}"
- cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
- read VALUE[$COUNT]
- done
-
- # Set default value to empty values.
- if [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} == '' ]];then
- VALUE[$COUNT]=${DEFAULT[$COUNT]}
- fi
-
- # Increase counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Create template instance.
- cp $TEMPLATE $INSTANCE
-
- # Check template instance. We cannot continue if template instance
- # couldn't be created.
- cli_checkFiles $INSTANCE 'f'
-
- # Reset counter.
- COUNT=0
-
- while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
-
- # Apply translation marker replacement.
- sed -r -i "s!${MARKER[$COUNT]}!${VALUE[$COUNT]}!g" $INSTANCE
-
- # Increase counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Define list of files to process
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.sh")
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
-
- # Process list of files.
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Apply template instance to file.
- sed -r -i -f $INSTANCE $FILE
-
- done
-
- # Remove template instance.
- if [[ -f ${INSTANCE} ]];then
- rm ${INSTANCE}
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed b/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index 48bd70d..0000000
--- a/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# This file is the metadata information used by CentOS Artwork SIG on
-# its scalable vector graphics (SVG) files. This files is used with
-# the regular expression '.*\.svg$' only.
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-/<metadata/,/<\/metadata/c\
- <metadata\
- id="metadata3399">\
- <rdf:RDF>\
- <cc:Work\
- rdf:about="">\
- <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>\
- <dc:type\
- rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />\
- <cc:license\
- rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" />\
- <dc:title>=TITLE=</dc:title>\
- <dc:date>=DATE=</dc:date>\
- <dc:creator>\
- <cc:Agent>\
- <dc:title>=CREATOR=</dc:title>\
- </cc:Agent>\
- </dc:creator>\
- <dc:rights>\
- <cc:Agent>\
- <dc:title>=RIGHTS=</dc:title>\
- </cc:Agent>\
- </dc:rights>\
- <dc:publisher>\
- <cc:Agent>\
- <dc:title>=PUBLISHER=</dc:title>\
- </cc:Agent>\
- </dc:publisher>\
- <dc:identifier>=IDENTIFIER=</dc:identifier>\
- <dc:source>=SOURCE=</dc:source>\
- <dc:relation>=RELATION=</dc:relation>\
- <dc:language>=LANGUAGE=</dc:language>\
- <dc:subject>\
- <rdf:Bag>\
-=KEYWORDS=\
- </rdf:Bag>\
- </dc:subject>\
- <dc:coverage>=COVERAGE=</dc:coverage>\
- <dc:description>=DESCRIPTION=</dc:description>\
- <dc:contributor>\
- <cc:Agent>\
- <dc:title>=CONTRIBUTOR=</dc:title>\
- </cc:Agent>\
- </dc:contributor>\
- </cc:Work>\
- <cc:License\
- rdf:about="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">\
- <cc:permits\
- rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Reproduction" />\
- <cc:permits\
- rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Distribution" />\
- <cc:requires\
- rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Notice" />\
- <cc:requires\
- rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Attribution" />\
- <cc:permits\
- rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#DerivativeWorks" />\
- <cc:requires\
- rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#ShareAlike" />\
- </cc:License>\
- </rdf:RDF>\
- </metadata>
diff --git a/Functions/Svg/svg.sh b/Functions/Svg/svg.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8ae161e..0000000
--- a/Functions/Svg/svg.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg.sh -- This function provides very basic SVG manipulations to
-# help you to maintain svg files inside the repository.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg {
-
- # Define command-line interface.
- svg_getActions
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Svg/svg_getActions.sh b/Functions/Svg/svg_getActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index bca9556..0000000
--- a/Functions/Svg/svg_getActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
-# `svg' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_getActions {
-
- # Define short options we want to support.
- local ARGSS=""
-
- # Define long options we want to support.
- local ARGSL="update-metadata:,vacuum-defs:"
-
- # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
- cli_doParseArguments
-
- # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
- # parser.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Look for options passed through command-line.
- while true; do
-
- case "$1" in
-
- --update-metadata )
-
- # Define action value.
- ACTIONVAL="$2"
-
- # Define action name using action value as reference.
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMetadata"
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- --vacuum-defs )
-
- # Define action value.
- ACTIONVAL="$2"
-
- # Define action name using action value as reference.
- ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_vacuumDefs"
-
- # Rotate positional parameters.
- shift 2
- ;;
-
- * )
- # Break options loop.
- break
- esac
- done
-
- # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
- # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
- # copy.
- cli_checkRepoDirSource
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to bring down changes.
- cli_syncroRepoChanges
-
- # Execute action name.
- if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
- eval $ACTIONNAM
- else
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
- # repository to commit up changes.
- cli_commitRepoChanges
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Svg/svg_updateMetadata.sh b/Functions/Svg/svg_updateMetadata.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 502b6c1..0000000
--- a/Functions/Svg/svg_updateMetadata.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_updateMetadata.sh -- This function updates metadata values
-# inside scalable vector graphic (SVG) files. First, we ask user to
-# provide the information. If user doesn't provide the information,
-# centos-art.sh script uses autogenerated values as default ---when
-# possible--- taking as reference SVG file path.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_updateMetadata {
-
- local NAM=''
- local URL=''
- local KEYS=''
- local FILE=''
- local COUNT=0
- local FILES=''
- local INSTANCE=''
- local TEMPLATES=''
- local -a TITLE
- local -a VALUE
- local -a PATTERN
- local -a PATTERN_MSG
- local -a MARKER
- local -a DEFAULT
-
- # Define template file name.
- TEMPLATE="${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed"
-
- # Check template file existence.
- cli_checkFiles $TEMPLATE 'f'
-
- # Define titles using Inkscape 0.46 metadata definition as reference.
- TITLE[0]="`gettext "Title"`"
- TITLE[1]="`gettext "Date"`"
- TITLE[2]="`gettext "Creator"`"
- TITLE[3]="`gettext "Rights"`"
- TITLE[4]="`gettext "Publisher"`"
- TITLE[5]="`gettext "Identifier"`"
- TITLE[6]="`gettext "Source"`"
- TITLE[7]="`gettext "Relation"`"
- TITLE[8]="`gettext "Language"`"
- TITLE[9]="`gettext "Keywords"`"
- TITLE[10]="`gettext "Coverage"`"
- TITLE[11]="`gettext "Description"`"
- TITLE[12]="`gettext "Contributor"`"
-
- # Define markers. These values are used inside template.
- MARKER[0]='=TITLE='
- MARKER[1]='=DATE='
- MARKER[2]='=CREATOR='
- MARKER[3]='=RIGHTS='
- MARKER[4]='=PUBLISHER='
- MARKER[5]='=IDENTIFIER='
- MARKER[6]='=SOURCE='
- MARKER[7]='=RELATION='
- MARKER[8]='=LANGUAGE='
- MARKER[9]='=KEYWORDS='
- MARKER[10]='=COVERAGE='
- MARKER[11]='=DESCRIPTION='
- MARKER[12]='=CONTRIBUTOR='
-
- # Define pattern. These values are used as regular
- # expression patterns for user's input further verification.
- PATTERN[0]='^([[:alnum:] _-.]+)?$'
- PATTERN[1]='^([0-9]{4}-(0[1-9]|1[0-2])-([0-2][1-9]|3[0-1]))?$'
- PATTERN[2]=${PATTERN[0]}
- PATTERN[3]=${PATTERN[0]}
- PATTERN[4]=${PATTERN[0]}
- PATTERN[5]='^(https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/[[:alnum:]/._-]+)?$'
- PATTERN[6]=${PATTERN[5]}
- PATTERN[7]=${PATTERN[5]}
- PATTERN[8]='^([a-z]{2}(_[A-Z]{2})?)?$'
- PATTERN[9]=${PATTERN[0]}
- PATTERN[10]=${PATTERN[0]}
- PATTERN[11]=${PATTERN[0]}
- PATTERN[12]=${PATTERN[0]}
-
- # Define pattern message. These values are used as output
- # message when user's input doesn't match the related pattern.
- PATTERN_MSG[0]="`gettext "Try using alphanumeric characters."`"
- PATTERN_MSG[1]="`gettext "Try using 'YYYY-MM-DD' date format."`"
- PATTERN_MSG[2]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[3]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[4]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[5]="`gettext "Only locations under https://projects.centos.ort/svn/artwork are supported."`"
- PATTERN_MSG[6]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[7]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[8]="`gettext "Try using 'LL' or 'LL_CC' locale format."`"
- PATTERN_MSG[9]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[10]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[11]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
- PATTERN_MSG[12]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
-
- # Define common default values.
- DEFAULT[1]=$(date +%Y-%m-%d)
- DEFAULT[2]="The CentOS Project"
- DEFAULT[3]=${DEFAULT[2]}
- DEFAULT[4]=${DEFAULT[2]}
- DEFAULT[8]=$(cli_getCurrentLocale)
- DEFAULT[10]=${DEFAULT[2]}
-
- # Initialize values using user's input.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Enter metadata information you want to apply:"`"
- while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
-
- # Request value.
- cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
- read VALUE[$COUNT]
-
- # Sanitate values to exclude characters that could
- # introduce possible markup malformations to final SVG files.
- until [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} =~ ${PATTERN[$COUNT]} ]];do
- cli_printMessage "${PATTERN_MSG[$COUNT]}"
- cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
- read VALUE[$COUNT]
- done
-
- # Set default value to empty values.
- if [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} == '' ]];then
- VALUE[$COUNT]=${DEFAULT[$COUNT]}
- fi
-
- # Increase counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Build list of files to process.
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.(svgz|svg)")
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
-
- # Process list of scalable vector graphics.
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Build title from file path.
- NAM=$(basename "$FILE")
-
- # Build url from file path.
- URL=$(echo $FILE | sed 's!/home/centos!https://projects.centos.org/svn!')
-
- # Build keywords from file path. Do not include filename, it
- # is already on title.
- KEYS=$(dirname "$FILE" | cut -d/ -f6- | tr '/' '\n')
-
- # Build keywords using SVG standard format. Note that this
- # information is inserted inside template file. The
- # template file is a replacement set of sed commands
- # so we need to escape the new line of each line using one
- # backslash (\). As we are doing this inside bash, it is
- # required to escape the backslash with another backslash so
- # one of them passes literally to template file.
- KEYS=$(\
- for KEY in $KEYS;do
- echo " <rdf:li>$KEY</rdf:li>\\"
- done)
-
- # Redefine template instance file name.
- INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile $TEMPLATE)
-
- # Create template instance.
- cp $TEMPLATE $INSTANCE
-
- # Check template instance. We cannot continue if the template
- # instance couldn't be created.
- cli_checkFiles $INSTANCE 'f'
-
- # Reset counter.
- COUNT=0
-
- while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
-
- # Redefine file-specific values.
- if [[ $COUNT -eq 0 ]];then
- VALUE[$COUNT]=$NAM
- elif [[ $COUNT -eq 5 ]];then
- VALUE[$COUNT]=$URL
- elif [[ $COUNT -eq 6 ]];then
- VALUE[$COUNT]=$URL
- elif [[ $COUNT -eq 7 ]];then
- VALUE[$COUNT]=$URL
- elif [[ $COUNT -eq 9 ]];then
- VALUE[$COUNT]=$KEYS
- fi
-
- # Apply translation marker replacement.
- if [[ $COUNT -eq 9 ]];then
- sed -i -r "/${MARKER[$COUNT]}/c\\${VALUE[$COUNT]}" $INSTANCE
- else
- sed -i -r "s!${MARKER[$COUNT]}!${VALUE[$COUNT]}!g" $INSTANCE
- fi
-
- # Increase counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Sanitate template instance.
- sed -i -r -e 's/>$/>\\/g' $INSTANCE
-
- # Apply template instance to scalable vector graphic
- # file.
- sed -i -f $INSTANCE $FILE
-
- # Remove template instance.
- if [[ -f $INSTANCE ]];then
- rm $INSTANCE
- fi
-
- # Sanitate scalable vector graphic.
- sed -i -r '/^[[:space:]]*$/d' $FILE
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/Svg/svg_vacuumDefs.sh b/Functions/Svg/svg_vacuumDefs.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d69f438..0000000
--- a/Functions/Svg/svg_vacuumDefs.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_vacuumDefs.sh -- This function removes all unused items from the
-# <lt>defs<gt> section of the SVG file massively.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_vacuumDefs {
-
- local FILE=''
- local FILES=''
-
- # Build list of files to process.
- FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${ACTIONVAL}" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.(svgz|svg)")
-
- # Set action preamble.
- cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
-
- # Process list of files.
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Output action message.
- cli_printMessage "$FILE" 'AsUpdatingLine'
-
- # Vacuum unused svg definition using inkscape.
- inkscape --vacuum-defs $FILE &> /dev/null
-
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli.sh b/Functions/cli.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index e90b804..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli.sh -- This function initiates centos-art command-line interface.
-# Variables defined in this function are accesible by all other
-# functions. The cli function is the first script executed by
-# centos-art command-line onces invoked.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli {
-
- # Initialize global variables.
- local FUNCNAM=''
- local FUNCDIR=''
- local FUNCDIRNAM=''
- local FUNCSCRIPT=''
- local FUNCCONFIG=''
- local ARGUMENTS=''
-
- # Initialize default value to filter flag. The filter flag
- # (--filter) is used mainly to reduce the number of files to
- # process. The value of this variable is interpreted as
- # egrep-posix regular expression. By default, everything matches.
- local FLAG_FILTER='.+'
-
- # Initialize default value to verbosity flag. The verbosity flag
- # (--quiet) controls whether centos-art.sh script prints messages
- # or not. By default, all messages are printed out.
- local FLAG_QUIET='false'
-
- # Initialize default value to answer flag. The answer flag
- # (--answer) controls whether centos-art.sh script does or does
- # not pass confirmation request points. By default, it doesn't.
- local FLAG_ANSWER='false'
-
- # Initialize default value to don't commit changes flag. The don't
- # commit changes flag (--dont-commit-changes) controls whether
- # centos-art.sh script syncronizes changes between the central
- # repository and the working copy. By default, it does.
- local FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES='false'
-
- # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
- cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
- # Define function directory (FUNCDIR). The directory path where
- # functionalities are stored inside the repository.
- FUNCDIR=${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions
-
- # Define function name (FUNCNAM) variable from first command-line
- # argument. As convenction we use the first argument to determine
- # the exact name of functionality to call.
- FUNCNAM=$(cli_getRepoName "$1" 'f')
-
- # Define function directory.
- FUNCDIRNAM=$(cli_getRepoName "$FUNCNAM" 'd')
-
- # Define function file name.
- FUNCSCRIPT=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/${FUNCNAM}.sh
-
- # Check function script execution rights.
- cli_checkFiles $FUNCSCRIPT 'x'
-
- # Define function configuration directory. The function
- # configuration directory is used to store functionality's
- # related files.
- FUNCCONFIG=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/Config
-
- # Remove the first argument passed to centos-art.sh command-line
- # in order to build optional arguments inside functionalities. We
- # start counting from second argument (inclusive) on.
- shift 1
-
- # Redefine ARGUMENTS using current positional parameters.
- cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
- # Define default text editors used by centos-art.sh script.
- if [[ ! "$EDITOR" =~ '/usr/bin/(vim|emacs|nano)' ]];then
- EDITOR='/usr/bin/vim'
- fi
-
- # Check text editor execution rights.
- cli_checkFiles $EDITOR 'x'
-
- # Go for function initialization. Keep the cli_getFunctions
- # function calling after all variables and arguments definitions.
- cli_getFunctions
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_checkFiles.sh b/Functions/cli_checkFiles.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 88c8bff..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_checkFiles.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_checkFiles.sh -- This function standardizes file verifications
-# inside centos-art.sh script. If file verification fails in anyway,
-# centos-art.sh script complains about it and ends up script
-# execution.
-#
-# Usage:
-#
-# cli_checkFiles FILE [TYPE]
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_checkFiles {
-
- local FILE=''
- local FILES="$1"
- local TYPE="$2"
- local MESSAGE=''
-
- # Check number of paramaters passed to cli_checkFiles function. At
- # least one argument should be passed.
- if [[ $# -lt 1 ]];then
- cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "You need to provide one argument at least."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
- fi
-
- for FILE in $FILES;do
-
- # Check value passed as file to cli_checkFiles function. The
- # file value cannot be empty nor have extrange values.
- cli_checkPathComponent "$FILE" '--default'
-
- # Perform file verification using FILE and TYPE variables.
- case $TYPE in
-
- d | directory )
- # File exists and is a directory
- if [[ ! -d $FILE ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The directory \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- f | regular-file )
- # File exists and is a regular file.
- if [[ ! -f $FILE ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The file \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" is not a regular file."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- h | symbolic-link )
- # File exists and is a symbolic link.
- if [[ ! -h $FILE ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The file \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" is not a symbolic link."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- x | execution )
- # To exist, file should be executable.
- if [[ ! -x $FILE ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The file \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" is not executable."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- fh )
- # To exist, file should be a regular file or a symbolic link.
- if [[ ! -f $FILE ]];then
- if [[ ! -h $FILE ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- fd )
- # To exist, file should be a regular file or a directory.
- if [[ ! -f $FILE ]];then
- if [[ ! -d $FILE ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- isInWorkingCopy )
- # To exist, file should be inside the working copy.
- if [[ ! $FILE =~ "^/home/centos/artwork/.+$" ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist inside the working copy."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- * )
- # File exists.
- if [[ ! -a $FILE ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
- fi
-
- esac
-
- done
-
- # If file verification fails in anyway, output message information
- # and end up script execution. Otherwise, continue with script
- # normal flow.
- if [[ "$MESSAGE" != '' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "$MESSAGE" "AsErrorLine"
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_checkPathComponent.sh b/Functions/cli_checkPathComponent.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 673c068..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_checkPathComponent.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_checkPathComponent.sh -- This function checks parts/components
-# from repository paths. Generally, the path information is passed to
-# the function's first positional argument and the part/component we
-# want to check is passed to the function's second positional
-# argument. If the second argument is not passed, then the first
-# argument is assumed to be the part/component we want to check, and
-# the action value (ACTIONVAL) variable is used instead as source path
-# information.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_checkPathComponent {
-
- local -a PATTERNS
- local LOCATION=''
- local OPTION=''
- local MESSAGE=''
-
- # Define location which we retrive information from.
- if [[ "$#" -eq 1 ]];then
- LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
- OPTION="$1"
- elif [[ "$#" -eq 2 ]];then
- LOCATION="$1"
- OPTION="$2"
- else
- cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "Invalid arguments."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Define patterns.
- PATTERNS[0]="^.+/$(cli_getPathComponent "${LOCATION}" '--release-pattern')/.*$"
- PATTERNS[1]=$(cli_getPathComponent "${LOCATION}" '--release-architecture')
- PATTERNS[2]=$(cli_getPathComponent "${LOCATION}" '--release-theme')
-
- # Identify which part of the release we want to output.
- case "$OPTION" in
-
- '--release' )
- if [[ $LOCATION =~ ${PATTERN[0]} ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The release \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- '--architecture' )
- if [[ $LOCATION =~ ${PATTERN[1]} ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The architecture \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- '--theme' )
- if [[ $LOCATION =~ ${PATTERN[2]} ]];then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The theme \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- '--default' | * )
- if [[ $LOCATION == '' ]] \
- || [[ $LOCATION =~ '(\.\.(/)?)' ]] \
- || [[ ! $LOCATION =~ '^[A-Za-z0-9\.:/_-]+$' ]]; then
- MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The value \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Output message.
- if [[ $MESSAGE != '' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "$MESSAGE" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh b/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 666dc17..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh -- This function provides input validation
-# to repository entries considered as source locations.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_checkRepoDirSource {
-
- # Check action value to be sure strage characters are kept far
- # from path provided.
- cli_checkPathComponent "$ACTIONVAL" '--default'
-
- # Redefine source value to build repository absolute path from
- # repository top level on. As we are removing
- # /home/centos/artwork/ from all centos-art.sh output (in order to
- # save horizontal output space), we need to be sure that all
- # strings begining with trunk/..., branches/..., and tags/... use
- # the correct absolute path. That is, you can refer trunk's
- # entries using both /home/centos/artwork/trunk/... or just
- # trunk/..., the /home/centos/artwork/ part is automatically added
- # here.
- if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ '^(trunk|branches|tags)' ]];then
- ACTIONVAL=${HOME}/artwork/$ACTIONVAL
- fi
-
- # Re-define source value to build repository absolute path from
- # repository relative paths. This let us to pass repository
- # relative paths as source value. Passing relative paths as
- # source value may save us some typing; specially if we are stood
- # a few levels up from the location we want to refer to as source
- # value. There is no need to pass the absolute path to it, just
- # refere it relatively.
- if [[ -d ${ACTIONVAL} ]];then
-
- # Add directory to the top of the directory stack.
- pushd "$ACTIONVAL" > /dev/null
-
- # Check directory existence inside the repository.
- if [[ $(pwd) =~ "^${HOME}/artwork" ]];then
- # Re-define source value using absolute path.
- ACTIONVAL=$(pwd)
- else
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$ACTIONVAL' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Remove directory from the directory stack.
- popd > /dev/null
-
- elif [[ -f ${ACTIONVAL} ]];then
-
- # Add directory to the top of the directory stack.
- pushd "$(dirname "$ACTIONVAL")" > /dev/null
-
- # Check directory existence inside the repository.
- if [[ $(pwd) =~ "^${HOME}/artwork" ]];then
- # Re-define source value using absolute path.
- ACTIONVAL=$(pwd)/$(basename "$ACTIONVAL")
- else
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$ACTIONVAL' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Remove directory from the directory stack.
- popd > /dev/null
-
- else
-
- # At this there is no existent working copy entry, nor a valid
- # url. The source value can only be considered as such if it
- # is an existent working copy or valid url. So, print a
- # message and stop script execution.
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$ACTIONVAL' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh b/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 7d92673..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh -- This function provides input validation
-# to repository entries considered as target location.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_checkRepoDirTarget {
-
- # Check target value before making an absolute path from it.
- cli_checkPathComponent "$FLAG_TO" '--repo-directory'
-
- # Redefine target value to build repository absolute path from
- # repository top level on. As we are removing
- # /home/centos/artwork/ from all centos-art.sh output (in order to
- # save horizontal output space), we need to be sure that all
- # strings begining with trunk/..., branches/..., and tags/... use
- # the correct absolute path. That is, you can refer trunk's
- # entries using both /home/centos/artwork/trunk/... or just
- # trunk/..., the /home/centos/artwork/ part is automatically added
- # here.
- if [[ $FLAG_TO =~ '^(trunk|branches|tags)/.+$' ]];then
- FLAG_TO=${HOME}/artwork/$FLAG_TO
- fi
-
- # Check target value.
- if [[ -a ${FLAG_TO} ]];then
-
- # At this point target value does existent as working copy
- # entry. We don't use existent locations as target. So, print
- # a message and stop script execution.
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$FLAG_TO' already exists."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
-
- else
-
- # At this point existent locations inside working copy and
- # invalid urls have been discarded. Assume a new target
- # location has being specified. So, build the absolute path
- # for it.
-
- # Add directory to the top of the directory stack.
- pushd "$(dirname "$FLAG_TO")" > /dev/null
-
- # Check directory existence inside the repository.
- if [[ $(pwd) =~ "^${HOME}/artwork" ]];then
- # Re-define target value using absolute path.
- FLAG_TO=$(pwd)/$(basename "$FLAG_TO")
- fi
-
- # Remove directory from the directory stack.
- popd > /dev/null
-
- # Verify target location. It is required that target location
- # points to an entry under (trunk|branches|tags)/Identity/...
- # directory structure *only*. Remember that Identity parent
- # directory structure is the reference used to create parallel
- # directories (i.e., documentation, configuration scripts,
- # translations, etc.). We don't manipulate parallel
- # directories with path ---or any other--- functionality
- # directly. Consider manipulation of parallel directories as
- # a consequence of a previous manipulation of Identity parent
- # directory structure.
- if [[ ! ${FLAG_TO} =~ '^.+/(trunk|branches|tags)/Identity/.+$' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "cannot create \\\`\\\$FLAG_TO': It isn't an identity directory structure."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_commitRepoChanges.sh b/Functions/cli_commitRepoChanges.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 792d7d0..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_commitRepoChanges.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_commitRepoChanges.sh -- This function realizes a subversion
-# commit command agains the workgin copy in order to send local
-# changes up to central repository.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_commitRepoChanges {
-
- # Verify `--dont-commit-changes' option.
- if [[ $FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES == 'true' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- local -a FILES
- local -a INFO
- local -a FILESNUM
- local COUNT=0
- local STATUSOUT=''
- local PREDICATE=''
- local CHNGTOTAL=0
- local LOCATIONS=''
-
- # Define source location the subversion status action will take
- # place on. If arguments are provided use them as srouce location.
- # Otherwise use action value as default source location.
- if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then
- LOCATIONS="$@"
- else
- LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL"
- fi
-
- # Verify locations existence. It shoud exist as regular file or
- # directory inside the repository working copy.
- cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'fd'
- cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'isInWorkingCopy'
-
- # Outout separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Check working copy.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking changes in the working copy"`" 'AsResponseLine'
- STATUSOUT=$(svn status ${LOCATIONS})
-
- # Outout separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Define path fo files considered recent modifications from
- # working copy up to central repository.
- FILES[0]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^M.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
- FILES[1]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^\?.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
- FILES[2]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^D.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
- FILES[3]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^A.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
-
- # Define description of files considered recent modifications from
- # working copy up to central repository.
- INFO[0]="`gettext "Modified"`"
- INFO[1]="`gettext "Unversioned"`"
- INFO[2]="`gettext "Deleted"`"
- INFO[3]="`gettext "Added"`"
-
- while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
-
- # Define total number of files. Avoid counting empty line.
- if [[ "${FILES[$COUNT]}" == '' ]];then
- FILESNUM[$COUNT]=0
- else
- FILESNUM[$COUNT]=$(echo "${FILES[$COUNT]}" | wc -l)
- fi
-
- # Calculate total amount of changes.
- CHNGTOTAL=$(($CHNGTOTAL + ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]}))
-
- # Build report predicate. Use report predicate to show any
- # information specific to the number of files found. For
- # example, you can use this section to show warning messages,
- # notes, and so on. By default we use the word `file' or
- # `files' at ngettext's consideration followed by change
- # direction.
- PREDICATE[$COUNT]=`ngettext "file from the repository" \
- "files from the repository" $((${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} + 1))`
-
- # Output report line.
- cli_printMessage "${INFO[$COUNT]}: ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} ${PREDICATE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRegularLine'
-
- # Increase counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # In case new unversioned files exist, ask the user to add them
- # into the repository. This may happen when new documentation
- # entries are created.
- if [[ ${FILESNUM[1]} -gt 0 ]];then
-
- # Outout separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- cli_printMessage "`ngettext "The following file is unversioned" \
- "The following files are unversioned" ${FILESNUM[1]}`:"
- for FILE in ${FILES[1]};do
- cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsResponseLine'
- done
- cli_printMessage "`ngettext "Do you want to add it now?" \
- "Do you want to add them now?" ${FILESNUM[2]}`" 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine'
- svn add ${FILES[1]} --quiet
- fi
-
- # Check total amount of changes and, if any, check differences and
- # commit them up to central repository.
- if [[ $CHNGTOTAL -gt 0 ]];then
-
- # Outout separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Verify changes.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to see changes now?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
- svn diff ${FILES[*]} | less
-
- # Commit changes.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to commit changes now?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
- svn commit ${FILES[*]}
-
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_doParseArguments.sh b/Functions/cli_doParseArguments.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index b6ad3d8..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_doParseArguments.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_doParseArguments.sh -- This function redefines arguments
-# (ARGUMENTS) global variable using getopt(1) output.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_doParseArguments {
-
- # Reset positional parameters using optional arguments.
- eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
- # Parse optional arguments using getopt.
- ARGUMENTS=$(getopt -o "$ARGSS" -l "$ARGSL" -n $CLI_PROGRAM -- "$@")
-
- # Be sure getout parsed arguments successfully.
- if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh b/Functions/cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e163b8c..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh -- This function initiates/reset
-# positional parameters based on `$@' variable.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_doParseArgumentsReDef {
-
- local ARG
-
- # Clean up arguments global variable.
- ARGUMENTS=''
-
- # Fill up arguments global variable with current positional
- # parameter information. To avoid interpretation problems, use
- # single quotes to enclose each argument (ARG) from command-line
- # idividually.
- for ARG in "$@"; do
- ARGUMENTS="$ARGUMENTS '$ARG'"
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh b/Functions/cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index b376890..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh -- This function outputs the copyright
-# information of content produced by the centos-art command-line
-# interface.
-#
-# As I understand, the copyright exists to make people create more.
-# The copyright gives creators the legal power over their creations
-# and so the freedom to distribute them under the ethical terms the
-# creator considers better.
-#
-# At this moment I don't feel very sure about this legal affairs, but
-# need to decide what copyright information the centos-art will
-# output. So, I'm taking the wiki (wiki.centos.org) copyright
-# information as reference.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getCopyrightInfo {
-
- case "$1" in
-
- '--license' )
-
- # Output default license name used by all image-based
- # creations inside CentOS Artwork Repository.
- echo "Creative Common Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0"
- ;;
-
- '--license-url' )
-
- # Ouput default license url used by all image-based
- # creations inside CentOS Artwork Repository.
- echo "http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
- ;;
-
- '--copyright-year' )
-
- # Output default copyright year.
- date +%Y
- ;;
-
- '--copyright-holder' | * )
-
- # Output default copyright holder.
- echo "The CentOS Project"
- ;;
-
- esac
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getCountryCodes.sh b/Functions/cli_getCountryCodes.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d32822d..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getCountryCodes.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getCountryCodes.sh -- This function outputs a list with country
-# codes as defined in ISO3166 standard.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getCountryCodes {
-
- local FILTER="$(echo $1 | cut -d_ -f2)"
-
- COUNTRYCODES='AD
- AE
- AF
- AG
- AI
- AL
- AM
- AN
- AO
- AQ
- AR
- AS
- AT
- AU
- AW
- AZ
- BA
- BB
- BD
- BE
- BF
- BG
- BH
- BI
- BJ
- BM
- BN
- BO
- BR
- BS
- BT
- BV
- BW
- BY
- BZ
- CA
- CC
- CD
- CF
- CG
- CH
- CI
- CK
- CL
- CM
- CN
- CO
- CR
- CS
- CU
- CV
- CX
- CY
- CZ
- DE
- DJ
- DK
- DM
- DO
- DZ
- EC
- EE
- EG
- EH
- ER
- ES
- ET
- FI
- FJ
- FK
- FM
- FO
- FR
- GA
- GB
- GD
- GE
- GF
- GH
- GI
- GL
- GM
- GN
- GP
- GQ
- GR
- GS
- GT
- GU
- GW
- GY
- HK
- HM
- HN
- HR
- HT
- HU
- ID
- IE
- IL
- IN
- IO
- IQ
- IR
- IS
- IT
- JM
- JO
- JP
- KE
- KG
- KH
- KI
- KM
- KN
- KP
- KR
- KW
- KY
- KZ
- LA
- LB
- LC
- LI
- LK
- LR
- LS
- LT
- LU
- LV
- LY
- MA
- MC
- MD
- MG
- MH
- MK
- ML
- MM
- MN
- MO
- MP
- MQ
- MR
- MS
- MT
- MU
- MV
- MW
- MX
- MY
- MZ
- NA
- NC
- NE
- NF
- NG
- NI
- NL
- NO
- NP
- NR
- NU
- NZ
- OM
- PA
- PE
- PF
- PG
- PH
- PK
- PL
- PM
- PN
- PR
- PS
- PT
- PW
- PY
- QA
- RE
- RO
- RU
- RW
- SA
- SB
- SC
- SD
- SE
- SG
- SH
- SI
- SJ
- SK
- SL
- SM
- SN
- SO
- SR
- ST
- SV
- SY
- SZ
- TC
- TD
- TF
- TG
- TH
- TJ
- TK
- TL
- TM
- TN
- TO
- TR
- TT
- TV
- TW
- TZ
- UA
- UG
- UM
- US
- UY
- UZ
- VA
- VC
- VE
- VG
- VI
- VN
- VU
- WF
- WS
- YE
- YT
- ZA
- ZM
- ZW'
-
- if [[ $FILTER != '' ]];then
- echo $COUNTRYCODES | egrep "$FILTER"
- else
- echo "$COUNTRYCODES"
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getCountryName.sh b/Functions/cli_getCountryName.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4c82e00..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getCountryName.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,759 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getCountryName.sh -- This function reads one language locale
-# code in the format LL_CC and outputs the name of its related
-# country.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getCountryName {
-
- local LOCALECODE="$(echo $1 | cut -d_ -f2)"
- local COUNTRYNAME=""
-
- case $LOCALECODE in
-
- 'AD' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Andorra"`"
- ;;
- 'AE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "United Arab Emirates"`"
- ;;
- 'AF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Afghanistan"`"
- ;;
- 'AG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Antigua and Barbuda"`"
- ;;
- 'AI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Anguilla"`"
- ;;
- 'AL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Albania"`"
- ;;
- 'AM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Armenia"`"
- ;;
- 'AN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Netherlands Antilles"`"
- ;;
- 'AO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Angola"`"
- ;;
- 'AQ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Antarctica"`"
- ;;
- 'AR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Argentina"`"
- ;;
- 'AS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Samoa (American)"`"
- ;;
- 'AT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Austria"`"
- ;;
- 'AU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Australia"`"
- ;;
- 'AW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Aruba"`"
- ;;
- 'AZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Azerbaijan"`"
- ;;
- 'BA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bosnia and Herzegovina"`"
- ;;
- 'BB' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Barbados"`"
- ;;
- 'BD' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bangladesh"`"
- ;;
- 'BE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Belgium"`"
- ;;
- 'BF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Burkina Faso"`"
- ;;
- 'BG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bulgaria"`"
- ;;
- 'BH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bahrain"`"
- ;;
- 'BI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Burundi"`"
- ;;
- 'BJ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Benin"`"
- ;;
- 'BM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bermuda"`"
- ;;
- 'BN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Brunei"`"
- ;;
- 'BO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bolivia"`"
- ;;
- 'BR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Brazil"`"
- ;;
- 'BS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bahamas"`"
- ;;
- 'BT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bhutan"`"
- ;;
- 'BV' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bouvet Island"`"
- ;;
- 'BW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Botswana"`"
- ;;
- 'BY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Belarus"`"
- ;;
- 'BZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Belize"`"
- ;;
- 'CA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Canada"`"
- ;;
- 'CC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cocos (Keeling) Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'CD' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Congo (Dem. Rep.)"`"
- ;;
- 'CF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Central African Rep."`"
- ;;
- 'CG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Congo (Rep.)"`"
- ;;
- 'CH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Switzerland"`"
- ;;
- 'CI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Co^te d'Ivoire"`"
- ;;
- 'CK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cook Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'CL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Chile"`"
- ;;
- 'CM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cameroon"`"
- ;;
- 'CN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "China"`"
- ;;
- 'CO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Colombia"`"
- ;;
- 'CR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Costa Rica"`"
- ;;
- 'CS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Serbia and Montenegro"`"
- ;;
- 'CU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cuba"`"
- ;;
- 'CV' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cape Verde"`"
- ;;
- 'CX' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Christmas Island"`"
- ;;
- 'CY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cyprus"`"
- ;;
- 'CZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Czech Republic"`"
- ;;
- 'DE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Germany"`"
- ;;
- 'DJ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Djibouti"`"
- ;;
- 'DK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Denmark"`"
- ;;
- 'DM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Dominica"`"
- ;;
- 'DO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Dominican Republic"`"
- ;;
- 'DZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Algeria"`"
- ;;
- 'EC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ecuador"`"
- ;;
- 'EE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Estonia"`"
- ;;
- 'EG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Egypt"`"
- ;;
- 'EH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Western Sahara"`"
- ;;
- 'ER' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Eritrea"`"
- ;;
- 'ES' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Spain"`"
- ;;
- 'ET' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ethiopia"`"
- ;;
- 'FI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Finland"`"
- ;;
- 'FJ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Fiji"`"
- ;;
- 'FK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Falkland Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'FM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Micronesia"`"
- ;;
- 'FO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Faeroe Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'FR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "France"`"
- ;;
- 'GA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Gabon"`"
- ;;
- 'GB' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Britain (UK)"`"
- ;;
- 'GD' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Grenada"`"
- ;;
- 'GE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Georgia"`"
- ;;
- 'GF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "French Guiana"`"
- ;;
- 'GH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ghana"`"
- ;;
- 'GI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Gibraltar"`"
- ;;
- 'GL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Greenland"`"
- ;;
- 'GM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Gambia"`"
- ;;
- 'GN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guinea"`"
- ;;
- 'GP' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guadeloupe"`"
- ;;
- 'GQ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Equatorial Guinea"`"
- ;;
- 'GR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Greece"`"
- ;;
- 'GS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'GT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guatemala"`"
- ;;
- 'GU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guam"`"
- ;;
- 'GW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guinea-Bissau"`"
- ;;
- 'GY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guyana"`"
- ;;
- 'HK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Hong Kong"`"
- ;;
- 'HM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Heard Island and McDonald Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'HN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Honduras"`"
- ;;
- 'HR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Croatia"`"
- ;;
- 'HT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Haiti"`"
- ;;
- 'HU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Hungary"`"
- ;;
- 'ID' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Indonesia"`"
- ;;
- 'IE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ireland"`"
- ;;
- 'IL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Israel"`"
- ;;
- 'IN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "India"`"
- ;;
- 'IO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "British Indian Ocean Territory"`"
- ;;
- 'IQ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Iraq"`"
- ;;
- 'IR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Iran"`"
- ;;
- 'IS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Iceland"`"
- ;;
- 'IT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Italy"`"
- ;;
- 'JM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Jamaica"`"
- ;;
- 'JO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Jordan"`"
- ;;
- 'JP' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Japan"`"
- ;;
- 'KE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kenya"`"
- ;;
- 'KG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kyrgyzstan"`"
- ;;
- 'KH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cambodia"`"
- ;;
- 'KI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kiribati"`"
- ;;
- 'KM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Comoros"`"
- ;;
- 'KN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Kitts and Nevis"`"
- ;;
- 'KP' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Korea (North)"`"
- ;;
- 'KR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Korea (South)"`"
- ;;
- 'KW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kuwait"`"
- ;;
- 'KY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cayman Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'KZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kazakhstan"`"
- ;;
- 'LA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Laos"`"
- ;;
- 'LB' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Lebanon"`"
- ;;
- 'LC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Lucia"`"
- ;;
- 'LI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Liechtenstein"`"
- ;;
- 'LK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sri Lanka"`"
- ;;
- 'LR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Liberia"`"
- ;;
- 'LS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Lesotho"`"
- ;;
- 'LT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Lithuania"`"
- ;;
- 'LU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Luxembourg"`"
- ;;
- 'LV' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Latvia"`"
- ;;
- 'LY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Libya"`"
- ;;
- 'MA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Morocco"`"
- ;;
- 'MC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Monaco"`"
- ;;
- 'MD' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Moldova"`"
- ;;
- 'MG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Madagascar"`"
- ;;
- 'MH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Marshall Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'MK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Macedonia"`"
- ;;
- 'ML' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mali"`"
- ;;
- 'MM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Myanmar (Burma)"`"
- ;;
- 'MN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mongolia"`"
- ;;
- 'MO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Macao"`"
- ;;
- 'MP' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Northern Mariana Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'MQ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Martinique"`"
- ;;
- 'MR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mauritania"`"
- ;;
- 'MS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Montserrat"`"
- ;;
- 'MT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Malta"`"
- ;;
- 'MU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mauritius"`"
- ;;
- 'MV' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Maldives"`"
- ;;
- 'MW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Malawi"`"
- ;;
- 'MX' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mexico"`"
- ;;
- 'MY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Malaysia"`"
- ;;
- 'MZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mozambique"`"
- ;;
- 'NA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Namibia"`"
- ;;
- 'NC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "New Caledonia"`"
- ;;
- 'NE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Niger"`"
- ;;
- 'NF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Norfolk Island"`"
- ;;
- 'NG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nigeria"`"
- ;;
- 'NI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nicaragua"`"
- ;;
- 'NL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Netherlands"`"
- ;;
- 'NO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Norway"`"
- ;;
- 'NP' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nepal"`"
- ;;
- 'NR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nauru"`"
- ;;
- 'NU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Niue"`"
- ;;
- 'NZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "New Zealand"`"
- ;;
- 'OM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Oman"`"
- ;;
- 'PA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Panama"`"
- ;;
- 'PE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Peru"`"
- ;;
- 'PF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "French Polynesia"`"
- ;;
- 'PG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Papua New Guinea"`"
- ;;
- 'PH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Philippines"`"
- ;;
- 'PK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Pakistan"`"
- ;;
- 'PL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Poland"`"
- ;;
- 'PM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Pierre and Miquelon"`"
- ;;
- 'PN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Pitcairn"`"
- ;;
- 'PR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Puerto Rico"`"
- ;;
- 'PS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Palestine"`"
- ;;
- 'PT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Portugal"`"
- ;;
- 'PW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Palau"`"
- ;;
- 'PY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Paraguay"`"
- ;;
- 'QA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Qatar"`"
- ;;
- 'RE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Reunion"`"
- ;;
- 'RO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Romania"`"
- ;;
- 'RU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Russia"`"
- ;;
- 'RW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Rwanda"`"
- ;;
- 'SA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Saudi Arabia"`"
- ;;
- 'SB' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Solomon Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'SC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Seychelles"`"
- ;;
- 'SD' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sudan"`"
- ;;
- 'SE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sweden"`"
- ;;
- 'SG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Singapore"`"
- ;;
- 'SH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Helena"`"
- ;;
- 'SI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Slovenia"`"
- ;;
- 'SJ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Svalbard and Jan Mayen"`"
- ;;
- 'SK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Slovakia"`"
- ;;
- 'SL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sierra Leone"`"
- ;;
- 'SM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "San Marino"`"
- ;;
- 'SN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Senegal"`"
- ;;
- 'SO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Somalia"`"
- ;;
- 'SR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Suriname"`"
- ;;
- 'ST' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sao Tome and Principe"`"
- ;;
- 'SV' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "El Salvador"`"
- ;;
- 'SY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Syria"`"
- ;;
- 'SZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Swaziland"`"
- ;;
- 'TC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Turks and Caicos Islands"`"
- ;;
- 'TD' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Chad"`"
- ;;
- 'TF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "French Southern and Antarctic Lands"`"
- ;;
- 'TG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Togo"`"
- ;;
- 'TH' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Thailand"`"
- ;;
- 'TJ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tajikistan"`"
- ;;
- 'TK' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tokelau"`"
- ;;
- 'TL' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Timor-Leste"`"
- ;;
- 'TM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Turkmenistan"`"
- ;;
- 'TN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tunisia"`"
- ;;
- 'TO' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tonga"`"
- ;;
- 'TR' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Turkey"`"
- ;;
- 'TT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Trinidad and Tobago"`"
- ;;
- 'TV' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tuvalu"`"
- ;;
- 'TW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Taiwan"`"
- ;;
- 'TZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tanzania"`"
- ;;
- 'UA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ukraine"`"
- ;;
- 'UG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Uganda"`"
- ;;
- 'UM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "US minor outlying islands"`"
- ;;
- 'US' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "United States"`"
- ;;
- 'UY' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Uruguay"`"
- ;;
- 'UZ' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Uzbekistan"`"
- ;;
- 'VA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Vatican City"`"
- ;;
- 'VC' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Vincent"`"
- ;;
- 'VE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Venezuela"`"
- ;;
- 'VG' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Virgin Islands (UK)"`"
- ;;
- 'VI' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Virgin Islands (US)"`"
- ;;
- 'VN' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Vietnam"`"
- ;;
- 'VU' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Vanuatu"`"
- ;;
- 'WF' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Wallis and Futuna"`"
- ;;
- 'WS' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Samoa (Western)"`"
- ;;
- 'YE' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Yemen"`"
- ;;
- 'YT' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mayotte"`"
- ;;
- 'ZA' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "South Africa"`"
- ;;
- 'ZM' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Zambia"`"
- ;;
- 'ZW' )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Zimbabwe"`"
- ;;
- * )
- COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Unknown"`"
-
- esac
-
- echo $COUNTRYNAME
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getCurrentLocale.sh b/Functions/cli_getCurrentLocale.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 3a44fb3..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getCurrentLocale.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getCurrentLocale.sh -- This function checks LANG environment
-# variable and returns the current locale information in the LL_CC
-# format.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getCurrentLocale {
-
- local CURRENTLOCALE=''
- local OPTION="$1"
-
- # Redefine current locale using LL_CC format.
- CURRENTLOCALE=$(echo $LANG | sed -r 's!(^[a-z]{2,3}_[A-Z]{2}).+$!\1!')
-
- # Define centos-art.sh script default current locale. If
- # centos-art.sh script doesn't support current system locale, use
- # English language from United States as default current locale.
- if [[ $CURRENTLOCALE == '' ]];then
- CURRENTLOCALE='en_US'
- fi
-
- # Output current locale.
- case $OPTION in
-
- '--langcode-only' )
- echo "${CURRENTLOCALE}" | cut -d_ -f1
- ;;
-
- '--langcode-and-countrycode'| * )
- echo "${CURRENTLOCALE}"
- ;;
- esac
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getFilesList.sh b/Functions/cli_getFilesList.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 034fe56..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getFilesList.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getFilesList.sh -- This function defines the list of FILES to
-# process.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getFilesList {
-
- local LOCATION=''
- local FILTER=''
- local FILES=''
-
- # If first argument is provided to cli_getFilesList, use it as
- # default location. Otherwise, if first argument is not provided,
- # location takes the action value (ACTIONVAL) as default.
- if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
- LOCATION="$1"
- else
- LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
- fi
-
- # If second argument is provided to cli_getFilesList, use it as
- # default extension to look for files. Otherwise, if second
- # argument is not provided, use flag filter instead.
- if [[ "$2" != '' ]];then
- FILTER="$2"
- else
- FILTER="$FLAG_FILTER"
- fi
-
- # Define filter as regular expression pattern. When we use regular
- # expressions with find, regular expressions are evaluated against
- # the whole file path. This way, when the regular expression is
- # specified, we need to build it in a way that matches the whole
- # path. Doing so, everytime we pass the `--filter' option in the
- # command-line could be a tedious task. Instead, in the sake of
- # reducing some typing, we prepare the regular expression here to
- # match the whole path using the regular expression provided by
- # the user as pattern. Do not use LOCATION variable as part of
- # regular expresion so it could be possible to use path expansion.
- # Using path expansion reduce the amount of places to find out
- # things and so the time required to finish the task.
- FILTER="^.+/${FILTER}$"
-
- # Define list of files to process. At this point we cannot verify
- # whether the LOCATION is a directory or a file since path
- # expansion coul be introduced to it. The best we can do is
- # verifying exit status and go on.
- FILES=$(find ${LOCATION} -regextype posix-egrep -regex "${FILTER}" | sort | uniq)
-
- # Output list of files to process.
- if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then
- echo "$FILES"
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getFunctions.sh b/Functions/cli_getFunctions.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 375b552..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getFunctions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getFunctions.sh -- This function loads funtionalities supported by
-# centos-art.sh script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getFunctions {
-
- # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside.
- local FUNCNAMCALL=''
- local FUNCFILES=''
-
- # Build action-specifc script file list.
- FUNCFILES=$(ls ${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/${FUNCNAM}*.sh)
-
- for FILE in $FUNCFILES;do
-
- if [[ -x ${FILE} ]];then
-
- # Initialize action-specific functions.
- . $FILE
-
- # Export action-specific functions to current shell script
- # environment.
- FUNCNAMCALL=$(grep '^function ' $FILE | cut -d' ' -f2)
- export -f $FUNCNAMCALL
-
- else
-
- cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\$FILE hasn't execution rights."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
-
- fi
-
- done
-
- # Execute action passed to centos-art.sh script.
- if [[ $FUNCNAM != '' ]];then
- eval $FUNCNAM
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getLangCodes.sh b/Functions/cli_getLangCodes.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 2c46d9b..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getLangCodes.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getLangCodes.sh -- This function outputs a list with language
-# codes as defined in ISO639 standard.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getLangCodes {
-
- local FILTER="$(echo $1 | cut -d_ -f1)"
-
- LANGCODES="aa
- ab
- ae
- af
- ak
- am
- an
- ar
- as
- av
- ay
- az
- ba
- be
- bg
- bh
- bi
- bm
- bn
- bo
- br
- bs
- ca
- ce
- ch
- co
- cr
- cs
- cu
- cv
- cy
- da
- de
- dv
- dz
- ee
- el
- en
- eo
- es
- et
- eu
- fa
- ff
- fi
- fj
- fo
- fr
- fy
- ga
- gd
- gl
- gn
- gu
- gv
- ha
- he
- hi
- ho
- hr
- ht
- hu
- hy
- hz
- ia
- id
- ie
- ig
- ii
- ik
- io
- is
- it
- iu
- ja
- jv
- ka
- kg
- ki
- kj
- kk
- kl
- km
- kn
- ko
- kr
- ks
- ku
- kv
- kw
- ky
- la
- lb
- lg
- li
- ln
- lo
- lt
- lu
- lv
- mg
- mh
- mi
- mk
- ml
- mn
- mo
- mr
- ms
- mt
- my
- na
- nb
- nd
- ne
- ng
- nl
- nn
- no
- nr
- nv
- ny
- oc
- oj
- om
- or
- os
- pa
- pi
- pl
- ps
- pt
- qu
- rm
- rn
- ro
- ru
- rw
- sa
- sc
- sd
- se
- sg
- si
- sk
- sl
- sm
- sn
- so
- sq
- sr
- ss
- st
- su
- sv
- sw
- ta
- te
- tg
- th
- ti
- tk
- tl
- tn
- to
- tr
- ts
- tt
- tw
- ty
- ug
- uk
- ur
- uz
- ve
- vi
- vo
- wa
- wo
- xh
- yi
- yo
- za
- zh
- zu"
-
- if [[ $FILTER != '' ]];then
- echo "$LANGCODES" | egrep "$FILTER" | sed -r 's![[:space:]]+!!g'
- else
- echo "$LANGCODES"
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getLangName.sh b/Functions/cli_getLangName.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e49f116..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getLangName.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,781 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getLangName.sh -- This function reads one language locale code
-# in the format LL_CC and outputs its language name.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getLangName {
-
- local LANGCODE="$(echo "$1" | cut -d_ -f1 | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
- local LANGNAME=''
-
- case $LANGCODE in
-
- 'aa' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Afar"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ab' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Abkhazian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ae' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Avestan"`"
- ;;
-
- 'af' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Afrikaans"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ak' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Akan"`"
- ;;
-
- 'am' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Amharic"`"
- ;;
-
- 'an' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Aragonese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ar' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Arabic"`"
- ;;
-
- 'as' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Assamese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'av' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Avaric"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ay' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Aymara"`"
- ;;
-
- 'az' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Azerbaijani"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ba' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Bashkir"`"
- ;;
-
- 'be' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Byelorussian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'bg' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Bulgarian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'bh' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Bihari"`"
- ;;
-
- 'bi' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Bislama"`"
- ;;
-
- 'bm' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Bambara"`"
- ;;
-
- 'bn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Bengali"`"
- ;;
-
- 'bo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tibetan"`"
- ;;
-
- 'br' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Breton"`"
- ;;
-
- 'bs' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Bosnian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ca' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Catalan"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ce' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Chechen"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ch' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Chamorro"`"
- ;;
-
- 'co' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Corsican"`"
- ;;
-
- 'cr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Cree"`"
- ;;
-
- 'cs' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Czech"`"
- ;;
-
- 'cu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Church Slavic"`"
- ;;
-
- 'cv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Chuvash"`"
- ;;
-
- 'cy' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Welsh"`"
- ;;
-
- 'da' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Danish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'de' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "German"`"
- ;;
-
- 'dv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Divehi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'dz' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Dzongkha"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ee' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "E'we"`"
- ;;
-
- 'el' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Greek"`"
- ;;
-
- 'en' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "English"`"
- ;;
-
- 'eo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Esperanto"`"
- ;;
-
- 'es' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Spanish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'et' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Estonian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'eu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Basque"`"
- ;;
- 'fa' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Persian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ff' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Fulah"`"
- ;;
-
- 'fi' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Finnish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'fj' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Fijian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'fo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Faroese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'fr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "French"`"
- ;;
-
- 'fy' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Frisian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ga' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Irish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'gd' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Scots"`"
- ;;
-
- 'gl' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Gallegan"`"
- ;;
-
- 'gn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Guarani"`"
- ;;
-
- 'gu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Gujarati"`"
- ;;
-
- 'gv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Manx"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ha' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Hausa"`"
- ;;
-
- 'he' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Hebrew"`"
- ;;
-
- 'hi' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Hindi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ho' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Hiri Motu"`"
- ;;
-
- 'hr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Croatian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ht' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Haitian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'hu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Hungarian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'hy' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Armenian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'hz' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Herero"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ia' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Interlingua"`"
- ;;
-
- 'id' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Indonesian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ie' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Interlingue"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ig' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Igbo"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ii' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sichuan Yi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ik' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Inupiak"`"
- ;;
-
- 'io' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ido"`"
- ;;
-
- 'is' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Icelandic"`"
- ;;
-
- 'it' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Italian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'iu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Inuktitut"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ja' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Japanese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'jv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Javanese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ka' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Georgian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kg' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kongo"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ki' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kikuyu"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kj' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kuanyama"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kk' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kazakh"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kl' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kalaallisut"`"
- ;;
-
- 'km' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Khmer"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kannada"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ko' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Korean"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kanuri"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ks' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kashmiri"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ku' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kurdish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Komi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'kw' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Cornish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ky' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kirghiz"`"
- ;;
-
- 'la' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Latin"`"
- ;;
-
- 'lb' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Letzeburgesch"`"
- ;;
-
- 'lg' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ganda"`"
- ;;
-
- 'li' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Limburgish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ln' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Lingala"`"
- ;;
-
- 'lo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Lao"`"
- ;;
-
- 'lt' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Lithuanian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'lu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Luba-Katanga"`"
- ;;
-
- 'lv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Latvian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mg' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Malagasy"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mh' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Marshall"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mi' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Maori"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mk' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Macedonian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ml' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Malayalam"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Mongolian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Moldavian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Marathi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ms' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Malay"`"
- ;;
-
- 'mt' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Maltese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'my' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Burmese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'na' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Nauru"`"
- ;;
-
- 'nb' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Norwegian Bokmaal"`"
- ;;
-
- 'nd' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ndebele, North"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ne' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Nepali"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ng' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ndonga"`"
- ;;
-
- 'nl' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Dutch"`"
- ;;
-
- 'nn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Norwegian Nynorsk"`"
- ;;
-
- 'no' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Norwegian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'nr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ndebele, South"`"
- ;;
-
- 'nv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Navajo"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ny' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Chichewa"`"
- ;;
-
- 'oc' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Occitan"`"
- ;;
-
- 'oj' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ojibwa"`"
- ;;
-
- 'om' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "(Afan) Oromo"`"
- ;;
-
- 'or' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Oriya"`"
- ;;
-
- 'os' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ossetian; Ossetic"`"
- ;;
-
- 'pa' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Panjabi; Punjabi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'pi' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Pali"`"
- ;;
-
- 'pl' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Polish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ps' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Pashto, Pushto"`"
- ;;
-
- 'pt' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Portuguese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'qu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Quechua"`"
- ;;
-
- 'rm' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Rhaeto-Romance"`"
- ;;
-
- 'rn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Rundi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ro' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Romanian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ru' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Russian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'rw' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Kinyarwanda"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sa' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sanskrit"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sc' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sardinian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sd' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sindhi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'se' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Northern Sami"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sg' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sango; Sangro"`"
- ;;
-
- 'si' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sinhalese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sk' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Slovak"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sl' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Slovenian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sm' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Samoan"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Shona"`"
- ;;
-
- 'so' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Somali"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sq' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Albanian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Serbian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ss' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Swati; Siswati"`"
- ;;
-
- 'st' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sesotho; Sotho, Southern"`"
- ;;
-
- 'su' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Sundanese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sv' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Swedish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'sw' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Swahili"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ta' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tamil"`"
- ;;
-
- 'te' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Telugu"`"
- ;;
-
- 'tg' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tajik"`"
- ;;
-
- 'th' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Thai"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ti' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tigrinya"`"
- ;;
-
- 'tk' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Turkmen"`"
- ;;
-
- 'tl' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tagalog"`"
- ;;
-
- 'tn' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tswana; Setswana"`"
- ;;
-
- 'to' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tonga (?)"`"
- ;;
-
- 'tr' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Turkish"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ts' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tsonga"`"
- ;;
-
-
- 'tt' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tatar"`"
- ;;
-
- 'tw' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Twi"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ty' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Tahitian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ug' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Uighur"`"
- ;;
-
- 'uk' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Ukrainian"`"
- ;;
-
- 'ur' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Urdu"`"
- ;;
-
- 'uz' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Uzbek"`"
- ;;
-
- 've' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Venda"`"
- ;;
-
- 'vi' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Vietnamese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'vo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Volapuk; Volapuk"`"
- ;;
-
- 'wa' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Walloon"`"
- ;;
-
- 'wo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Wolof"`"
- ;;
-
- 'xh' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Xhosa"`"
- ;;
-
- 'yi' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Yiddish (formerly ji)"`"
- ;;
-
- 'yo' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Yoruba"`"
- ;;
-
- 'za' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Zhuang"`"
- ;;
-
- 'zh' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Chinese"`"
- ;;
-
- 'zu' )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Zulu"`"
- ;;
-
- * )
- LANGNAME="`gettext "Unknown"`"
-
- esac
-
- echo $LANGNAME;
-}
-
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getLocales.sh b/Functions/cli_getLocales.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e72fc3d..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getLocales.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getLocales.sh -- This function outputs/verifies locale codes in
-# LL and LL_CC format. Combine both ISO639 and ISO3166 specification
-# in order to build the final locale list. This function defines which
-# translation locales are supported inside CentOS Artwork Repository.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getLocales {
-
- # Print locales supported by centos-art.sh script.
- locale -a | egrep '^[a-z]{2,3}_[A-Z]{2}$' | sort | uniq
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getPathComponent.sh b/Functions/cli_getPathComponent.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e71a058..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getPathComponent.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getPathComponent.sh -- This function evaluates one repository
-# path and output parts/components from it. Generally, the path
-# information is passed to the function's first positional argument
-# and the part/component we want to retrive is passed to the
-# function's second positional argument. If second argument is not
-# passed, then first argument is assumed to be the part/component we
-# want to retrive, and action value (ACTIONVAL) variable is used
-# instead as source path information.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getPathComponent {
-
- local -a PATTERN
- local LOCATION=''
- local OPTION=''
-
- # Define location which we retrive information from.
- if [[ "$#" -eq 1 ]];then
- LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
- OPTION="$1"
- elif [[ "$#" -eq 2 ]];then
- LOCATION="$1"
- OPTION="$2"
- else
- cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAM}: `gettext "Invalid arguments."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Define release pattern.
- PATTERN[0]="(([[:digit:]]+)(\.([[:digit:]]+)){,1})"
-
- # Define architecture pattern. Make it match the architectures the
- # CentOS distribution is able to be installed on.
- PATTERN[1]="(i386|x86_64)"
-
- # Define theme pattern for trunk, branches, and tags directory
- # structures.
- #
- # trunk:
- # ------
- # Themes are made of `Models' and `Motifs'. `Models' controls the
- # `Motifs' characteristcs and it is not rendereable. On the other
- # hand, `Motifs' controls the theme visual style and do is
- # renderable. Since we only need to know the theme name when we
- # render something, we take the `Motifs' directory structure as
- # reference to find out the theme name we are producing images
- # for.
- #
- # `Motifs' are organized by names, so when we say `a theme name'
- # we are really saying `the artistic motif name of a theme', but
- # for short `theme name' is used instead. `Models' are also
- # organized by names, but we do never use model names to name a
- # thame. We always say the `theme models' or `the models of the
- # theme` to refere the theme component that controls the
- # characteristics of artistic motifs. We never name a thame as its
- # model. We use artistic motifs name for such purpose.
- #
- # Inside artistic motif names, we organize different versions of
- # the same artistic motif by means of numerical worklines.
- # Worklines, inside trunk, have an integer numerical form and
- # begin at `1'. They increment one unit each time a new/fresh
- # visual style ---for the same artistic motif--- is conceived.
- #
- # For example, the Flame theme uses the flame filter of Gimp to
- # produce different fractal patterns randomly. We use the flame
- # filter to produce different visual styles under the same theme
- # since all patterns we produce are based on the same pattern
- # (i.e., the random fractal pattern of Gimp's flame filter). This
- # way, if you no longer want to produce visual styles from flame
- # filter, it is time to create a new artistic motif name for it.
- #
- # This schema is very convenient for designers and packagers,
- # since different designers can create their own worklines and go
- # on with them until CentOS distribution release date is close. At
- # that time, a workline is selected and tagged for packaging.
- # Translators and programmers can continue working indepently, and
- # without affection, in their own directory structures.
- #
- # Example:
- # +------> theme name
- # |-->|
- # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1
- # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2
- # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/3
- # |
- # +----> theme release version
- #
- # Sometimes we only need to retrive the theme name, but othertimes
- # both the theme name and its work-line is required as well.
- #
- # branches:
- # ---------
- # The branch development line is treated just as trunk development
- # line does, but we rarely use it since it could be confusing to
- # know whether a tag was created from trunk or branches.
- #
- # Conceive an enumeration schema in order to differentiate
- # branches from trunk is not convenient either, it would introduce
- # an intermediate point to the final production of tags we would
- # need to be aware of. Instead of such configuration, we prefer
- # to go straightforward from trunk to tags.
- #
- # Intermediate branches for quality assurance might be good in
- # some situations, but not when we produce themes. We need a
- # simple structure, where we could design, render content (using
- # centos-art.sh), and release for testing (through tags). If
- # something goes wrong in the released tag, it would be fixed in
- # trunk and later released in another tagged relase.
- #
- # Of course, care should be taken to avoid making of trunk
- # development line a chaotic place. Everbody should know exactly
- # what they are doing therein. We need to design protections to
- # isolate possible damages and that way, we could know exactly
- # what and where we need to concentrate in and put our time on.
- #
- # In resume, do not use branches if you don't need to. Use trunk
- # development line instead.
- #
- # tags:
- # -----
- # The tag frozen line is mainly used to perform theme releases.
- #
- # Example:
- # +------> theme name
- # |-->|
- # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.0
- # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1 |--> minor update
- # |----> major udpate
- #
- # Tags have the format X.Z, where X is the first number in the
- # name (e.g., `1') and represents the trunk/branches artistic
- # motif version. The Z represents the second number in the name
- # (e.g., `0') which is the tag version itself.
- #
- # Tag versions start at `0' and increment one unit each time a new
- # tag is created from the same artistic motif version. When a new
- # tag is created for the same artistic motif version, the first
- # number in the tag name remains intact. The first number in the
- # tag name only changes when we create a new tag for a new
- # artistic motif version.
- #
- # Consider the following relations:
- #
- # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1
- # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.0
- # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.1
- # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.2
- #
- # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2
- # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2.0
- # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2.1
- # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2.2
- #
- # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/TreeFlower/1
- # ...
- # and so on.
- #
- # Tag versions are created to release fixes and improvements, Tags
- # are immutable (i.e., once tags are created, they shouldn't be
- # modified.).
- PATTERN[2]="^.+/Identity/Themes/Motifs/(([A-Za-z0-9]+)/${PATTERN[0]})/.+$"
-
- # Identify which part of the release we want to output.
- case "$OPTION" in
-
- '--release' )
- echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!.*/${PATTERN[0]}/.*!\1!"
- ;;
-
- '--release-major' )
- echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!.*/${PATTERN[0]}/.*!\2!"
- ;;
-
- '--release-minor' )
- echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!.*/${PATTERN[0]}/.*!\4!"
- ;;
-
- '--release-pattern' )
- echo "${PATTERN[0]}"
- ;;
-
- '--architecture' )
- echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[1]}!\1!"
- ;;
-
- '--architecture-pattern' )
- echo "${PATTERN[1]}"
- ;;
-
- '--theme' )
- echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[2]}!\1!"
- ;;
-
- '--theme-name' )
- echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[2]}!\2!"
- ;;
-
- '--theme-release' )
- echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[2]}!\3!"
- ;;
-
- '--theme-pattern' )
- echo "${PATTERN[2]}"
- ;;
-
- esac
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getRepoName.sh b/Functions/cli_getRepoName.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 5d85cd3..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getRepoName.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getRepoName.sh -- This function sets naming convenction. Inside
-# CentOS Artowrk Repository, regular files are written in lower case
-# and directories are written in lower case but with the first letter
-# in upper case. Use this function to sanitate the name of regular
-# files and directory components of paths you work with.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getRepoName {
-
- local NAME="$1"
- local TYPE="$2"
- local DIRS=''
- local DIR=''
- local CLEANDIRS=''
- local PREFIXDIR=''
-
- case $TYPE in
-
- 'f' | 'basename' )
-
- # Reduce the path passed to use just the non-directory
- # part of it (i.e., the last component in the path; _not_
- # the last "real" directory in the path).
- NAME=$(basename $NAME)
-
- # Clean value.
- NAME=$(echo $NAME \
- | tr -s ' ' '_' \
- | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')
- ;;
-
- 'd' | 'dirname' )
-
- # Reduce path information passed to use just the directory
- # part of it. Of course, this is applied only if there is
- # a directory part in the path. However, if there is no
- # directory part but there is a non-empty value in the
- # path, assume that value as directory part and clean it
- # up.
- if [[ $NAME =~ '.+/.+' ]];then
-
- # When path information is reduced, we need to take
- # into account that absolute path may be provided.
- # Absolute paths include directory structures outside
- # the repository directory structure we don't want to
- # sanitate (e.g., /home/, /home/centos/,
- # /home/centos/artwork, /home/centos/artwork/turnk/,
- # trunk/, etc.). In these cases, it is required that
- # those path component remain untouched. So, in the
- # sake of keeping path components, outside repository
- # directory structure untouched, we use the PREFIXDIR
- # variable to temporarly store the prefix directory
- # structure we don't want to sanitate.
- PREFIXDIR=$(echo $NAME \
- | sed -r "s,^((${HOME}/artwork/)?(trunk|branches|tags)/).+$,\1,")
-
- # ... and remove it from the path information we do
- # want to sanitate.
- DIRS=$(dirname "$NAME" \
- | sed -r "s!^${PREFIXDIR}!!" \
- | tr '/' ' ')
-
- else
-
- # At this point, there is not directory part in the
- # information passed, so use the value passed as
- # directory part as such.
- DIRS=$NAME
-
- fi
-
- for DIR in $DIRS;do
-
- # Sanitate directory component.
- if [[ $DIR =~ '^[a-z]' ]];then
- DIR=$(echo ${DIR} \
- | tr -s ' ' '_' \
- | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]' \
- | sed -r 's/^([[:alpha:]])/\u\1/')
- fi
-
- # Rebuild path using sanitated values.
- CLEANDIRS="${CLEANDIRS}/$DIR"
-
- done
-
- # Redefine path using sanitated values.
- NAME=$(echo ${CLEANDIRS} | sed -r "s!^/!!")
-
- # Add prefix directory information to sanitated path
- # information.
- if [[ "$PREFIXDIR" != '' ]];then
- NAME=${PREFIXDIR}${NAME}
- fi
- ;;
-
- 'fd' | 'basename-to-dirname' )
-
- # Retrive non-directory part.
- NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'f')
-
- # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
- NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
- ;;
-
- 'df' | 'dirname-to-basename' )
-
- # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
- NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
-
- # Retrive non-directory part.
- NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'f')
- ;;
-
- 'dfd' | 'dirname-to-basename-to-dirname' )
-
- # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
- NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
-
- # Retrive non-directory part.
- NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'f')
-
- # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
- NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Output clean path information.
- echo $NAME
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh b/Functions/cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 3fc047b..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh -- This function returns the parallel
-# directories related to the first positional paramenter passed as
-# parent directory.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getRepoParallelDirs {
-
- local BOND=''
- local TDIR=''
- local -a PDIRS
-
- # Define bond string using first positional parameter as
- # reference.
- if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
- BOND="$1"
- elif [[ "$ACTIONVAL" != '' ]];then
- BOND="$ACTIONVAL"
- else
- cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "The bond string is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Define repository top level directory.
- TDIR=$(cli_getRepoTLDir ${BOND})
-
- # Define parallel directory base structures.
- PDIRS[0]=Manuals/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)/Texinfo/Repository/$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${BOND}" '--relative')
- PDIRS[1]=Scripts/Bash/Functions/Render/Config
- PDIRS[2]=Locales
-
- # Redefine bond string without its top level directory structure.
- BOND=$(echo $BOND | sed -r "s,^${TDIR}/(.+)$,\1,")
-
- # Concatenate repository top level directory, parallel directory
- # base structure, and bond information; in order to produce the
- # final parallel directory path.
- for PDIR in "${PDIRS[@]}";do
- echo ${TDIR}/${PDIR}/${BOND}
- done
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getRepoStatus.sh b/Functions/cli_getRepoStatus.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index a7b42db..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getRepoStatus.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getRepoStatus.sh -- This function requests the working copy
-# using the svn status command and returns the first character in the
-# output line, as described in svn help status, for the LOCATION
-# specified. Use this function to perform verifications based a
-# repository LOCATION status.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getRepoStatus {
-
- local LOCATION="$1"
- local STATUS=''
-
- # Define regular expression pattern to retrive first column,
- # returned by subversion status command. This column is one
- # character column as describes `svn help status' command.
- local PATTERN='^( |A|C|D|I|M|R|X|\?|!|~).+$'
-
- # Verify the file used as source to retrive its status
- # information. We only use regular files or directories inside the
- # working copy.
- cli_checkFiles "$LOCATION" 'fd'
- cli_checkFiles "$LOCATION" 'isInWorkingCopy'
-
- # Use subversion `status' command to retrive the first character
- # in the output. Discard standard error output.
- STATUS="$(svn status "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s/${PATTERN}/\1/" 2>/dev/null)"
-
- # Outout status information.
- echo -n "$STATUS"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getRepoTLDir.sh b/Functions/cli_getRepoTLDir.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 77c522d..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getRepoTLDir.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getRepoTLDir.sh -- This function returns the repository top
-# level absolute path. The repository top level absolute path may be
-# /home/centos/artwork/trunk, /home/centos/artwork/branches, or
-# /home/centos/artwork/tags.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getRepoTLDir {
-
- local PATTERN=''
- local REPLACE=''
- local LOCATION=''
-
- # Define location. If first argument is provided use it as default
- # location. Otherwise, if first argument is not provided,
- # location takes the action value (ACTIONVAL) as default.
- if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
- LOCATION="$1"
- else
- LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
- fi
-
- # Verify location.
- if [[ $LOCATION =~ "^${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags)/.+$" ]];then
- case "$2" in
- -r|--relative )
- PATTERN="^${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags)/.+$"
- REPLACE='\1'
- ;;
- -a|--absolute|* )
- PATTERN="^(${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags))/.+$"
- REPLACE='\1'
- ;;
- esac
- else
- cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Print location.
- echo $LOCATION | sed -r "s!${PATTERN}!${REPLACE}!g"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_getTemporalFile.sh b/Functions/cli_getTemporalFile.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index faddedb..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_getTemporalFile.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getTemporalFile.sh -- This function returns the absolute path
-# you need to use to create temporal files. Use this function whenever
-# you need to create temporal files inside centos-art.sh script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_getTemporalFile {
-
- # Define base name for temporal file. This is required when svg
- # instances are created previous to be parsed by inkscape in order
- # to be exported as png. In such cases .svg file exention is
- # required in order to avoid complains from inkscape.
- local NAME="$(cli_getRepoName "$1" 'f')"
-
- # Check default base name for temporal file, it can't be an empty
- # value.
- if [[ "$NAME" == '' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "First argument cannot be empty."`"
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
- # Define source location where temporal files will be stored.
- local TMPDIR='/tmp'
-
- # Define unique identifier for temporal file.
- local UUID=$(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/uuid)
-
- # Define absolute path for temporal file using the program name,
- # the current locale, the unique identifier and the file name.
- local TMPFILE="${TMPDIR}/${CLI_PROGRAM}-$(cli_getCurrentLocale)-${UUID}-${NAME}"
-
- # Output absolute path to final temporal file.
- echo $TMPFILE
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_printActionPreamble.sh b/Functions/cli_printActionPreamble.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e811587..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_printActionPreamble.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_printActionPreamble -- This function standardizes action
-# preamble messages. Action preamble messages provides a confirmation
-# message that illustrate what files will be affected in the action.
-#
-# Generally, actions are applied to parent directories. Each parent
-# directory has parallel directories associated. If one parent
-# directory is created/deleted, the parallel directories associated do
-# need to be created/deleted too.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_printActionPreamble {
-
- local FILES="$1"
-
- # Verify amount of files to process. If there is no one then there
- # is nothing else to do here.
- if [[ "$FILES" == '' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- local ACTION="$2"
- local FORMAT="$3"
- local FILE=''
- local NEGATIVE=''
- local POSITIVE=''
- local COUNT=0
-
- # Replace spaces by new line.
- FILES=$(echo "$FILES" | sed -r "s! +!\n!g")
-
- # Redefine total number of directories.
- COUNT=$(echo "$FILES" | wc -l)
-
- # Redefine preamble messages based on action. At this point seems
- # to be some files to process so lets read ACTION to know what to
- # do with them.
- case $ACTION in
-
- 'doCreate' )
- if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
- NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no entry to create."`"
- else
- POSITIVE="`ngettext "The following entry will be created" \
- "The following entries will be created" $COUNT`:"
- fi
- ;;
-
- 'doDelete' )
- if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
- NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to delete."`"
- else
- POSITIVE="`ngettext "The following entry will be deleted" \
- "The following entries will be deleted" $COUNT`:"
- fi
- ;;
-
- 'doLocale' )
- if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
- NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to locale."`"
- else
- POSITIVE="`ngettext "Translatable strings will be retrived from the following entry" \
- "Translatable strings will be retrived from the following entries" $COUNT`:"
- fi
- ;;
-
- 'doEdit' )
- if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
- NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to edit."`"
- else
- POSITIVE="`ngettext "The following file will be edited" \
- "The following files will be edited" $COUNT`:"
- fi
- ;;
-
- * )
- # Check list of files to process. If we have an empty
- # list of files, inform about that and stop the script
- # execution. Otherwise, check all files in the list to be
- # sure they are regular files.
- if [[ "$FILES" == '' ]];then
- NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to process."`"
- fi
- ;;
-
- esac
-
- # Print preamble message.
- if [[ $POSITIVE != '' ]] && [[ $NEGATIVE == '' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "$POSITIVE"
- for FILE in $FILES;do
- cli_printMessage "$FILE" "$FORMAT"
- done
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue"`" 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine'
- elif [[ $POSITIVE == '' ]] && [[ $NEGATIVE != '' ]];then
- cli_printMessage "$NEGATIVE" 'AsErrorLine'
- cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
- fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_printMessage.sh b/Functions/cli_printMessage.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4be1f8d..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_printMessage.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_printMessage.sh -- This function outputs information in
-# predifined formats to standard error. This function is the standard
-# way to output information inside centos-art.sh script.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_printMessage {
-
- # Verify `--quiet' option.
- if [[ "$FLAG_QUIET" == 'true' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- local MESSAGE="$1"
- local FORMAT="$2"
-
- # Reduce paths inside output messages. The main purpose for
- # this is to free horizontal space in output messages.
- MESSAGE=$(echo "$MESSAGE" \
- | sed -r "s!${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags)/!\1/!g")
-
- # Remove blank spaces from lines' begining.
- MESSAGE=$(echo "$MESSAGE" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!')
-
- # Define message formats.
- case $FORMAT in
-
- 'AsUpdatingLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Updating"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsDeletingLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Deleting"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsCheckingLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsCreatingLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Creating"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsReadingLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Reading"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsSavedAsLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Saved as"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsLinkToLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Linked to"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsMovedToLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Moved to"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsTranslationLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Translation"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsDesignLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Design"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsConfigurationLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Configuration"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsPaletteLine' )
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Palette"`: $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsResponseLine' )
- cli_printMessage "--> $MESSAGE"
- ;;
-
- 'AsRequestLine' )
- cli_printMessage "${MESSAGE}: " 'AsNoTrailingNewLine'
- ;;
-
- 'AsErrorLine' )
- # This option is used to print error messsages.
- echo "${CLI_PROGRAM}: ${MESSAGE}" > /dev/stderr
- ;;
-
- 'AsToKnowMoreLine' )
- # This option receives the output of bash's caller built-in as
- # message value and produces the documentation entry from it.
- MESSAGE=$(dirname "$(echo $MESSAGE | cut -d ' ' -f2-)")
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "To know more, run the following command"`:"
- cli_printMessage "centos-art manual --read='$MESSAGE'"
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
- exit # <-- ATTENTION: Do not remove this line. We use this
- # option as convenction to end script
- # execution.
- ;;
-
- 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine' )
-
- # Define positive answer.
- local Y="`gettext "yes"`"
-
- # Define negative answer.
- local N="`gettext "no"`"
-
- # Define default answer.
- local ANSWER=${FLAG_ANSWER}
-
- if [[ $ANSWER == 'false' ]];then
-
- # Print the question.
- cli_printMessage "$MESSAGE [${Y}/${N}]: " 'AsNoTrailingNewLine'
-
- # Redefine default answer based on user's input.
- read ANSWER
-
- fi
-
- # Verify user's answer. Only positive answer let the script
- # flow to continue. Otherwise, if something different from
- # possitive answer is passed, the script terminates its
- # execution immediatly.
- if [[ ! ${ANSWER} =~ "^${Y}" ]];then
- exit
- fi
- ;;
-
- 'AsSeparatorLine' )
-
- # Define separator width.
- local MAX=70
-
- # Draw separator.
- until [[ $MAX -eq 0 ]];do
- printf "${MESSAGE}" > /dev/stderr
- MAX=$(($MAX - 1))
- done
-
- # Output newline to end separator.
- echo "" > /dev/stderr
- ;;
-
- 'AsNoTrailingNewLine' )
- printf "$MESSAGE" > /dev/stderr
- ;;
-
- 'AsRegularLine' | * )
- echo "$MESSAGE" \
- | awk 'BEGIN { FS=": " }
- {
- if ( $0 ~ /^-+$/ )
- print $0
- else
- printf "%-15s\t%s\n", $1, $2
- }
- END {}' > /dev/stderr
- ;;
-
- esac
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_readFileContent.sh b/Functions/cli_readFileContent.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index ab4edaf..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_readFileContent.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_readFileContent.sh -- This function outputs content of files,
-# passed as first argument, to standard output as specified by second
-# argument.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_readFileContent {
-
- local FILES="$1"
- local PATTERN='Copyright (\(C\)|©) [0-9]+(-[0-9]+)? .+'
-
- # Verify existence of files but don't stop if it doesn't exist.
- cli_checkFiles "$FILES"
-
- # Print content of files to standard output.
- case "$2" in
-
- '--copyright-line' )
- cat "$FILES" | egrep "^ +${PATTERN}$" | head -n 1 | sed -r 's!^ +!!'
- ;;
-
- '--last-line' )
- cat "$FILES" | tail -n 1
- ;;
-
- '--copyright-year' )
- if [[ $(cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line') =~ "^${PATTERN}$" ]];then
- cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line' | cut -d' ' -f3
- fi
- ;;
-
- '--copyright-holder' )
- if [[ $(cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line') =~ "^${PATTERN}$" ]];then
- cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line' | cut -d' ' -f4-
- fi
- ;;
-
- '--all-lines' | * )
- cat "$FILES"
- ;;
-
- esac
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_replaceTMarkers.sh b/Functions/cli_replaceTMarkers.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 7024a39..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_replaceTMarkers.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_replaceTMarkers.sh -- This function standardizes
-# replacements for common translation markers. Raplacements are
-# applied to temporal instances used to produce the final file.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_replaceTMarkers {
-
- # Initialize variables.
- local -a SRC
- local -a DST
- local COUNT=0
- local COUNTSRC=0
- local COUNTDST=0
- local LOCATION=''
-
- # Define source location on which sed replacements take place.
- LOCATION="$1"
-
- # Verify file source location.
- cli_checkFiles "$LOCATION" 'f'
-
- # Define translation markers. The translation marker definition
- # order is important. Note that when we render concept directory
- # structure, we make two replacements to produce the final
- # copyright note. First, we replace =COPYRIGHT= translation marker
- # and later the =THEMENAME= translation maker (not the oposite).
- SRC[0]='=COPYRIGHT_YEAR='
- SRC[1]='=COPYRIGHT_HOLDER='
- SRC[2]='=LICENSE='
- SRC[3]='=LICENSE_URL='
- SRC[4]='=THEME='
- SRC[5]='=THEMENAME='
- SRC[6]='=THEMERELEASE='
- SRC[7]='=RELEASE='
- SRC[8]='=MAJOR_RELEASE='
- SRC[9]='=MINOR_RELEASE='
- SRC[10]='=URL='
- SRC[11]='=ARCH='
- SRC[12]='=URL_WIKI='
- SRC[13]='=URL_LISTS='
- SRC[14]='=URL_FORUMS='
- SRC[15]='=URL_MIRRORS='
- SRC[16]='=URL_DOCS='
- SRC[17]='=MAIL_DOCS='
- SRC[18]='=LOCALE_LL='
-
- # Define replacements for translation markers.
- DST[0]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--copyright-year')"
- DST[1]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--copyright-holder')"
- DST[2]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--license')"
- DST[3]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--license-url')"
- DST[4]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$OUTPUT" '--theme')"
- DST[5]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$OUTPUT" '--theme-name')"
- DST[6]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$OUTPUT" '--theme-release')"
- DST[7]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_RELEASEVER" '--release')"
- DST[8]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_RELEASEVER" '--release-major')"
- DST[9]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_RELEASEVER" '--release-minor')"
- DST[10]="http://www.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
- DST[11]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_BASEARCH" '--architecture')"
- DST[12]="http://wiki.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
- DST[13]="http://lists.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
- DST[14]="http://forums.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
- DST[15]="http://mirrors.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
- DST[16]="http://docs.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
- DST[17]="centos-docs@=LOCALE_LL=.centos.org"
- if [[ ! $(cli_getCurrentLocale) =~ '^en' ]];then
- DST[18]="$(cli_getCurrentLocale '--langcode-only')/"
- else
- DST[18]=''
- fi
-
- # Do replacement of nested translation markers.
- while [[ $COUNTDST -lt ${#DST[@]} ]];do
-
- # Verify existence of translation markers. If there is no
- # translation marker on replacement, continue with the next
- # one in the list.
- if [[ ! ${DST[$COUNTDST]} =~ '=[A-Z_]+=' ]];then
- # Increment destination counter.
- COUNTDST=$(($COUNTDST + 1))
- # The current replacement value doesn't have translation
- # marker inside, so skip it and evaluate the next
- # replacement value in the list.
- continue
- fi
-
- while [[ $COUNTSRC -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
-
- # Update replacements.
- DST[$COUNTDST]=$(echo ${DST[$COUNTDST]} \
- | sed -r "s!${SRC[$COUNTSRC]}!${DST[$COUNTSRC]}!g")
-
- # Increment source counter.
- COUNTSRC=$(($COUNTSRC + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Reset source counter
- COUNTSRC=0
-
- # Increment destination counter.
- COUNTDST=$(($COUNTDST + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Apply replacements for translation markers.
- while [[ ${COUNT} -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
-
- # Use sed to replace translation markers inside the design
- # model instance.
- sed -r -i "s!${SRC[$COUNT]}!${DST[$COUNT]}!g" ${LOCATION}
-
- # Increment counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
- # Unset specific translation markers and specific replacement
- # variables in order to clean them up. Otherwise, undesired values
- # may ramain from one file to another.
- unset SRC
- unset DST
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh b/Functions/cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index c3697ea..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh -- This function syncronizes both central
-# repository and working copy performing a subversion update command
-# first and a subversion commit command later.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_syncroRepoChanges {
-
- # Verify don't commit changes flag.
- if [[ $FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES != 'false' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- # Define source location the subversion update action will take
- # place on. If arguments are provided use them as srouce location.
- # Otherwise use action value as default source location.
- if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then
- LOCATIONS="$@"
- else
- LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL"
- fi
-
- # Bring changes from the repository into the working copy.
- cli_updateRepoChanges "$LOCATIONS"
-
- # Check changes in the working copy.
- cli_commitRepoChanges "$LOCATIONS"
-
-}
diff --git a/Functions/cli_updateRepoChanges.sh b/Functions/cli_updateRepoChanges.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c037e0..0000000
--- a/Functions/cli_updateRepoChanges.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_updateRepoChanges.sh -- This function realizes a subversion
-# update command against the working copy in order to bring changes
-# from the central repository into the working copy.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-# License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
-# USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function cli_updateRepoChanges {
-
- # Verify don't commit changes flag.
- if [[ $FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES != 'false' ]];then
- return
- fi
-
- local -a FILES
- local -a INFO
- local -a FILESNUM
- local COUNT=0
- local UPDATEOUT=''
- local PREDICATE=''
- local CHNGTOTAL=0
- local LOCATIONS=''
-
- # Define source location the subversion update action will take
- # place on. If arguments are provided use them as srouce location.
- # Otherwise use action value as default source location.
- if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then
- LOCATIONS="$@"
- else
- LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL"
- fi
-
- # Verify locations existence. It shoud exist as regular file or
- # directory inside the repository working copy.
- cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'fd'
- cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'isInWorkingCopy'
-
- # Outout separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Update working copy and retrive update output.
- cli_printMessage "`gettext "Bringing changes from the repository into the working copy"`" 'AsResponseLine'
- UPDATEOUT=$(svn update ${LOCATIONS})
-
- # Outout separator line.
- cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
-
- # Define path of files considered recent modifications from
- # central repository to working copy.
- FILES[0]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^A.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
- FILES[1]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^D.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
- FILES[2]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^U.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
- FILES[3]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^C.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
- FILES[4]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^G.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
-
- # Define description of files considered recent modifications from
- # central repository to working copy.
- INFO[0]="`gettext "Added"`"
- INFO[1]="`gettext "Deleted"`"
- INFO[2]="`gettext "Updated"`"
- INFO[3]="`gettext "Conflicted"`"
- INFO[4]="`gettext "Merged"`"
-
- while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
-
- # Define total number of files. Avoid counting empty line.
- if [[ "${FILES[$COUNT]}" == '' ]];then
- FILESNUM[$COUNT]=0
- else
- FILESNUM[$COUNT]=$(echo "${FILES[$COUNT]}" | wc -l)
- fi
-
- # Calculate total amount of changes.
- CHNGTOTAL=$(($CHNGTOTAL + ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]}))
-
- # Build report predicate. Use report predicate to show any
- # information specific to the number of files found. For
- # example, you can use this section to show warning messages,
- # notes, and so on. By default we use the word `file' or
- # `files' at ngettext's consideration followed by change
- # direction.
- PREDICATE[$COUNT]=`ngettext "file from the repository" \
- "files from the repository" $((${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} + 1))`
-
- # Output report line.
- cli_printMessage "${INFO[$COUNT]}: ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} ${PREDICATE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRegularLine'
-
- # Increase counter.
- COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
- done
-
-}
-
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/authors.txt b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/authors.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..589e6f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/authors.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+$Id$
+This file records authoring information of CentOS Artwork Repository,
+in alphabetical order.
+
+Ralph Angenendt <ralph@centos.org>
+Marcus Moeller <marcus@moeller.org>
+Alain Reguera Delgado <al@localhost>, 2009, 2010, 2011
+Karanbirn Singh <karan@centos.org>
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/copying.txt b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/copying.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dce2aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/copying.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+$Id$
+This file records copying information of CentOS Artwork Repository.
+
+
+ THE CENTOS ARTWORK REPOSITORY LICENSE
+ Version 1, 2011
+
+ Copyright © 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+ Calle 39 e/ 44 y 46 No. 4426 Cienfuegos, Cuba.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING,
+ DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ The CentOS Artwork Repository provides the file structure the
+ centos-art script needs to work as expected. The terms under
+ which such file structure is redistributed and/or modified
+ depends of the redistribution terms of the centos-art script
+ itself.
+
+ The centos-art script is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+
+ The centos-art script is distributed in the hope that it will
+ be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
+ USA.
+
+ The content produced inside The CentOS Artwork Repository
+ cannot enter in conflict with the redistribution terms of the
+ centos-art script, even both the centos-art script and the
+ content produced are quiet different types of work (e.g., the
+ centos-art script is a Bash program and the content produced
+ can take form of SVG files, PNG files, HTML files, and many
+ other open standards.).
+
+ The content produced inside The CentOS Artwork Repository that
+ is marked with The CentOS Symbol, The CentOS Logo or The
+ CentOS Trademark is of internal use for The CentOS Project
+ only and you are not allowd to use it for your own purposes
+ without previous conversation with The CentOS Project.
+ However, if you are interested in studying such contents and
+ proposing your improvements, you are very welcome to do so.
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/history.txt b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/history.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b98ad5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/history.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+$Id$
+This file records noteworthy changes of CentOS Artwork Repository.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+
+ Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
+ permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and
+ this notice are preserved.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+(2011)
+
+ - Unify common arguments for all specific functionalities (e.g, --answer,
+ --quiet, --filter, etc.) and leave just specific arguments for specific
+ functions to parse. There is no need to duplicate common arguments
+ definitions inside every specific functionality.
+
+ - The `.sed' translation files are no longer used, scalable vector
+ graphics are used instead. Translation messages take place by means of
+ xml2po and gettext. With xml2po translatable strings are retrived from
+ `.svg' files and stored inside gettext `.pot' and `.po' files for
+ translators to edit. Finally, xml2po is used again to build the temporal
+ design model translated instance which the final `.png' image is built
+ from.
+
+ - The `trunk/Translation' directory structure is removed. The
+ `trunk/Locales' directory structure is used instead to store locale
+ information.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+(2010)
+
+ - Inside centos-art.sh script, functionalities start to get
+ identified and separated one from another. For example, when
+ images are rendered, there is no need to load manual
+ functionality. There are now common functionalities and specific
+ functionalities. Common functionalities are loaded when the
+ script is initiated and are available to specific
+ functionalities.
+
+ - The directory structure is optimized to implements the corporate
+ identity concepts and the centos-art.sh script. The CentOS
+ Artwork Repository directory structure places the organizational
+ convenctions that centos-art.sh script needs to do what we
+ expect from it to do.
+
+ - The following functionalities start to take form as part of
+ centos-art.sh script:
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Bash/Functions/Render/render.sh'
+
+ To produce translated images using Inkscape and Sed
+ replacement commands.
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Bash/Functions/Manual/manual.sh'
+
+ To produce documentation using Texinfo. Almost all
+ LaTeX-based documents were moved to Texinfo format and
+ handled by manual functionality.
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Bash/Functions/Locale/locale.sh'
+
+ To translate centos-art.sh command-line interface messages
+ using gettext.
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell.sh'
+
+ To perform massive actions inside shell scripts. For
+ example, update top-commentaries massively.
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg.sh'
+
+ To perform massive actions inside SVG files.
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Html/html.sh'
+
+ To perform massive actions inside HTML files.
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Functions/Path/path.sh'
+
+ To automate manipulation of files, branches, and tags.
+
+ `trunk/Scripts/Functions/About/about.sh'
+
+ To print license, authors, history, copying, etc.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+(2009)
+
+ - The rendering script starts to evolve into centos-art.sh script, a
+ command-line interface to manipulate the CentOS Artwork Repository.
+
+ - Corporate identity concepts taken from Wikipedia and related books are
+ introduced as development reference. The main goal of centos-art.sh
+ turns to: automate production of a monolithic corporate visual identity
+ structure based on CentOS Mission and CentOS Release Schema.
+
+ - Alain Reguera Delgado is out of Internet for an undefined amount of
+ time, but continues developing CentOS Artwork Repository and its
+ automation tool (i.e., the centos-art.sh script) off-line.
+
+ - Documentation begins to take form in LaTeX format.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+(2008)
+
+ - The CentOS Artwork Repository started at CentOS Developers
+ mailing list.
+
+ - Alain Reguera Delgado shares ideas in a thread about Anaconda
+ progress slide images and the possibility of automating their
+ construction.
+
+ - Ralph Angenendt rises up his hand asking: Do you have something
+ to show?
+
+ - Alain Reguera Delgado posts a Bash script to produce slide
+ images in different languages ---together with the proposition
+ of creating a Subversion centralized repository where
+ translations and image production could be distributed inside
+ CentOS Community---.
+
+ - Karanbirn Sighn considers the idea intresting and provides the
+ infrastructure to support the effort as the CentOS Artwork SIG.
+
+ https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/
+ https://projects.centos.org/trac/artwork/
+
+ - Alain Reguera Delagdo uploads the rendering script to CentOS
+ Artwork Repository.
+
+ - Ralph Angenendt documents the rendering script.
+
+ - With the rendering script and its documentation available,
+ translators start to download working copies of CentOS Artwork
+ Repository to produce slide images in their own languages.
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/license.txt b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/license.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b6e7c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/About/Config/license.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/About/about.sh b/Scripts/Functions/About/about.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..77ea1d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/About/about.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# license.sh -- This function outputs centos-art.sh about messages.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function about {
+
+ # Define command-line interface.
+ about_getActions
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/About/about_getActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/About/about_getActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..15d714b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/About/about_getActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# about_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
+# about functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function about_getActions {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="license,history,authors,copying"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Look for options passed through command-line.
+ while true; do
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --license )
+ ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/license.txt"
+ break
+ ;;
+
+ --history )
+ ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/history.txt"
+ break
+ ;;
+
+ --authors )
+ ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/authors.txt"
+ break
+ ;;
+
+ --copying | * )
+ ACTIONVAL="${FUNCCONFIG}/copying.txt"
+ break
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ -f $ACTIONVAL ]];then
+ less $ACTIONVAL
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Brand/brandAnaconda.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Brand/brandAnaconda.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b215eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Brand/brandAnaconda.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# brandAnaconda - Anaconda branding script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function brandAnaconda {
+
+ # Define file's source and target.
+ local ARTDIR=~/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Distro/Anaconda
+ local PIXMAP=/usr/share/anaconda/pixmaps
+ local SOURCE=''
+ local TARGET=''
+
+ # Define list of files used as base to determine which files may
+ # need to be updated. Remove target from file path. Do not use
+ # basename command. We may need the directory structure (if any)
+ # under target, for further evaluation.
+ local FILES=$(find ${PIXMAP}/ | sort | uniq | sed "s!${PIXMAP}/!!g")
+ local FILE=''
+
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Define which file is release-specific, and specify the correct
+ # path on source.
+ case $FILE in
+ anaconda_header.png )
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Header/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ progress_first*.png | first*.png )
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Progress/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ rnotes | rnotes/?? | rnotes/??_?? )
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ rnotes/??-*.png )
+ FILE=$(basename $FILE | sed -r 's!-centos[0-9]+!!')
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Progress/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/en/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/rnotes/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ rnotes/*/??-*.png )
+ LANGUAGE=$(echo $FILE | sed -r 's!rnotes/(.+)/.*!\1!')
+ FILE=$(basename $FILE | sed -r 's!-centos[0-9]+!!')
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Progress/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$LANGUAGE/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/rnotes/$LANGUAGE/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ splash.png )
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Splash/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ syslinux-splash.png )
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ FILE=$(echo $FILE | sed -r 's!\.png$!-16c.png!')
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Prompt/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/$FILE
+ esac
+
+ # Check if file exists on source. If file doesn't exist on the
+ # source it is not updated on target. Go to next file in the
+ # loop and check again. Only file names on source that match
+ # those in target are updated.
+ cli_checkFiles "$SOURCE"
+
+ # File exists and will be installed on target.
+ cli_printMessage "$TARGET" "AsUpdatingLine"
+
+ # Update file.
+ #cp $SOURCE $TARGET
+
+ # Set file's access rights.
+ #chown root:root $TARGET
+ #chmod 755 $TARGET
+ #chcon system_u:object_r:usr_t $TARGET
+
+done
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Brand/brandFirstboot.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Brand/brandFirstboot.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..cb785d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Brand/brandFirstboot.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# brandFirstboot - Firstboot branding script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function brandFirstboot {
+
+ # Define file's source and target.
+ local ARTDIR=~/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Distro/Anaconda
+ local PIXMAP=/usr/share/firstboot/pixmaps
+ local SOURCE=''
+ local TARGET=''
+
+ # Define list of files used as base to determine which files may
+ # need to be updated. Remove target from file path. Do not use
+ # basename command. We may need the directory structure (if any)
+ # under target, for further evaluation.
+ local FILES=$(find ${PIXMAP}/ | sort | uniq | sed "s!${PIXMAP}/!!g")
+ local FILE=''
+
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Define which file is release-specific, and specify the correct
+ # path on source.
+ case $FILE in
+
+ splash-small.png )
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Firstboot/Img/$MAJOR_RELEASE/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ firstboot-left.png )
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Firstboot/Img/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ SOURCE=$ARTDIR/Firstboot/Img/$FILE
+ TARGET=$PIXMAP/$FILE
+ esac
+
+ # Check if file exists on source. If file doesn't exist on the
+ # source it is not updated on target. Go to next file in the
+ # loop and check again. Only file names on source that match
+ # those in target are updated.
+ cli_checkFiles "$SOURCE"
+
+ # File exists and will be installed on target.
+ cli_printMessage "$TARGET" "AsUpdatingLine"
+
+ # Update file.
+ #cp $SOURCE $TARGET
+
+ # Set file's access rights.
+ #chown root:root $TARGET
+ #chmod 755 $TARGET
+ #chcon system_u:object_r:usr_t $TARGET
+
+ done
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-cc-by-sa.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-cc-by-sa.texi
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8dab9f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-cc-by-sa.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0
+Unported license ("CC-BY-SA"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available
+at @url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/}. In accordance
+with CC-BY-SA, if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it,
+you must provide the URL for the original version.
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-gfdl.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-gfdl.texi
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2a48f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-copyright-gfdl.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A
+copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
+Documentation License''.
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-index.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-index.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abe002c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-index.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+@printindex cp
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-intro.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-intro.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-intro.texi
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-menu.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-menu.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70362c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-menu.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+@menu
+* Index::
+@end menu
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-nodes.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-nodes.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-nodes.texi
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-section.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-section.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb39647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual-section.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+@subsection Goals
+
+@itemize
+@item ...
+@end itemize
+
+@subsection Description
+
+@itemize
+@item ...
+@end itemize
+
+@subsection Usage
+
+@itemize
+@item ...
+@end itemize
+
+@subsection See also
+
+@menu
+@end menu
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual.texi b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d05184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Config/manual.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c $Id$
+@c -- Header --------------------------------------------------
+
+@setfilename =FILENAME=.info
+@settitle =TITLE=
+@documentlanguage =LOCALE_LL=
+@afourpaper
+@finalout
+
+@c -- Summary description and copyright -----------------------
+
+@copying
+=DESCRIPTION=
+
+Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A
+copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free
+Documentation License.
+@end copying
+
+@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright ---------------------------
+
+@titlepage
+@title =TITLE=
+@subtitle =SUBTITLE=
+@author =AUTHOR=
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+@end titlepage
+@contents
+
+@c -- `Top' node and master menu -------------------------------
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top =TITLE=
+@insertcopying
+@end ifnottex
+@include manual-menu.texi
+
+@c -- The body of the document --------------------------------
+
+@include manual-nodes.texi
+
+@c -- The end of the document ---------------------------------
+
+@include manual-index.texi
+
+@bye
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0f12713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help.sh -- This function provides documentation features to
+# centos-art.sh script. Here we initialize documentation variables and
+# call help_getArguments functions.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help {
+
+ local ACTIONNAM=''
+ local ACTIONVAL=''
+
+ # Define manuals base directory. This is the place where
+ # documentation manuals base directory structures are stored and
+ # organized in.
+ MANUAL_BASEDIR="${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Manual"
+
+ # Define file name for documentation manual. This is the file used
+ # to initiate the structure of documentation manual.
+ MANUAL_NAME=${TEXTDOMAIN}
+
+ # Define base name for documentation manual files (without
+ # extension). This is the main file name used to build texinfo
+ # related files (.info, .pdf, .xml, etc.).
+ MANUAL_BASEFILE="${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}"
+
+ # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
+ help_getArguments
+
+ # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
+ # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
+ # only non-option arguments remain in it.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Define action name. It does matter what option be passed to
+ # centos-art, there are many different actions to perform based on
+ # the option passed (e.g., `--edit', `--read', `--search', etc.).
+ # In that sake, we defined action name inside help_getArguments,
+ # at the moment of interpreting options.
+
+ # Define default manual node shown when no argument is provided to
+ # help functionality. By default, the Top node of repository
+ # manual is called.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM == '' ]] && [[ $ACTIONVAL == '' ]];then
+ /usr/bin/info --node="Top" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2
+ fi
+
+ # Define action value. As convenction, we use non-option arguments
+ # to define the action value (ACTIONVAL) variable.
+ for ACTIONVAL in "$@";do
+
+ if [[ $ACTIONVAL == '--' ]];then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Check action value passed through the command-line using
+ # source directory definition as reference.
+ cli_checkRepoDirSource
+
+ # Define documentation entry.
+ ENTRY=$(help_getEntry)
+
+ # Define documentation entry directory. This is the directory
+ # where the entry file is stored.
+ ENTRY_DIR=$(dirname ${ENTRY} | sed -r 's!\.texi$!!')
+
+ # Define documentation entry file (without extension).
+ ENTRY_FILE=$(basename ${ENTRY} | sed -r 's!\.texi$!!')
+
+ # Define directory to store documentation entries. At this
+ # point, we need to take a desition about documentation
+ # design, in order to answer the question: How do we assign
+ # chapters, sections and subsections automatically, based on
+ # the repository structure? and also, how such design could
+ # be adapted to changes in the repository structure?
+ #
+ # One solution would be: represent the repository's directory
+ # structure as sections inside a chapter named Filesystem or
+ # something similar. Subsections and subsubsections will not
+ # have their own files, they all will be written inside the
+ # same section file that represents the repository directory.
+ MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR=$(echo $ENTRY | cut -d / -f-7)
+
+ # Define chapter name for the documentation entry we are
+ # working with.
+ MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME=$(basename "$MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR")
+
+ # Set action preable.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi" '' ''
+
+ # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At
+ # this point, changes in the repository are merged in the
+ # working copy and changes in the working copy committed up to
+ # repository.
+ cli_syncroRepoChanges ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only.
+ # At this point, changes in the repository are not merged in
+ # the working copy, but chages in the working copy do are
+ # committed up to repository.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}
+
+ done
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..707b541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_copyEntry.sh -- This function copies documentation entries and
+# updates documentation structure to reflect changes.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_copyEntry {
+
+ local ENTRY_SRC=${ENTRY}
+ local ENTRY_DST=${FLAG_TO}
+ local ENTRIES=''
+ local ENTRY=''
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${ENTRY_DST}" 'AsCreatingLine'
+
+ # Copy main documentation entry.
+ if [[ ! -f ${ENTRY_DST} ]];then
+ svn cp "${ENTRY_SRC}" "${ENTRY_DST}" --quiet
+ fi
+
+ # Define target location of directory holding dependent
+ # documentation entries.
+ ENTRY_DST=$(echo ${ENTRY_DST} | sed -r 's!\.texi$!!')
+
+ # Copy dependent documentation entries, if any.
+ if [[ ! -d ${ENTRY_DST} ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "${ENTRY_DST}" 'AsCreatingLine'
+ svn cp "${ENTRY_DIR}/${ENTRY_FILE}" "${ENTRY_DST}" --quiet
+ fi
+
+ # Define list of files to process.
+ ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "$(dirname ${ENTRY_DST})" "$(basename ${ENTRY_DST}).*\.texi")
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${ENTRIES}" '' ''
+
+ # Print separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "Updating manual menus, nodes and cross-references." 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Redefine ENTRY variable in order to update documentation
+ # structure, taking recently created entries as reference.
+ for ENTRY in ${ENTRIES};do
+
+ # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to
+ # reflect the changes.
+ help_updateMenu
+ help_updateNodes
+
+ # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect
+ # the changes.
+ help_restoreCrossReferences
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9152fc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_deleteCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside
+# texinfo source files, from section level on, and removes all cross
+# referece definitions related to a documentation entry. Use this
+# function in coordination with help_deleteEntry function, in order
+# to keep cross reference information, inside the documentation
+# manual, syncronized.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_deleteCrossReferences {
+
+ local -a PATTERN
+ local -a REPLACE
+ local LOCATION=''
+
+ # Define entry location. Verify first argument to make this
+ # function reusable. If no value is passed as first argument use
+ # entry global information value as default value instead.
+ if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATION="$1"
+ else
+ LOCATION="$ENTRY"
+ fi
+
+ # Build the node string using entry location.
+ local NODE=$(echo "$LOCATION" \
+ | cut -d / -f8- \
+ | tr '/' ' ' \
+ | sed -r \
+ -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//" \
+ -e 's! !( |\\n)!g')
+
+ # Define regular expression patterns for texinfo cross reference
+ # commands.
+ PATTERN[0]="@(pxref|xref|ref)\{(${NODE})\}"
+ PATTERN[1]="^(\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)$"
+
+ # Define replacement string for missing entries. It is convenient
+ # to keep missing entries in documentation for documentation team
+ # to know. Removing the missing cross reference may intorudce
+ # confussion. Imagine that! you are spending lots of hours in an
+ # article and suddenly one of your cross refereces disappears with
+ # no visible reason, with the next working copy update you
+ # perform. That's frustrating. Instead, when centos-art.sh script
+ # finds a missing cross reference it removes the link and remark
+ # the issue for you to act on it.
+ REPLACE[0]='--- @strong{'`gettext "Removed"`'}(\1:\2) ---'
+ REPLACE[1]='@comment --- '`gettext "Removed"`'(\1) ---'
+
+ # Define list of entries to process.
+ local ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}" '.*\.texi')
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" '' ''
+
+ # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross
+ # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more
+ # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches
+ # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use
+ # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a
+ # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we
+ # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N
+ # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to
+ # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it
+ # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'.
+ sed -r -i ":a;N;s!${PATTERN[0]}!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${ENTRIES}
+
+ # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross
+ # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no
+ # need to complicate the replacement command.
+ sed -r -i "s!${PATTERN[1]}!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${ENTRIES}
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ba5e0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_deleteEntry.sh -- This function removes a documentation entry
+# from documentation directory structure.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_deleteEntry {
+
+ local ENTRY_SRC=${ENTRY}
+ local ENTRIES=''
+ local ENTRY=''
+ local ENTRY_DEP=''
+
+ # Initiate list of entries to remove using the entry specified in
+ # the command line.
+ ENTRIES=${ENTRY_SRC}
+
+ # Verify existence of dependent entries. Dependent entries are
+ # stored inside a directory with the same name of the entry you
+ # are trying to remove.
+ if [[ -d ${ENTRY_DIR}/${ENTRY_FILE} ]];then
+
+ # Add dependent files to list of entries.
+ ENTRIES="${ENTRIES} $(cli_getFilesList "${ENTRY_DIR}/${ENTRY_FILE}" ".*\.texi")"
+
+ # Add dependent directories to list of entries. Be aware of
+ # nested directories.
+ for ENTRY in ${ENTRIES};do
+ ENTRY_DEP=$(echo $ENTRY | sed -r "s/\.texi$//")
+ if [[ -d $ENTRY_DEP ]];then
+ ENTRIES="${ENTRIES} ${ENTRY_DEP}"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ fi
+
+ # Prepare list of entries for action preamble.
+ ENTRIES=$(echo ${ENTRIES} | tr ' ' "\n" | sort -r | uniq)
+
+ # Print action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" 'doDelete' 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Remove documentation entry using regular subversion commands.
+ # Do not use regular rm command here, use subversion del command
+ # instead. Otherwise, even the file is removed, it will be brought
+ # back when the final cli_commitRepoChange be executed. Remember
+ # there is a subversion update there, no matter what you remove
+ # using regular commands, when you do update the directory
+ # structure on the working copy the removed files (not removed in
+ # the repository, nor marked to be removed) are brought down to
+ # the working copy again.
+ svn del ${ENTRIES} --quiet
+ if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Print separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "Updating manual menus, nodes and cross-references." 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Process list of entries in order to update menus, nodes and
+ # cross references. Since we are verifying entry status before
+ # remove the we cannot update the information in the same loop we
+ # remove files. This would modify some file before be removed and
+ # that would stop script execution. Similary, if we do update
+ # menus, nodes and cross references before removing files it would
+ # be needed to remove farther status verification in order for the
+ # script to continue its execution. Thereby, I can't see a
+ # different way but removing files first using status verification
+ # and later go through entities list again to update menus, nodes
+ # and cross references from remaining files.
+ for ENTRY in ${ENTRIES};do
+
+ # Use entry files only. Directories are used to store
+ # dependent entries. Directories are not considered entries on
+ # themselves.
+ if [[ ! -f $ENTRY ]];then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to
+ # reflect the changes.
+ help_updateMenu "remove-entry"
+ help_updateNodes
+
+ # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect
+ # the changes.
+ help_deleteCrossReferences
+
+ done
+
+ # Remove entry menus and nodes from chapter definition to reflect
+ # the fact it has been removed. This is mainly applied when one
+ # of the chapters (e.g., trunk/, tags/, or branches/) is removed.
+ if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR ]];then
+ help_updateChaptersMenu 'remove-entry'
+ help_updateChaptersNodes
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6041267
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_editEntry.sh -- This function implements the edition flow of
+# documentation entries inside the working copy.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_editEntry {
+
+ # Verify chapter definition inside manual.
+ if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR ]];then
+
+ # Print confirmation question.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The following documentation chapter will be created:"`"
+ cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR" "AsResponseLine"
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
+
+ # Update manual chapter related files.
+ help_updateChaptersFiles
+
+ # Update manual chapter related menu.
+ help_updateChaptersMenu
+
+ # Update manual chapter related nodes (based on chapter
+ # related menu).
+ help_updateChaptersNodes
+
+ fi
+
+ # Verify section definition inside chapters.
+ if [[ ! -f $ENTRY ]];then
+
+ # Print confirmation question.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The following documentation section will be created:"`"
+ cli_printMessage "$ENTRY" "AsResponseLine"
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
+
+ # Update chapter section related menu.
+ help_updateMenu
+
+ # Update chapter section related nodes (based on chapter
+ # section related menu).
+ help_updateNodes
+
+ # Update old missing cross references. If for some reason a
+ # documentation entry is removed by mistake, and that mistake
+ # is fixing by adding the removed documentation entry back
+ # into the repository, rebuild the missing cross reference
+ # message to use the correct link to the documentation
+ # section.
+ help_restoreCrossReferences
+
+ else
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "$ENTRY" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ fi
+
+ # Use default text editor to edit the documentation entry.
+ eval $EDITOR $ENTRY
+
+ # Print separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Rebuild output files to propagate recent changes.
+ help_updateOutputFiles
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getArguments.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getArguments.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..30adbbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getArguments.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_getArguments.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed
+# to `manual' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_getArguments {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="filter:,quiet,answer:,dont-commit-changes,read,search,edit,update"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Define action to take for each option passed.
+ while true; do
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --filter )
+ FLAG_FILTER="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --quiet )
+ FLAG_QUIET="true"
+ FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --answer )
+ FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --dont-commit-changes )
+ FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --read )
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_searchNode"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --search )
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_searchIndex"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --edit )
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_editEntry"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --update )
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFiles"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ break
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
+ cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..679353d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_getEntry.sh -- This function builds a documentation entry based
+# on a location specified. Location specification can be both action
+# value (ACTIONVAL) variable or a value passed as first positional
+# parameter.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_getEntry {
+
+ # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside.
+ local ENTRY=''
+ local LOCATION=''
+
+ # Redefine location in order to make this function reusable not
+ # just for action value variable but whatever value passed as
+ # first possitional argument.
+ if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATION="$1"
+ else
+ LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
+ fi
+
+ # Define relative path of entry, from trunk directory on.
+ ENTRY=$(echo $LOCATION | sed -r "s!^${HOME}/artwork/!!")
+
+ # Verify the entry relative path to find out which documentation
+ # manual we are acting on. As convenction, whatever documentation
+ # entry you provide outside trunk/Manuals/ directory structure is
+ # considered as you are documenting the repository directory
+ # structure. Otherwise, if an entry inside trunk/Manuals/ is
+ # provided, the directory structure provided is used as default
+ # documentation manual for actions like `--create' and `--update'
+ # to take place on. Other options like `--edit', `--delete' and
+ # `--read' cannot be applied to paths provided is inside
+ # trunk/Manuals/ such actions made manually.
+ if [[ ${ENTRY} =~ '\.texi$' ]];then
+ ENTRY=$(echo ${ENTRY} | sed 's!trunk/Manual/!!')
+ else
+ ENTRY=$(dirname Repository/${ENTRY})/$(basename $LOCATION).texi
+ fi
+
+ # Re-define entry to set absolute path to manuals base directory
+ # structure.
+ ENTRY=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${ENTRY}
+
+ # Output entry's absolute path.
+ echo ${ENTRY}
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6aacfc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_getNode.sh -- This function cleans up the action value
+# (ACTIONVAL) directory to make a node name from it.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_getNode {
+
+ local NODE=$(echo "$ACTIONVAL" \
+ | sed -r "s!^${HOME}/artwork/!!" \
+ | sed -r 's!/! !g' | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!')
+
+ echo "$NODE"
+}
+
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c85b575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_renameCrossReferences.sh -- This function replaces a node
+# pattern with a node replacement and updates cross-reference
+# definitions to reflect the changes.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_renameCrossReferences {
+
+ local NODE=''
+ local COUNT=1
+ local ENTRIES=''
+ local NODE_SRC=''
+ local NODE_DST=''
+
+ # Define node pattern for source documenation entry.
+ NODE_SRC=$(echo "$ENTRY" \
+ | cut -d / -f8- \
+ | tr '/' ' ' \
+ | sed -r \
+ -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//" \
+ -e 's! !( |\\n)!g')
+
+ # Define node replacement for target documentation entry.
+ NODE_DST=$(echo "$FLAG_TO" \
+ | cut -d / -f8- \
+ | tr '/' ' ' \
+ | sed -r \
+ -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//")
+
+ # Sanitate node replacement for target documentation entry to make
+ # use of regular expression positional markers, so the word
+ # separator character found by node pattern could be used.
+ for NODE in $NODE_DST;do
+ if [[ $COUNT -eq 1 ]];then
+ NODE_DST="${NODE}\\${COUNT}"
+ else
+ NODE_DST="${NODE_DST}$(echo "${NODE}\\${COUNT}")"
+ fi
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+ done
+
+ # Remove last positional marker from node replacement.
+ NODE_DST=$(echo $NODE_DST | sed -r 's!\\[[:digit:]]$!!')
+
+ # Define list of entries to process.
+ ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}" '.*\.texi')
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" '' ''
+
+ # Update node-related cross-references. The node-related cross
+ # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more
+ # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches
+ # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use
+ # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a
+ # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we
+ # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N
+ # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to
+ # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it
+ # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'.
+ sed -r -i ":a;N;s!${NODE_SRC}!${NODE_DST}!g;ba" ${ENTRIES}
+
+ # At this point, source documentation entry has been renamed from
+ # source to target documentation entry, but they are still
+ # commented. So, restore target documentation entries.
+ help_restoreCrossReferences "${FLAG_TO}"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..492ccce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_renameEntry.sh -- This function renames documentation entries
+# and updates documentation structure to reflect changes.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_renameEntry {
+
+ # Copy source documentation entry.
+ help_copyEntry
+
+ # Print separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Delete source documentation entry. The source documentation
+ # entry has been copied already, so to create the rename effect
+ # delete it from repository filesystem.
+ help_deleteEntry
+
+ # At this point, source documentation entry has been removed and
+ # all menu, nodes and cross-references have been commented. So,
+ # replace commented menu, nodes and cross-reference information
+ # from source to target documentation entry.
+ help_renameCrossReferences
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bfd0357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_restoreCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside
+# texinfo source files, from section level on, and restores any cross
+# reference related to a documentation entry. This function is used in
+# those cases where documentation entries are created/recreated to
+# documentation structure. It is a verification that looks for
+# matching documentation entries previously defined as removed by
+# help_deleteCrossReferences function. The
+# help_restoreCrossReferences function relays in the removed message
+# format produced by help_deleteCrossReferences function, in order
+# to return them back into the link format.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_restoreCrossReferences {
+
+ local -a PATTERN
+ local -a REPLACE
+ local LOCATION=''
+
+ # Define entry location. Verify first argument to make this
+ # function reusable. If no value is passed as first argument use
+ # entry global information value as default value instead.
+ if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATION="$1"
+ else
+ LOCATION="$ENTRY"
+ fi
+
+ # Build the node string using entry location.
+ local NODE=$(echo "$LOCATION" \
+ | cut -d / -f8- \
+ | tr '/' ' ' \
+ | sed -r \
+ -e "s/(chapter-intro\.texi|\.texi)$//" \
+ -e 's! !( |\\n)!g')
+
+ # Define regular expression patterns to match removed message
+ # format produced by message_removeCrossReferences function.
+ PATTERN[0]="--- @strong\{`gettext "Removed"`\}\((pxref|xref|ref):(${NODE})\) ---"
+ PATTERN[1]="^@comment --- `gettext "Removed"`\((\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)\) ---$"
+
+ # Define replacement string to turn removed message back to cross
+ # reference link.
+ REPLACE[0]='@\1{\2}'
+ REPLACE[1]='\1'
+
+ # Define list of entries to process.
+ local ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}" '.*\.texi')
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "$ENTRIES" '' ''
+
+ # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross
+ # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more
+ # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches
+ # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use
+ # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a
+ # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we
+ # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N
+ # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to
+ # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it
+ # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'.
+ sed -r -i ":a;N;s!${PATTERN[0]}!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${ENTRIES}
+
+ # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross
+ # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no
+ # need to complicate the replacement command.
+ sed -r -i "s!${PATTERN[1]}!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${ENTRIES}
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e20715a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_searchIndex.sh -- This function does an index search inside the
+# info document.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_searchIndex {
+
+ # Check flag filter. By default flag filter has the `.+' value
+ # which is not very descriptive in the sake of an index-search.
+ # So, when no value is passed through --filter option use top node
+ # as default value for index-search.
+ if [[ "$FLAG_FILTER" == '.+' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Use the \\\`--filter' option to define the search pattern."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" 'AsReadingLine'
+
+ # Execute info command to perform an index-search.
+ /usr/bin/info --index-search="$FLAG_FILTER" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7139dca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_searchNode.sh -- This function does a node search inside the
+# info document.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_searchNode {
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" 'AsReadingLine'
+
+ # Check entry inside documentation structure. If the entry
+ # exits use the info reader to open the info file at the
+ # specified node. Otherwise, ask the user for create it.
+ if [[ -f "$ENTRY" ]];then
+ /usr/bin/info --node="Repository $(help_getNode)" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2
+ else
+ help_editEntry
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersFiles.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersFiles.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9964589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersFiles.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateChaptersFiles.sh -- This function updates chapter related
+# files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateChaptersFiles {
+
+ # Define chapter's generic structure.
+ local CHAPTERBODY="\
+ @node $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME
+ @chapter $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME
+ @cindex $(echo $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME | tr '[[:upper:]]' '[[:lower:]]')
+ @include $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME/chapter-intro.texi
+ @include $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME/chapter-menu.texi
+ @include $MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME/chapter-nodes.texi"
+
+ # Remove any space/tabs at the begining of @... lines.
+ CHAPTERBODY=$(echo "$CHAPTERBODY" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+@!@!')
+
+ # Create directory to store chapter files.
+ if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR ]];then
+ mkdir $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR
+ fi
+
+ # Create files to store chapter information. If chapter files
+ # already exist, they will be re-written and any previous
+ # information inside them will be lost.
+ echo "$CHAPTERBODY" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter.texi
+ echo "" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi
+ echo "" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-nodes.texi
+
+ # Initialize chapter instroduction using template file.
+ cp ${FUNCCONFIG}/manual-cha-intro.texi $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-intro.texi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c32d0c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateChaptersMenu.sh - This function updates chapter menu.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateChaptersMenu {
+
+ local ACTION=$1
+ local MENUCHAPTERS=''
+
+ # Build menu of chapters. The Index node is not included as other
+ # nodes are. The Index node is defined insde the master texinfo
+ # file (repository.texi). To create the final .info file
+ # correctly, the Index line in the menu should remain, even no
+ # other node exist.
+ if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi ]];then
+ MENUCHAPTERS=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi \
+ | egrep -v "^(@(end )?menu$|\* Index::.*)$")
+ fi
+
+ # Re-defined menu of chapters based on action.
+ case $ACTION in
+ 'remove-entry' )
+ # Remove chapter from menu.
+ MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" \
+ | egrep -v "^\* ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::[[:print:]]*$")
+ ;;
+ 'update-entry' | * )
+ # Update chapter menu using texinfo format.
+ MENUCHAPTERS="${MENUCHAPTERS}
+ * ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Remove opening spaces/tabs and empty line from the menu of
+ # chapters. Empty lines may occur the first time the menu of
+ # chapters is created.
+ MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \
+ | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$')
+
+ # Organize menu of chapters alphabetically and verify that no
+ # duplicated line be included on the list.
+ MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sort | uniq )
+
+ # Give format to final menu output.
+ MENUCHAPTERS="@menu
+ ${MENUCHAPTERS}
+ * Index::
+ @end menu"
+
+ # Strip opening space/tabs from final menu of chapters.
+ MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \
+ | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$')
+
+ # Dump organized menu of chapters into file.
+ echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b678350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateChaptersNodes.sh - This function updates nodes of
+# chapters based on menu of chapters.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateChaptersNodes {
+
+ # Build list "nodes of chapters" based on menu of chapters.
+ local CHAPTERNODES=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.texi \
+ | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' \
+ | egrep -v "^\* `gettext "Index"`::[[:print:]]*$" \
+ | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!::[[:print:]]*$!!g' \
+ | sed -r 's! !_!g' | sort | uniq )
+
+ # Build list of texinfo inclusions to load chapters' nodes.
+ local FILENODE=$(\
+ for CHAPTERNODE in ${CHAPTERNODES};do
+
+ INCL=$(echo ${CHAPTERNODE} | sed -r "s!(${CHAPTERNODE})!\1/chapter\.texi!")
+
+ # Output inclusion line using texinfo format.
+ echo "@include $INCL"
+
+ done)
+
+ # Dump organized nodes of chapters into file.
+ echo "$FILENODE" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-nodes.texi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bbfb11c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateMenu.sh -- This function updates menu lines inside
+# texinfo chapters. If this function is called with the
+# 'remove-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line related
+# to the entry being processed is removed. If this function is called
+# with the 'update-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line
+# related to the entry being processed is added to the menu. If no
+# argument is passed to this function, the 'update-entry' action is
+# assumed.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateMenu {
+
+ # Specify which action to do inside chapter's menu.
+ local ACTION="$1"
+
+ # Build the menu node related to the entry being processed
+ # currently.
+ local MENUNODE=$(echo "$ENTRY" | cut -d / -f8- | tr '/' ' ' \
+ | sed 's!\.texi$!!')
+
+ # Give format to menu line using texinfo style.
+ local MENULINE="* ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} $MENUNODE::"
+
+ # Define chapter's menu. Remove `@menu', `@end menu', and empty lines
+ # from output.
+ local MENU=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi \
+ | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu')
+
+ # Re-defined chapter's menu based on action.
+ case $ACTION in
+ 'remove-entry' )
+ # Remove menu line from chapter's menu.
+ MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v "$MENULINE")
+ ;;
+ 'update-entry' | * )
+ # Add menu line to chapter's menu. This is the default
+ # behaivour if no argument is passed to help_updateMenu
+ # function.
+ MENU="$MENU
+ $MENULINE"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Organize menu alphabetically, remove empty and duplicated lines.
+ # At this point, empty line may occur the first time the menu is
+ # created, don't let them to scape.
+ MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | sort | uniq )
+
+ # Rebuild chapter's menu structure adding '@menu' and '@end menu'
+ # lines back in menu.
+ MENU="@menu
+ $MENU
+ @end menu"
+
+ # Remove opening spaces/tabs from final menu structure.
+ MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!g')
+
+ # Dump final menu structure back into chapter's menu file.
+ echo "$MENU" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..432b9c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateNodes.sh -- This function updates chapter's nodes
+# definition using the chapter's menu as reference.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateNodes {
+
+ # Retrive nodes' entries from chapter-menu.texi file.
+ local NODES=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.texi \
+ | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!:{1,2}.*$!!g' \
+ | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' | sed -r 's! !:!g' | sort | uniq)
+
+ # Re-build node structure based on menu information.
+ for NODE in $NODES;do
+
+ NODE=$(echo "${NODE}" | sed -r 's!:! !g')
+ SECT=$(echo "$NODE" | sed -r 's! !/!g' | sed "s!${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/!!")
+ INCL=$(echo "$NODE" | sed -r 's! !/!g').texi
+ CIND=$(echo "$NODE")
+
+ # Create an empty directory to store texinfo files.
+ if [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(dirname "$INCL") ]];then
+ mkdir -p ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(dirname "$INCL")
+ fi
+
+ # Create texinfo section file using its template.
+ if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL ]];then
+ cp ${FUNCCONFIG}/manual-section.texi ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL
+ fi
+
+ # Output node information based on texinfo menu.
+ echo "@node $NODE"
+ echo "@section `eval_gettext "The @file{\\\$SECT} Directory"`"
+ echo "@cindex $CIND"
+ echo "@include $INCL"
+ echo ""
+
+ # Dump node information into chapter node file.
+ done > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-nodes.texi
+
+}
+
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1f6fed4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateOutputFileHtml.sh -- This function exports
+# documentation manual to HTML format.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateOutputFileHtml {
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Check html output directory
+ [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html ]] && mkdir -p ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html
+
+ # Add html output directory into directory stack to make it the
+ # current working directory. Otherwise texi2html may produce
+ # incorrect paths to images included.
+ pushd ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html > /dev/null
+
+ # Update html files. Use texi2html to export from texinfo file
+ # format to html using CentOS Web default visual style.
+ texi2html ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html --split section \
+ --nosec-nav \
+ --css-include=${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Models/Css/Texi2html/stylesheet.css \
+ -I=${HOME}/artwork
+
+ # Apply html transformations. Html transformations rely on
+ # Texi2html default html output. The main goal of these html
+ # transformations is to build specific html structures that match
+ # specific css definitions. This way we extend the visual style of
+ # Texi2html default html output.
+ sed -r -i \
+ -f ${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Models/Css/Texi2html/transformations.sed \
+ ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-html/*.html
+
+ # Remove html output directory from directory stack.
+ popd > /dev/null
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..27b6d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh -- This function exports
+# documentation manual to info format.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateOutputFileInfo {
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Update info file.
+ /usr/bin/makeinfo ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info
+
+ # Compress info file.
+ if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then
+ bzip2 -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e142936
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh -- This function exports documentation
+# manual to PDF format.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateOutputFilePdf {
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Update plaintext output directory.
+ /usr/bin/texi2pdf --quiet \
+ ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d1b748d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh -- This function exports
+# documentation manual to plain-text format.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateOutputFilePlaintext {
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt.bz2" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Update plaintext output directory.
+ /usr/bin/makeinfo --plaintext \
+ ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt
+
+ # Compress plaintext output file.
+ if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt ]];then
+ bzip2 ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt --force
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e045b36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateOutputFileXml.sh -- This function exports documentation
+# manual to XML format.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateOutputFileXml {
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Update xml output format.
+ /usr/bin/makeinfo --xml \
+ ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.texi --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml \
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e170e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# help_updateOutputFiles.sh -- This function exports documentation
+# manual to different output formats.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function help_updateOutputFiles {
+
+ # Remove extension from manual's base file. This way it is
+ # possible to reuse the same filename on different types of files.
+ MANUAL_BASEFILE=$(echo ${MANUAL_BASEFILE} | sed -r 's!\.texi!!')
+
+ # Add the working copy root directory to directory stack to make
+ # path construction correctly. Otherwise, makeinfo may produce
+ # paths incorrectly.
+ pushd ${HOME}/artwork > /dev/null
+
+ help_updateOutputFileInfo
+ help_updateOutputFileHtml
+ help_updateOutputFileXml
+ help_updateOutputFilePdf
+ help_updateOutputFilePlaintext
+
+ # Remove the working copy root directory from directory stack.
+ popd > /dev/null
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk b/Scripts/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcc0f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#!/usr/bin/gawk
+#
+# output_forHadingsToc.awk -- This file provides the output format
+# required by html_updateHeadings.sh function, inside centos-art.sh
+# script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+BEGIN {FS=":"}
+
+{
+ if ($1 == 0 && $2 == $3) {
+ opentags = "<ul><li>"
+ closetags = ""
+ }
+
+ if ($1 > 0 && $2 > $3) {
+ opentags = "<ul><li>"
+ closetags = ""
+ }
+
+ if ($1 > 0 && $2 == $3) {
+ opentags = "</li><li>"
+ closetags = ""
+ }
+
+ if ($1 > 0 && $2 < $3) {
+ opentags = ""
+ for (i = 1; i <= ($3 - $2); i++) {
+ opentags = opentags "</li></ul>"
+ closetags = ""
+ }
+ opentags = opentags "</li><li>"
+ }
+
+ printf "%s%s%s\n",opentags,$4,closetags
+
+}
+
+END {
+
+ if ($1 > 0 && $2 >= $3 && $3 > 1) {
+ for (i = 1; i <= $3; i++) {
+ print "</li></ul>"
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($1 > 0 && $2 >= $3 && $3 == 1) {
+ print "</li></ul>"
+ print "</li></ul>"
+ }
+
+ if ($1 > 0 && $2 < $3) {
+ for (i = 1; i <= $2; i++) {
+ print "</li></ul>"
+ }
+ }
+
+ print "</div>"
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Html/html.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Html/html.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8b4cf95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Html/html.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# html.sh -- This function provides very basic HTML manipulations to
+# help maintain html files inside the repository.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function html {
+
+ # Define command-line interface.
+ html_getActions
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Html/html_getActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Html/html_getActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6cd746d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Html/html_getActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# html_getActions.sh -- This function interprets arguments passed to
+# `html' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function html_getActions {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="update-headings:"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Define action to take for each option passed.
+ while true; do
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --update-headings )
+
+ # Define action value passed through the command-line.
+ ACTIONVAL="$2"
+
+ # Define action name using action value as reference.
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateHeadings"
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ break
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
+ # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
+ # copy.
+ cli_checkRepoDirSource
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to bring down changes.
+ cli_syncroRepoChanges
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to commit up changes.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Html/html_updateHeadings.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Html/html_updateHeadings.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b66e363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Html/html_updateHeadings.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# html_updateHeadings.sh -- This function transforms html headings to
+# to make them accessible (e.g., through a table of contents).
+#
+# - In order for this function to work, you need to put headings in
+# just one line and they must have the following formats:
+#
+# <h1><a name="">Title</a></h1>
+# <h1><a href="">Title</a></h1>
+# <h1><a name="" href="">Title</a></h1>
+#
+# In the above examples, h1 alternates from h1 to h6. Closing tag
+# must be present and match the one opentaging. The value of <a
+# name=""> and <a href=""> options are the md5sum of page
+# location, plus the 'head-' string, plus the heading string. If
+# heading title or page location changes, the values of <a
+# name=""> and <a href=""> options will change too.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function html_updateHeadings {
+
+ # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside.
+ local COUNT=0
+ local FILE=''
+ local FILES=''
+ local PREVCOUNT=0
+ local PATTERN=''
+ local -a FINAL
+ local -a TITLE
+ local -a MD5SM
+ local -a OPTNS
+ local -a LEVEL
+ local -a PARENT
+ local -a TOCENTRIES
+ local -a LINK
+
+ # Define html heading regular expression pattern. Use parenthisis
+ # to save html action name, action value, and heading title.
+ PATTERN="<h([1-9])>(<a.*[^\>]>)(.*[^<])</a></h[1-9]>"
+
+ # Define list of files to process.
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.(xhtml|html|htm)")
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
+
+ # Process list of files.
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Verify list of html files. Are files really html files? If
+ # they don't, continue with the next one in the list.
+ if [[ ! $(file --brief $FILE) =~ '^(XHTML|HTML|XML)' ]];then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Define list of headings to process. When building the
+ # heading, it is required to change spaces characters from its
+ # current decimal output to something different (e.g., its
+ # \040 octal alternative). This is required because the space
+ # character is used as egrep default field separator and
+ # spaces can be present inside heading strings we don't want
+ # to separate.
+ for HEADING in $(egrep "$PATTERN" $FILE \
+ | sed -r -e 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' -e "s! !\\\040!g");do
+
+ # Define previous counter value using current counter
+ # value as reference.
+ if [[ $COUNT -ne 0 ]];then
+ PREVCOUNT=$(($COUNT-1))
+ fi
+
+ # Define initial heading information.
+ FIRST[$COUNT]=$(echo $HEADING | sed -r "s!\\\040! !g")
+ TITLE[$COUNT]=$(echo ${FIRST[$COUNT]} | sed -r "s!$PATTERN!\3!")
+ MD5SM[$COUNT]=$(echo "${FILE}${FIRST[$COUNT]}" | md5sum | sed -r 's![[:space:]]+-$!!')
+ OPTNS[$COUNT]=$(echo ${FIRST[$COUNT]} | sed -r "s!$PATTERN!\2!")
+ LEVEL[$COUNT]=$(echo ${FIRST[$COUNT]} | sed -r "s!$PATTERN!\1!")
+ PARENT[$COUNT]=${LEVEL[$PREVCOUNT]}
+
+ # Transform heading information using initial heading
+ # information as reference.
+ if [[ ${OPTNS[$COUNT]} =~ '^<a (href|name)="(.*)" (href|name)="(.*)">$' ]];then
+ OPTNS[$COUNT]='<a name="head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'" href="#head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'
+ elif [[ ${OPTNS[$COUNT]} =~ '^<a name="(.*)">$' ]];then
+ OPTNS[$COUNT]='<a name="head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'
+ elif [[ ${OPTNS[$COUNT]} =~ '^<a href="(.*)">$' ]];then
+ OPTNS[$COUNT]='<a href="#head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'
+ fi
+
+ # Build final html heading structure.
+ FINAL[$COUNT]='<h'${LEVEL[$COUNT]}'>'${OPTNS[$COUNT]}${TITLE[$COUNT]}'</a></h'${LEVEL[$COUNT]}'>'
+
+ # Build html heading link structure. These links are used
+ # by the table of contents later.
+ LINK[$COUNT]='<a href="#head-'${MD5SM[$COUNT]}'">'${TITLE[$COUNT]}'</a>'
+
+ # Build table of contents entry with numerical
+ # identifications. The numerical identification is what we
+ # use to determine the correct position of each heading
+ # link on the table of content.
+ TOCENTRIES[$COUNT]="$COUNT:${LEVEL[$COUNT]}:${PARENT[$COUNT]}:${LINK[$COUNT]}"
+
+ # Update heading information inside the current file being
+ # processed. Use the first and final heading information.
+ sed -i -r "s!${FIRST[$COUNT]}!${FINAL[$COUNT]}!" $FILE
+
+ # Increase heading counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Build the table of contents using heading numerical
+ # identifications as reference. The numerical identification
+ # describes the order of headings in one html file. This
+ # information is processed by awk to make the appropriate
+ # replacements. Finnally, the result is stored in the TOC
+ # variable.
+ TOC=$(echo '<div class="toc">'
+ echo "<h3>`gettext "Table of contents"`</h3>"
+ for TOCENTRY in "${TOCENTRIES[@]}";do
+ echo $TOCENTRY
+ done \
+ | awk -f ${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions/Html/Config/output_forHeadingsToc.awk)
+
+ # Update table of contents inside the current file being
+ # processed.
+ sed -i -r '/<div class="toc">(.*)<\/div>/c'"$(echo -e $TOC)" $FILE
+
+ # Reset counters.
+ COUNT=0
+ PREVCOUNT=0
+
+ # Clean up variables to receive the next file.
+ unset FINAL
+ unset TITLE
+ unset MD5SM
+ unset OPTNS
+ unset LEVEL
+ unset PARENT
+ unset TOCENTRIES
+ unset LINK
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f320f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale.sh -- This function provides internationalization features
+# for centos-art.sh script through gettext standard processes.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale {
+
+ local ACTIONNAM=''
+ local ACTIONVAL=''
+
+ # Initialize default value to create/update machine object flag.
+ # The machine object flag (--dont-create-mo) controls whether
+ # centos-art.sh script does create/update the machine object
+ # related object or not.
+ local FLAG_DONT_CREATE_MO='false'
+
+ # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
+ locale_getArguments
+
+ # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
+ # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
+ # only non-option arguments remain in it.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Define action name. It does matter what option be passed to
+ # centos-art, there are many different actions to perform based on
+ # the option passed (e.g., `--edit', `--read', `--search', etc.).
+ # In that sake, we defined action name inside document_getArguments,
+ # at the moment of interpreting options.
+
+ # Define action value. As convenction, we use non-option arguments
+ # to define the action value (ACTIONVAL) variable.
+ for ACTIONVAL in "$@";do
+
+ if [[ $ACTIONVAL == '--' ]];then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
+ # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
+ # copy.
+ cli_checkRepoDirSource
+
+ # Define locales base directory where locale directory structures
+ # are stored in.
+ local BASEDIR="$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Locales"
+
+ # Define locales work directory. This is the place where
+ # locale files (e.g., .po, .pot, .mo), for a specific parent
+ # directories, are stored in. There is one locale work
+ # directory for each parent directory or said differently,
+ # each parent directory has a parallel directory under
+ # `trunk/Locales' to store its translation messages.
+ local WORKDIR=$(echo ${ACTIONVAL} \
+ | sed -r -e 's!trunk/(Identity|Manuals|Scripts)!trunk/Locales/\1!')
+
+ # Create work directory, if it doesn't exist.
+ if [[ ! -d $WORKDIR ]];then
+ mkdir -p $WORKDIR
+ fi
+
+ # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At
+ # this point, changes in the repository are merged in the
+ # working copy and changes in the working copy committed up to
+ # repository.
+ cli_syncroRepoChanges "${WORKDIR}"
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only.
+ # At this point, changes in the repository are not merged in
+ # the working copy, but chages in the working copy do are
+ # committed up to repository.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges "${WORKDIR}"
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_editMessages.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_editMessages.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5b95ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_editMessages.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_editMessages.sh -- This function edits portable objects (.po)
+# using default text editor.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_editMessages {
+
+ local FILES=''
+
+ # Define list of files to process.
+ if [[ ${WORKDIR} =~ 'trunk/Locales/Scripts' ]];then
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${WORKDIR}" ".*$(cli_getCurrentLocale)/${TEXTDOMAIN}\.po")
+ elif [[ ${WORKDIR} =~ 'trunk/Locales/.+' ]];then
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${WORKDIR}" ".*$(cli_getCurrentLocale)\.po")
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided doesn't support localization."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" "doEdit" 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Use default text editor to edit files.
+ eval ${EDITOR} ${FILES}
+
+ # Update machine object (.mo) from portable object (.po).
+ locale_updateMessageBinary ${FILES}
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_getArguments.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_getArguments.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..332d5ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_getArguments.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_getArguments.sh -- This function interprets arguments passed to
+# `locale' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_getArguments {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="filter:,quiet,answer:,dont-commit-changes,update,edit,dont-create-mo"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Look for options passed through command-line.
+ while true; do
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --filter )
+ FLAG_FILTER="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --quiet )
+ FLAG_QUIET="true"
+ FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --answer )
+ FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --dont-commit-changes )
+ FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --update )
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMessages"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --edit )
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_editMessages"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --dont-create-mo )
+ FLAG_DONT_CREATE_MO="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
+ cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageBinary.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageBinary.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a4907e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageBinary.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_updateMessageBinary.sh -- This function creates/updates
+# machine objects (.mo) from portable objects (.po).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_updateMessageBinary {
+
+ # Verify machine object creation flag.
+ if [[ ${FLAG_DONT_CREATE_MO} == 'true' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ local PO=''
+ local MO=''
+ local FILE=''
+ local FILES="$1"
+
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Verify existence of portable object.
+ cli_checkFiles "${FILE}" 'f'
+
+ # Define absolute path to portable object.
+ PO=$FILE
+
+ # Define absolute path to machine object.
+ MO=$(dirname ${PO})/LC_MESSAGES/$(basename ${PO} | sed -r 's!\.po$!.mo!')
+
+ # Print action message.
+ if [[ -f ${MO} ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "${MO}" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${MO}" 'AsCreatingLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define directory used to store machine object.
+ MODIR=$(dirname ${MO})
+
+ # Create directory to store machine object, if it doesn't
+ # exist.
+ if [[ ! -d ${MODIR} ]];then
+ mkdir -p ${MODIR}
+ fi
+
+ # Create machine object from portable object.
+ msgfmt --check ${PO} --output-file=${MO}
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..edf3c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_updateMessageMetadata.sh -- This function sanitates .pot and
+# .po files to use common translation markers inside top comment.
+# Later, replacement of common translation markers is applied to set
+# the final information.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id4
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_updateMessageMetadata {
+
+ local COUNT=0
+ local -a SRC
+ local -a DST
+
+ # Retrive absolute path of portable object we'll work with.
+ local FILE="$1"
+
+ # Define current locale.
+ local CURRENTLOCALE=$(cli_getCurrentLocale)
+
+ # Define language name from current locale.
+ local LANGNAME=$(cli_getLangName ${CURRENTLOCALE})
+
+ # Check existence of file before work with it.
+ cli_checkFiles "${FILE}" 'f'
+
+ # Define pattern lines. The pattern lines are put inside portable
+ # objects through xgettext and xml2po commands .
+ SRC[0]='Project-Id-Version:'
+ SRC[1]='Report-Msgid-Bugs-To:'
+ SRC[2]='Last-Translator:'
+ SRC[3]='Language-Team:'
+
+ # Define replacement lines for pattern line.
+ DST[0]="\"Project-Id-Version: ${CLI_PROGRAM} (${CURRENTLOCALE})\\\n\""
+ DST[1]="\"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: =MAIL_DOCS=\\\n\""
+ DST[2]="\"Last-Translator: CentOS Documentation SIG\\\n\""
+ DST[3]="\"Language-Team: ${LANGNAME}\\\n\""
+
+ # Change pattern lines with their replacement lines.
+ while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
+ sed -i -r "/${SRC[$COUNT]}/c${DST[$COUNT]}" ${FILE}
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+ done
+
+ # Replace package information using gettext domain information.
+ sed -i -r "s/PACKAGE/${TEXTDOMAIN}/g" ${FILE}
+
+ # Unset array variables to avoid undesired concatenations.
+ unset SRC
+ unset DST
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..830d88b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_updateMessagePObjects.sh --- This function verifies,
+# initializes or updates portable objects from portable object
+# templates.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_updateMessagePObjects {
+
+ local FILE="$1"
+
+ # Verify the portable object template. The portable object
+ # template is used to create the portable object.
+ cli_checkFiles "${FILE}.pot" 'f'
+
+ # Verify existence of portable object. The portable object is the
+ # file translators edit in order to make translation works.
+ if [[ -f ${FILE}.po ]];then
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.po" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Update portable object merging both portable object and
+ # portable object template.
+ msgmerge --output="${FILE}.po" "${FILE}.po" "${FILE}.pot" --quiet
+
+ else
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.po" 'AsCreatingLine'
+
+ # Initiate portable object using portable object template.
+ # Do not print msginit sterr output, use centos-art action
+ # message instead.
+ msginit -i ${FILE}.pot -o ${FILE}.po --width=70 \
+ --no-translator 2> /dev/null
+
+ # Sanitate portable object metadata. This is the first time
+ # the portable object is created so some modifications are
+ # needed to customized metadata.
+ locale_updateMessageMetadata "${FILE}.po"
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageShell.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageShell.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..65154e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageShell.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_updateMessageShell.sh -- This function parses shell scripts
+# under action value, retrives translatable strings and
+# creates/updates both portable object templates (.pot) and portable
+# objects (.po).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_updateMessageShell {
+
+ local FILE=''
+ local FILES=''
+
+ # Define file name used as reference to create portable object
+ # templates (.pot), portable objects (.po) and machine objects
+ # (.mo).
+ FILE="${WORKDIR}/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)/${TEXTDOMAIN}"
+
+ # Build list of files to process.
+ if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ "^${CLI_BASEDIR}" ]];then
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}\.sh")
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided can't be processed."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" "doLocale" 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pot" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Prepare directory structure to receive .po files.
+ if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${FILE}) ]];then
+ mkdir -p $(dirname ${FILE})
+ fi
+
+ # Retrive translatable strings from shell script files and create
+ # the portable object template (.pot) from them.
+ /usr/bin/xgettext --output=${FILE}.pot \
+ --copyright-holder="CentOS Documentation SIG" \
+ --width=70 --sort-by-file ${FILES}
+
+ # Verify, initialize or update portable objects from portable
+ # object templates.
+ locale_updateMessagePObjects "${FILE}"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageXml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageXml.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f0c6244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessageXml.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_updateMessageXml.sh -- This function parses XML-based files
+# (e.g., scalable vector graphics), retrives translatable strings and
+# creates/update gettext portable objects.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_updateMessageXml {
+
+ local FILE=''
+ local FILES=''
+
+ # Define filename used to create both portable object templates
+ # (.pot) and portable objects (.po) files.
+ FILE="${WORKDIR}/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)"
+
+ # Build list of files to process.
+ if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ "^$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/.+" ]];then
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}\.(svg|docbook)")
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided can't be processed."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" "doLocale" 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pot" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Prepare directory structure to receive .po files.
+ if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${FILE}) ]];then
+ mkdir -p $(dirname ${FILE})
+ fi
+
+ # Retrive translatable strings from XML-based files and
+ # create the portable object template (.pot) from them.
+ /usr/bin/xml2po ${FILES} | msgcat --output=${FILE}.pot --width=70 --sort-by-file -
+
+ # Verify, initialize or merge portable objects from portable
+ # object templates.
+ locale_updateMessagePObjects "${FILE}"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessages.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessages.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d6d9a5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Locale/locale_updateMessages.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# locale_updateMessages.sh -- This function extracts translatable
+# strings from both XML-based files (using xml2po) and shell scripts
+# (using xgettext). Translatable strings are initially stored in
+# portable objects templates (.pot) which are later merged into
+# portable objects (.po) in order to be optionally converted as
+# machine objects (.mo).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function locale_updateMessages {
+
+ local ACTIONNAM=''
+
+ # Evaluate working directory to determine whether to use xml2po to
+ # extract translatable strings from XML-based files or to use
+ # xgettext to extract translatable strings from shell script
+ # files.
+ if [[ $WORKDIR =~ "^${BASEDIR}/(Identity|Manuals)/.+$" ]];then
+
+ # Update translatable strings inside portable object templates
+ # for XML-based files (e.g., scalable vector graphics).
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMessageXml"
+
+ elif [[ $WORKDIR =~ "^${BASEDIR}/Scripts/.+$" ]];then
+
+ # Update translatable strings inside portable object templates
+ # for shell scripts (e.g., centos-art.sh script).
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMessageShell"
+
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The path provided doesn't support localization."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Path/path.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4f3fe10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# path.sh -- This function provides file manipulations to aliviate
+# path maintainance inside the repository.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function path {
+
+ # Define deafult value to target flag. The target flag (--to)
+ # controls final destination used by copy related actions.
+ local FLAG_TO=''
+
+ # Define default value to syncronization flag. The syncronization
+ # flag (--sync) controls whether centos-art.sh script calls itself
+ # to create/delete parallel directories at the moment of
+ # create/delte action itself.
+ local FLAG_SYNC='false'
+
+ # Define command-line interface.
+ path_getActions
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_doCopy.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_doCopy.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b49cb66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_doCopy.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# path_doCopy.sh -- This function duplicates files inside the working
+# copy using subversion commands.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function path_doCopy {
+
+ # Verify target directory.
+ cli_checkRepoDirTarget
+
+ # Print action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FLAG_TO}" 'doCreate' 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Verify relation between source and target locations. We cannot
+ # duplicate an entry if its parent directory doesn't exist as
+ # entry inside the working copy.
+ if [[ -f ${ACTIONVAL} ]];then
+ if [[ ! -d $(dirname "${FLAG_TO}") ]];then
+ mkdir -p $(dirname "${FLAG_TO}")
+ fi
+ svn add $(dirname "${FLAG_TO}") --quiet
+ fi
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${FLAG_TO}" 'AsCreatingLine'
+
+ # Copy parent directory.
+ svn copy ${ACTIONVAL} ${FLAG_TO} --quiet
+
+ # Verify syncronization flag.
+ if [[ $FLAG_SYNC == 'true' ]];then
+
+ # Copy parallel directories.
+ . /home/centos/bin/centos-art manual --copy="$ACTIONVAL" --to="$FLAG_TO"
+ . /home/centos/bin/centos-art render --copy="$ACTIONVAL" --to="$FLAG_TO"
+ . /home/centos/bin/centos-art locale --copy="$ACTIONVAL" --to="$FLAG_TO"
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_doDelete.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_doDelete.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fad8ce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_doDelete.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# path_doDelete.sh -- This function deletes files inside the working
+# copy using subversion commands.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function path_doDelete {
+
+ # Verify target directory.
+ cli_checkRepoDirTarget
+
+ # Print action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "$ACTIONVAL" 'doDelete' 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Syncronize parallel directories related to action value.
+ . /home/centos/bin/centos-art manual --delete="$ACTIONVAL"
+ . /home/centos/bin/centos-art render --delete="$ACTIONVAL"
+ . /home/centos/bin/centos-art locale --delete="$ACTIONVAL"
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${ACTIONVAL}" 'AsDeletingLine'
+
+ # Perform action.
+ svn del ${ACTIONVAL} --quiet
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_getActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_getActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c63f2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Path/path_getActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# path_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
+# `path' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function path_getActions {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="copy:,move:,delete:,to:,sync"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Define action to take for each option passed.
+ while true; do
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --copy )
+
+ # Define action value passed through the command-line.
+ ACTIONVAL="$2"
+
+ # Define action name using action value as reference.
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_doCopy"
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --delete )
+
+ # Define action value passed through the command-line.
+ ACTIONVAL="$2"
+
+ # Define action name using action value as reference.
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_doDelete"
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --to )
+
+ # Redefine target flag.
+ FLAG_TO="$2"
+
+ # Verify target directory.
+ cli_checkRepoDirTarget
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --sync )
+
+ # Redefine syncronization flag.
+ FLAG_SYNC='true'
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ # Break options loop.
+ break
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Check action value (ACTIONVAL) passed through the command-line
+ # using source directory definition as reference.
+ cli_checkRepoDirSource
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to bring down changes.
+ cli_syncroRepoChanges "${ACTIOVAL} ${FLAG_TO}"
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to commit up changes.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges "${ACTIOVAL} ${FLAG_TO}"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0618ea1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# prepare.sh -- This function prepares your workstation for using the
+# centos-art command-line.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function prepare {
+
+ # Define packages flag. The package flag (--packages) controls
+ # whether package verification is performed or not. By default no
+ # package verification is done.
+ local FLAG_PACKAGES='false'
+
+ # Define links flag. The link flag (--links) controls whether
+ # links verifications are performed or not. By default no link
+ # verification is done.
+ local FLAG_LINKS='false'
+
+ # Define environment flag. The environment flag (--environment)
+ # controles whether verification of environment variables are
+ # performed or not. By default no verification of environment
+ # variables is done.
+ local FLAG_ENVIRONMENT='false'
+
+ # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
+ prepare_getArguments
+
+ # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
+ # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
+ # only non-option arguments remain in it.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Define action name. It does matter what option be passed to
+ # centos-art, there are many different actions to perform based on
+ # the option passed (e.g., `--packages', `--links',
+ # `--environment', etc.). In that sake, we defined action name
+ # inside prepare_getArguments, at the moment of interpreting
+ # options.
+
+ # Define action value. There is no action value in this function,
+ # but action name values only. There is no need for non-option
+ # arguments here since we are doing fixed verifications only in
+ # predifined paths.
+
+ # Verify flags and execute actions accordingly. Start with
+ # packages, links and then environment.
+ prepare_doPackages
+ prepare_doLinks
+ prepare_doEnvironment
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doEnvironment.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doEnvironment.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..222b4fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doEnvironment.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# prepare_doEnvironment.sh -- This function outputs a brief description
+# of environment variables used by `centos-art.sh' script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function prepare_doEnvironment {
+
+ # Verify `--packages' option.
+ if [[ $FLAG_ENVIRONMENT == 'false' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ # Print line separator.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking environment variables"`" 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Print line separator.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ local -a VARS
+ local -a INFO
+ local COUNT=0
+
+ # Define name of environment variables used by centos-art.sh
+ # script.
+ VARS[0]='EDITOR'
+ VARS[1]='TZ'
+ VARS[2]='TEXTDOMAIN'
+ VARS[3]='TEXTDOMAINDIR'
+ VARS[4]='LANG'
+
+ # Define description of environment variables.
+ INFO[0]="`gettext "Default text editor"`"
+ INFO[1]="`gettext "Default time zone representation"`"
+ INFO[2]="`gettext "Default domain used to retrieve translated messages"`"
+ INFO[3]="`gettext "Default directory used to retrive translated messages"`"
+ INFO[4]="`gettext "Default locale information"`"
+
+ until [[ $COUNT -eq ${#VARS[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Let user to reduce output using regular expression as
+ # reference.
+ if [[ ${VARS[$COUNT]} =~ $FLAG_FILTER ]];then
+
+ # Output list of environment variables using indirect
+ # expansion (what a beautiful feature!) to output variable
+ # value.
+ cli_printMessage "${INFO[$COUNT]}:"
+ cli_printMessage "${VARS[$COUNT]}=${!VARS[$COUNT]}" 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ fi
+
+ # Increment counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doLinks.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doLinks.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..67ff049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doLinks.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# prepare_doLinks.sh -- This function installs the symbolic links your
+# workstation needs to have in order for centos-art command to run
+# correctly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function prepare_doLinks {
+
+ # Verify `--links' option.
+ if [[ $FLAG_LINKS == 'false' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ # Print line separator.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking symbolic links"`" 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Print line separator.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ local -a LINKS_SRC
+ local -a LINKS_DST
+ local USERFILES=''
+ local PALETTE=''
+ local BRUSH=''
+ local PATTERN=''
+ local FONT=''
+ local FILE=''
+ local COUNT=0
+
+ # Initialize file prefix. Since we are taking the same file names
+ # from different theme directory and putting them into the same
+ # directory structure it is required to identify them some way in
+ # that common directory structure. For this we use the theme path
+ # identifier.
+ local PREFIX=''
+
+ # Define user-specific directory for Gimp.
+ local GIMP_USER_DIR=${HOME}/.$(rpm -q gimp | cut -d. -f-2)
+
+ # Define user-specific directory for Inkscape.
+ local INKS_USER_DIR=${HOME}/.inkscape
+
+ # Define both source and target location for centos-art command.
+ LINKS_SRC[0]=${HOME}/bin/$CLI_PROGRAM
+ LINKS_DST[0]=${CLI_BASEDIR}/init.sh
+
+ # Define both source and target location for fonts.
+ local FONTS=$(cli_getFilesList "${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Fonts" 'denmark\.ttf')
+ for FONT in $FONTS;do
+ LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${HOME}/.fonts/$(basename $FONT)
+ LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$FONT
+ done
+
+ # Define both source and target location for Gimp and Inkscape
+ # palettes.
+ local PALETTES=$(cli_getFilesList "$HOME/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/Motifs/*/*/Palettes
+ ${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Palettes" ".+\.gpl")
+ for PALETTE in $PALETTES;do
+ if [[ $PALETTE =~ $(cli_getPathComponent '--theme-pattern') ]];then
+ PREFIX="$(cli_getPathComponent "$PALETTE" '--theme-name')-$(cli_getPathComponent "$PALETTE" '--theme-release')-"
+ fi
+ LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${GIMP_USER_DIR}/palettes/${PREFIX}$(basename $PALETTE)
+ LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$PALETTE
+ LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${INKS_USER_DIR}/palettes/${PREFIX}$(basename $PALETTE)
+ LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$PALETTE
+ done
+
+ # Define both source and target location for Gimp brushes.
+ local BRUSHES=$(cli_getFilesList \
+ "${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/Motifs/*/*/Brushes" \
+ ".+\.(gbr|gih)")
+ for BRUSH in $BRUSHES;do
+ PREFIX="$(cli_getPathComponent "$BRUSH" '--theme-name')-$(cli_getPathComponent "$BRUSH" '--theme-release')"
+ LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${GIMP_USER_DIR}/brushes/${PREFIX}-$(basename $BRUSH)
+ LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$BRUSH
+ done
+
+ # Define both source and target location for Gimp patterns.
+ local PATTERNS=$(cli_getFilesList \
+ "${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Identity/Themes/Motifs/*/*/Patterns" \
+ ".+\.png")
+ for PATTERN in $PATTERNS;do
+ PREFIX="$(cli_getPathComponent "$PATTERN" '--theme-name')-$(cli_getPathComponent "$PATTERN" '--theme-release')"
+ LINKS_SRC[((++${#LINKS_SRC[*]}))]=${GIMP_USER_DIR}/patterns/${PREFIX}-$(basename $PATTERN)
+ LINKS_DST[((++${#LINKS_DST[*]}))]=$PATTERN
+ done
+
+ # Define files inside user-specific directories that need to be
+ # removed in order to make a fresh installation of patterns,
+ # palettes and brushes using symbolic links from the repository.
+ USERFILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${HOME}/.fonts" '.+\.ttf';
+ cli_getFilesList "${HOME}/bin" '.+\.sh';
+ cli_getFilesList "${GIMP_USER_DIR}/palettes" '.+\.gpl';
+ cli_getFilesList "${GIMP_USER_DIR}/brushes" '.+\.(gbr|gih)';
+ cli_getFilesList "${GIMP_USER_DIR}/patterns" '.+\.png';
+ cli_getFilesList "${INKS_USER_DIR}/palettes" '.+\.gpl')
+
+ # Remove installed files inside user-specific directories.
+ if [[ "$USERFILES" != '' ]];then
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${USERFILES[*]}" 'doDelete' 'AsResponseLine'
+ for FILE in ${USERFILES[@]};do
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}" 'AsDeletingLine'
+ rm -r $FILE
+ done
+ fi
+
+ # Create symbolic links. In case the the symbolic link parent
+ # directory isn't created, it will be created in order to make
+ # the link creation possible.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${LINKS_SRC[*]}" 'doCreate' 'AsResponseLine'
+ while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#LINKS_SRC[*]} ]];do
+
+ if [[ -f ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]} ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]}" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]}" 'AsCreatingLine'
+ fi
+
+ if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]}) ]];then
+ mkdir -p $(dirname ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]})
+ fi
+
+ ln ${LINKS_DST[$COUNT]} ${LINKS_SRC[$COUNT]} --symbolic --force
+
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doPackages.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doPackages.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c119cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_doPackages.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# prepare_doPackages.sh -- This function verifies the required
+# packages your workstation needs to have installed in order for
+# centos-art command to run correctly. If there is one or more missing
+# packages, the `centos-art.sh' script asks you to confirm their
+# installation through yum.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function prepare_doPackages {
+
+ # Verify `--packages' option.
+ if [[ $FLAG_PACKAGES == 'false' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ # Print line separator.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking required packages"`" 'AsResponseLine'
+
+ # Print line separator.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ local PACKAGE=''
+ local WARNING=''
+ local PACKAGES=''
+ local PACKAGES_THIRDS=''
+ local -a PACKAGES_MISSING
+ local RPM='/bin/rpm'
+ local YUM='/usr/bin/yum'
+
+ # Check execution rights of package managers.
+ cli_checkFiles $RPM 'x'
+ cli_checkFiles $YUM 'x'
+
+ # Define required packages needed by centos-art.sh script.
+ PACKAGES="inkscape ImageMagick netpbm netpbm-progs syslinux gimp
+ coreutils texinfo info tetex-latex tetex-fonts tetex-xdvi
+ tetex-dvips gettext texi2html gnome-doc-utils elinks
+ docbook-style-xsl docbook-utils docbook-dtds
+ docbook-style-dsssl docbook-simple docbook-utils-pdf
+ docbook-slides firefox sudo yum rpm"
+
+ # Define packages from third party repositories (i.e., packages
+ # not included in CentOS [base] repository.) required by
+ # centos-art to work as expected.
+ PACKAGES_THIRDS="(inkscape|blender)"
+
+ # Build list of missing packages.
+ for PACKAGE in $PACKAGES;do
+ $RPM -q --queryformat "%{NAME}\n" $PACKAGE --quiet
+ if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
+ PACKAGES_MISSING[((++${#PACKAGES_MISSING[*]}))]=$PACKAGE
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # Is there any package missing?
+ if [[ ${#PACKAGES_MISSING[*]} -eq 0 ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The required packages has been already installed."`"
+ return
+ fi
+
+ # At this point there is one or more missing packages that need to
+ # be installed in the workstation. Report this issue and specify
+ # which these packages are.
+ cli_printMessage "`ngettext "The following package needs to be installed" \
+ "The following packages need to be installed" \
+ "${#PACKAGES_MISSING[*]}"`:"
+
+ # Build report of missing packages and remark those comming from
+ # third party repository.
+ for PACKAGE in ${PACKAGES_MISSING[@]};do
+ if [[ $PACKAGE =~ $PACKAGES_THIRDS ]];then
+ WARNING=" (`gettext "requires third party repository!"`)"
+ fi
+ cli_printMessage "${PACKAGE}${WARNING}" 'AsResponseLine'
+ done
+
+ # Print confirmation request.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue"`" 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine'
+
+ # Use sudo to install the missing packages in your system through
+ # yum.
+ sudo ${YUM} install ${PACKAGES_MISSING[*]}
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_getArguments.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_getArguments.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2644b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Prepare/prepare_getArguments.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# prepare_getArguments.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed
+# to `prepare' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function prepare_getArguments {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="quiet,answer:,packages,links,environment"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Look for options passed through command-line.
+ while true; do
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --quiet )
+ FLAG_QUIET="true"
+ FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --answer )
+ FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --packages )
+ FLAG_PACKAGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --links )
+ FLAG_LINKS="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --environment )
+ FLAG_ENVIRONMENT="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ break
+ esac
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..959b549
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render.sh -- This function initializes rendition variables and
+# actions to centos-art.sh script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render {
+
+ local ACTIONNAM=''
+ local ACTIONVAL=''
+
+ # Initialize `--releasever' option. The release version option
+ # controls the release number used to produce release-specific
+ # content. By default no release number is used.
+ local FLAG_RELEASEVER=''
+
+ # Initialize `--basearch' option. The base architecture option
+ # controls the architecture type used to produce
+ # architecture-specific content. By default no architecture type
+ # is used.
+ local FLAG_BASEARCH=''
+
+ # Initialize `--theme-model' option. The theme model option
+ # specifies the the theme model name used to produce theme
+ # artistic motifs.
+ local FLAG_THEME_MODEL='Default'
+
+ # Initialize `--convert' option. The convert option controls
+ # whether convert or not content produced by centos-art
+ # base-rendition. By default there is no content convertion.
+ local FLAG_CONVERT=''
+
+ # Initialize `--rotate' option. The rotate option controls whether
+ # rotate or not image content produced by centos-art
+ # base-rendition. By default there is no content rotation.
+ local FLAG_ROTATE=''
+
+ # Initialize `--resize' option. The resize option controls whether
+ # resize or not content produced by centos-art base-rendition. By
+ # default there is no content resizing.
+ local FLAG_RESIZE=''
+
+ # Initialize `--group-by' option. The grouped-by option specifies
+ # whether grouping or not content produced by centos-art
+ # base-rendition. By default there is no content grouping.
+ local FLAG_GROUPED_BY=''
+
+ # Interpret arguments and options passed through command-line.
+ render_getArguments
+
+ # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point,
+ # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and
+ # only non-option arguments remain in it.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Define action name. No matter what option be passed to
+ # centos-art, there is only one action to perform (i.e., the
+ # base-rendition flow).
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAME}_doBaseActions"
+
+ # Define action value. We use non-option arguments to define the
+ # action value (ACTIONVAL) variable.
+ for ACTIONVAL in "$@";do
+
+ if [[ $ACTIONVAL == '--' ]];then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
+ # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
+ # copy.
+ cli_checkRepoDirSource
+
+ # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At
+ # this point, changes in the repository are merged in the
+ # working copy and changes in the working copy committed up to
+ # repository.
+ cli_syncroRepoChanges
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only.
+ # At this point, changes in the repository are not merged in
+ # the working copy, but chages in the working copy do are
+ # committed up to repository.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_checkSvgAbsref.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_checkSvgAbsref.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..89b1b2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_checkSvgAbsref.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_checkSvgAbsref.sh -- This function retrives absolute files
+# and checks their existence. In order for design templates to point
+# different artistic motifs, design templates make use of external
+# files that point to specific artistic motif background images. If
+# such external files doesn't exist, print a message and stop script
+# execution. We cannot continue without background information.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_checkSvgAbsref {
+
+ local FILE=''
+ local ABSPATHS=''
+ local ABSPATH=''
+
+ # Define absolute path of file we need to retrive absolute paths
+ # from.
+ FILE="$1"
+
+ # Verify existence of file we need to retrive absolute paths from.
+ cli_checkFiles $FILE 'f'
+
+ # Retrive absolute paths from file.
+ ABSPATHS=$(egrep "(sodipodi:absref|xlink:href)=\"${HOME}.+" $FILE \
+ | sed -r "s,.+=\"(${HOME}.+)\".*,\1,")
+
+ # Verify absolute paths retrived from file.
+ for ABSPATH in $ABSPATHS;do
+ cli_checkFiles "$ABSPATH" 'f'
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e5f818a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_convertDocbookToXhtml.sh -- This function produces XHTML
+# output from docbook template instance using XSL stylesheets as
+# reference.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_convertDocbookToXhtml {
+
+ # Print action message.
+ if [[ -f ${FILE}.xhtml ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.xhtml" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.xhtml" 'AsCreatingLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define list of XSL stylesheets.
+ local XSL='/usr/share/sgml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets/xhtml/docbook.xsl'
+
+ # Produce xhtml output from docbook template instance using XSL
+ # stylesheets as reference.
+ xsltproc ${XSL} $INSTANCE > ${FILE}.xhtml
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToHex.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToHex.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6715ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToHex.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_convertGplToHex.sh -- This function takes one palette
+# produced by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs the list
+# of hexadecimal colors and their respective index position the
+# `pnmtolss16' program needs (e.g., #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all
+# values in the same line]).
+#
+# Copyright 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_convertGplToHex {
+
+ local COLOR=''
+ local COUNT=0
+ local -a FILES
+
+ # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
+ # retrive color information from.
+ local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
+
+ # Define path to HEX palette. This is the palette used to stored
+ # the color information the `ppmtolss16' program needs.
+ local PALETTE_HEX="$2"
+
+ # Define the number of colors this function should return.
+ local COLOR_NUMBER="$3"
+
+ # Verify the number of colors this function should return. As
+ # convenction, we are producing images in 14 and 16 colors only to
+ # cover Grub and Syslinux images need respectively.
+ if [[ ! $COLOR_NUMBER =~ '^(14|16)$' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "Reducing image to \\\`\\\$COLOR_NUMBER' colors is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
+ local COLORS=$(render_getColors "$PALETTE_GPL")
+
+ # Verify number of colors returned in the list.
+ if [[ ! $(echo "$COLORS" | wc -l) =~ $COLOR_NUMBER ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The palette doesn't have the correct number of colors."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Verify format of colors inside the list.
+ for COLOR in $COLORS;do
+ if [[ ! $COLOR =~ '^[0-9a-f]{6}$' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\`\\\$COLOR' string isn't a valid color code."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # Create list of colors to be process by pnmtolss16
+ echo "$COLORS" | nl | awk '{ printf "#%s=%d ", $2, $1 - 1 }' \
+ > $PALETTE_HEX
+
+ # Verify HEX palette existence.
+ cli_checkFiles "$PALETTE_PPM" 'f'
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToPpm.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToPpm.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f8d6ce0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertGplToPpm.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_convertGplToPpm.sh -- This function takes one palette
+# produced by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs one PPM
+# file based on it (e.g., syslinux.ppm).
+#
+# Copyright 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_convertGplToPpm {
+
+ local COLOR=''
+ local COUNT=0
+ local -a FILES
+
+ # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
+ # retrive color information from.
+ local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
+
+ # Define path to PPM palette. This is the .ppm file we'll save
+ # color information to.
+ local PALETTE_PPM="$2"
+
+ # Define the number of colors this function should return.
+ local COLOR_NUMBER="$3"
+
+ # Verify the number of colors this function should return. As
+ # convenction, we are producing images in 14 and 16 colors only to
+ # cover Grub and Syslinux images need respectively.
+ if [[ ! $COLOR_NUMBER =~ '^(14|16)$' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "Reducing image to \\\`\\\$COLOR_NUMBER' colors is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
+ local COLORS=$(render_getColors "$PALETTE_GPL")
+
+ # Verify number of colors returned in the list.
+ if [[ ! $(echo "$COLORS" | wc -l) =~ $COLOR_NUMBER ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The palette doesn't have the correct number of colors."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Verify format of colors inside the list.
+ for COLOR in $COLORS;do
+ if [[ ! $COLOR =~ '^[0-9a-f]{6}$' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\`\\\$COLOR' string isn't a valid color code."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # Create temporal images (of 1x1 pixel each) for each color
+ # retrived from Gimp's palette.
+ for COLOR in $COLORS;do
+ FILES[$COUNT]=$(cli_getTemporalFile "color-${COUNT}.ppm")
+ ppmmake $(echo "$COLOR" \
+ | sed -r 's!(.{2})(.{2})(.{2})!rgb:\1/\2/\3!') 1 1 \
+ > ${FILES[$COUNT]}
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+ done
+
+ # Concatenate temporal images from left to right to create the PPM
+ # file.
+ pnmcat -lr ${FILES[*]} > $PALETTE_PPM
+
+ # Remove temporal images.
+ rm ${FILES[*]}
+
+ # Verify PPM palette existence.
+ cli_checkFiles "$PALETTE_PPM" 'f'
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertHtmlToText.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertHtmlToText.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a84adbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertHtmlToText.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_convertHtmlToText.sh -- This function takes one HTML file
+# and produces one plain-text file (i.e., without markup inside).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_convertHtml2Text {
+
+ # Verify existence of HTML file.
+ cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.xhtml 'f'
+
+ local COMMAND=''
+ local OPTIONS=''
+
+ # Define the command path to text-based web browser and options
+ # used to produce plain-text files. Most of these programs have a
+ # dump option that print formatted plain-text versions of given
+ # HTML file to stdout.
+ if [[ -x '/usr/bin/lynx' ]];then
+ COMMAND='/usr/bin/lynx'
+ OPTIONS='-force_html -nolist -width 70 -dump'
+ elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/elinks' ]];then
+ COMMAND='/usr/bin/elinks'
+ OPTIONS='-force_html -no-numbering -no-references -width 70 -dump'
+ elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/w3m' ]];then
+ COMMAND='/usr/bin/w3m'
+ OPTIONS='-dump'
+ fi
+
+ if [[ $COMMAND != '' ]];then
+
+ # Print action message.
+ if [[ -f ${FILE}.txt ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" 'AsCreatingLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Convert from HTML to plain-text without markup.
+ ${COMMAND} ${OPTIONS} ${FILE}.xhtml > ${FILE}.txt
+
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "No way to convert from HTML to plain-text found."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertPngTo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertPngTo.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd5e398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_convertPngTo.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_convertPngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
+# to convert images images produced by centos-art base-rendition.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_convertPngTo {
+
+ # Get image formats.
+ local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+ # Check base file existence.
+ cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.png 'f'
+
+ # Check image formats and do convertion.
+ if [[ "$FORMATS" != "" ]];then
+ for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.${FORMAT}" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ convert -quality 85 ${FILE}.png ${FILE}.${FORMAT}
+ done
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_copy.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_copy.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e54abe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_copy.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_copy.sh -- This function duplicates rendition stuff.
+# Rendition stuff is formed by design models, design images and
+# pre-rendition configuration scripts (which includes translations
+# files). This way, when we say to duplicate rendition stuff we are
+# saying to duplicate these four directory structures (i.e., design
+# models, design images, pre-rendition configuration scripts, and
+# related translations files).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_copy {
+
+ # Verify target directory.
+ cli_checkRepoDirTarget
+
+ # Determine what directory structure we are duplicating.
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doBaseActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doBaseActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..231cae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doBaseActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_do.sh -- This function performs base-rendition action
+# for all files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doBaseActions {
+
+ local -a FILES
+ local FILE=''
+ local OUTPUT=''
+ local TEMPLATE=''
+ local PARENTDIR=''
+ local EXTENSION=''
+ local TRANSLATION=''
+ local EXTERNALFILE=''
+ local EXTERNALFILES=''
+ local THIS_FILE_DIR=''
+ local NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
+ local COUNT=0
+
+ # Initialize post-rendition list of actions, the specification of
+ # what actions does centos-art execute immediatly after producing
+ # the base file in the same directory structure.
+ local -a POSTACTIONS
+
+ # Initialize last-rendition list of actions, the specification of
+ # what actions does centos-art execute once all base files in the
+ # same directory structure have been produced, this is just
+ # immediatly before passing to produce the next directory
+ # structure.
+ local -a LASTACTIONS
+
+ # Check theme model directory structure.
+ cli_checkFiles "$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Models/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}" 'd'
+
+ # Verify post-rendition actions passed from command-line and add
+ # them, if any, to post-rendition list of actions.
+ if [[ $FLAG_GROUPED_BY != '' ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="groupSimilarFiles:${FLAG_GROUPED_BY}"
+ fi
+
+ # Define the extension pattern for template files. This is the
+ # file extensions that centos-art will look for in order to build
+ # the list of files to process. The list of files to process
+ # contains the files that match this extension pattern.
+ EXTENSION='\.(svgz|svg|docbook)'
+
+ # Redefine parent directory for current workplace.
+ PARENTDIR=$(basename "${ACTIONVAL}")
+
+ # Define base location of template files.
+ render_getDirTemplate
+
+ # Define list of files to process as array variable. This make
+ # posible to realize verifications like: is the current base
+ # directory equal to the next one in the list of files to process?
+ # This is used to know when centos-art.sh is leaving a directory
+ # structure and entering into another. This information is
+ # required in order for centos-art.sh to know when to apply
+ # last-rendition actions.
+ for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList "${TEMPLATE}" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*${EXTENSION}");do
+ FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
+ done
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES[*]}" '' ''
+
+ # Start processing the base rendition list of FILES. Fun part
+ # approching :-).
+ while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Define base file.
+ FILE=${FILES[$COUNT]}
+
+ # Define the base directory path for the current file being
+ # process.
+ THIS_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$COUNT]})
+
+ # Define the base directory path for the next file that will
+ # be process.
+ if [[ $(($COUNT + 1)) -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];then
+ NEXT_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$(($COUNT + 1))]})
+ else
+ NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
+ fi
+
+ # Print separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Define final location of translation file.
+ TRANSLATION=$(dirname $FILE \
+ | sed -r 's!/trunk/(Identity/)!/trunk/Locales/\1!')/$(cli_getCurrentLocale).po
+
+ # Print final location of translation file.
+ if [[ ! -f "$TRANSLATION" ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "None"`" "AsTranslationLine"
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "$TRANSLATION" 'AsTranslationLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define final location of template file.
+ TEMPLATE=${FILE}
+
+ # Print final location of template file.
+ if [[ ! -f "$TEMPLATE" ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "None"`" "AsDesignLine"
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "$TEMPLATE" 'AsDesignLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define final location of output directory.
+ render_getDirOutput
+
+ # Get relative path to file. The path string (stored in FILE)
+ # has two parts: 1. the variable path and 2. the common path.
+ # The variable path is before the common point in the path
+ # string. The common path is after the common point in the
+ # path string. The common point is the name of the parent
+ # directory (stored in PARENTDIR).
+ #
+ # trunk/Locales/Identity/.../Firstboot/3/splash-small.svg
+ # -------------------------^| the |^------------^
+ # variable path | common | common path
+ # -------------------------v| point | v------------v
+ # trunk/Identity/Themes/M.../Firstboot/Img/3/splash-small.png
+ #
+ # What we do here is remove the varibale path, the common
+ # point, and the file extension parts in the string holding
+ # the path retrived from design models directory structure.
+ # Then we use the common path as relative path to store the
+ # the final image file.
+ #
+ # The file extension is removed from the common path because
+ # it is set when we create the final image file. This
+ # configuration let us use different extensions for the same
+ # file name.
+ #
+ # When we render using renderImage function, the structure of
+ # files under the output directory will be the same used after
+ # the common point in the related design model directory
+ # structure.
+ FILE=$(echo ${FILE} \
+ | sed -r "s!.*${PARENTDIR}/!!" \
+ | sed -r "s/${EXTENSION}$//")
+
+ # Define absolute path to final file (without extension).
+ FILE=${OUTPUT}/$(basename "${FILE}")
+
+ # Define instance name from design model.
+ INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile ${TEMPLATE})
+
+ # Verify translation file existence and create template
+ # instance accordingly.
+ if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION} ]];then
+
+ # Create translated instance from design model.
+ /usr/bin/xml2po -p ${TRANSLATION} ${TEMPLATE} > ${INSTANCE}
+
+ # Remove .xml2po.mo temporal file.
+ if [[ -f ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo ]];then
+ rm ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo
+ fi
+
+ else
+ # Create non-translated instance form design model.
+ /bin/cp ${TEMPLATE} ${INSTANCE}
+ fi
+
+ # Apply translation markers replacements to template instance.
+ cli_replaceTMarkers ${INSTANCE}
+
+ # Verify the extension of template instance and render content
+ # accordingly.
+ if [[ $INSTANCE =~ '\.(svgz|svg)$' ]];then
+
+ # Perform base-rendition action for svg files.
+ render_doSvg
+
+ # Perform post-rendition action for svg files.
+ render_doSvgPostActions
+
+ # Perform last-rendition action for svg files.
+ render_doSvgLastActions
+
+ elif [[ $INSTANCE =~ '\.docbook$' ]];then
+
+ # Perform base-rendition action for docbook files.
+ render_doDocbook
+
+ # Perform post-rendition action for docbook files.
+ #render_doDocbookPostActions
+
+ # Perform base-rendition action for docbook files.
+ #render_doDocbookLastActions
+
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The template file you try to render is not supported yet."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Remove template instance.
+ if [[ -f $INSTANCE ]];then
+ rm $INSTANCE
+ fi
+
+ # Perform post-rendition actions for all files.
+ render_doPostActions
+
+ # Perform last-rendition actions for all files.
+ render_doLastActions
+
+ # Increment file counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doBrands.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doBrands.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9afa94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doBrands.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doBrands.sh -- This function provides last-rendition
+# actions to produce CentOS brands. This function takes both The
+# CentOS Symbol and The CentOS Type images and produces variation of
+# them in different dimensions and formats using ImageMagick tool-set.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doBrands {
+
+ local SOURCEFILE=''
+ local TARGETDIR=''
+ local TARGETFILE=''
+ local NEWFILE=''
+
+ # Define absolute path to image file.
+ local FILE="$1"
+
+ # Define height dimensions you want to produce brands for.
+ local SIZES="16 20 22 24 32 36 40 48 64 96 128 148 164 196 200 512"
+
+ # Define image formats you want to produce brands for.
+ local FORMATS="png xpm pdf jpg tif"
+
+ # Redefine absolute path to directory where final brand images
+ # will be stored. Notice how both final image directory and design
+ # model have the same name, this is intentional in order to keep
+ # images and design models related and organized inside their own
+ # directory structures.
+ local DIRNAME=$(cli_getRepoName "$FILE" 'd')/$(cli_getRepoName "$FILE" 'fd')
+
+ # Check directory where final brand images will be stored.
+ if [[ ! -d $DIRNAME ]];then
+ mkdir -p ${DIRNAME}
+ fi
+
+ for SIZE in ${SIZES};do
+
+ # Redefine name of new file.
+ NEWFILE=${DIRNAME}/${SIZE}
+
+ for FORMAT in ${FORMATS};do
+
+ # Output action information.
+ cli_printMessage "${NEWFILE}.${FORMAT}" "AsCreatingLine"
+
+ # Convert and resize to create new file.
+ convert -resize x${SIZE} ${FILE}.png ${NEWFILE}.${FORMAT}
+
+ done
+
+ # Create logo copy in 2 colors.
+ cli_printMessage "${NEWFILE}.xbm (`gettext "2 colors grayscale"`)" "AsCreatingLine"
+ convert -resize x${SIZE} -colorspace gray -colors 2 ${FILE}.png ${NEWFILE}.xbm
+
+ # Create logo copy in emboss effect.
+ cli_printMessage "${NEWFILE}-emboss.png" "AsCreatingLine"
+ convert -resize x${SIZE} -emboss 1 ${FILE}.png ${NEWFILE}-emboss.png
+
+ done
+
+ # Output division line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doDm.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doDm.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c7edb46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doDm.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doDm.sh -- This function collects Display Manager (DM)
+# required files and creates a tar.gz package that groups them all
+# together. Use this function as last-rendition action for Gdm and Kdm
+# base-rendition actions.
+#
+# Usage:
+#
+# ACTIONS[1]='LAST:renderDm:TYPE:RESOLUTION'
+#
+# Where:
+#
+# TYPE can be either `Gdm' or `Kdm'. These values correspond to the
+# directory names used to store related design models.
+#
+# RESOLUTION represents the screen resolution tar.gz files are
+# produced for (e.g., 800x600, 1024x768, 2048x1536, etc.).
+#
+# In order to produce tar.gz files correctly, both screen resolution
+# definition inside pre-rendition configuration script and background
+# name inside theme directory structure need to match one another. If
+# one screen resolution is defined correctly, but there is no
+# background information for it, the related tar.gz file is not
+# produced and the next file in the list of files to process is
+# evaluated.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doDm {
+
+ local -a SRC
+ local -a DST
+ local DM=''
+ local TGZ=''
+ local COUNT=0
+ local RESOLUTION=''
+ local RESOLUTIONS=''
+
+ # Print separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Get display manager passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
+ # configuration script.
+ DM=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '2')
+
+ # Sanitate display manager passed from render.conf.sh
+ # pre-rendition configuration script. Whatever value be retrived
+ # as display manager configuration option is converted to
+ # uppercase in order to match either Gdm or Kdm design model
+ # directory structures.
+ DM=$(cli_getRepoName "$DM" 'd')
+
+ # Get screen resolutions passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
+ # configuration script.
+ RESOLUTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '3')
+
+ # Check screen resolutions passed from render.conf.sh
+ # pre-rendition configuration script.
+ if [[ "$RESOLUTIONS" == '' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no resolution information to process."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage $(caller) "AsToKnowMoreLine"
+ fi
+
+ # Define source files using absolute paths.
+ SRC[0]=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Brands/Img/symbol-resized-48.png
+ SRC[1]=${OUTPUT}/release.png
+ SRC[2]=${OUTPUT}/screenshot.png
+ SRC[3]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.xml
+ SRC[4]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
+ SRC[5]=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Backgrounds/Img/Png
+ SRC[6]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-language.png
+ SRC[7]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-reboot.png
+ SRC[8]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-session.png
+ SRC[9]=$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-shutdown.png
+
+ # Define name used as temporal holder to build tar.gz file.
+ TGZ=$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme-name')
+
+ # Define target files using relative paths.
+ DST[0]=${TGZ}/centos-symbol.png
+ DST[1]=${TGZ}/centos-release.png
+ DST[2]=${TGZ}/screenshot.png
+ DST[3]=${TGZ}/${TGZ}.xml
+ DST[4]=${TGZ}/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
+ DST[5]=${TGZ}/background.png
+ DST[6]=${TGZ}/icon-language.png
+ DST[7]=${TGZ}/icon-reboot.png
+ DST[8]=${TGZ}/icon-session.png
+ DST[9]=${TGZ}/icon-shutdown.png
+
+ # Move into the working directory.
+ pushd ${OUTPUT} > /dev/null
+
+ # Create directory used as temporal holder to build tar.gz file.
+ if [[ ! -d ${TGZ} ]];then
+ mkdir ${TGZ}
+ fi
+
+ for RESOLUTION in $RESOLUTIONS;do
+
+ while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
+
+ if [[ $COUNT -eq 5 ]];then
+
+ # Redefine background information using resolution as
+ # reference. Avoid concatenation.
+ SRC[$COUNT]=$(echo "${SRC[$COUNT]}" | cut -d/ -f-13)/${RESOLUTION}-final.png
+
+ # If background information defined inside
+ # pre-rendition configuration script doesn't match
+ # background information inside theme-specific
+ # backgrounds directory structure, try the next
+ # background definition.
+ if [[ ! -f ${SRC[$COUNT]} ]];then
+ continue 2
+ fi
+
+ elif [[ $COUNT =~ '^[6-9]$' ]];then
+
+ # If display manager is Kdm, then increment counter and
+ # resume the next iteration. Icons aren't used on Kdm,
+ # so there's no need to have them inside it.
+ if [[ $DM =~ '^Kdm$' ]];then
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ fi
+
+ # Check existence of source files.
+ cli_checkFiles ${SRC[$COUNT]}
+
+ # Copy files from source to target location.
+ cp ${SRC[$COUNT]} ${DST[$COUNT]}
+
+ # Replace common translation markers from design model
+ # files with appropriate information.
+ if [[ $COUNT =~ '^(3|4)$' ]];then
+ cli_replaceTMarkers "${DST[$COUNT]}"
+ fi
+
+ # Increment counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Reset counter.
+ COUNT=0
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" "AsCreatingLine"
+
+ # Create tar.gz file.
+ tar -czf "${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" $TGZ
+
+ done
+
+ # Remove directory used as temporal holder to build targ.gz
+ # file.
+ rm -r $TGZ
+
+ # Remove release-specific images.
+ cli_printMessage "${SRC[1]}" "AsDeletingLine"
+ rm ${SRC[1]}
+ cli_printMessage "${SRC[2]}" "AsDeletingLine"
+ rm ${SRC[2]}
+
+ # Return to where we were initially.
+ popd > /dev/null
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doDocbook.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doDocbook.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..86f738d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doDocbook.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doDocbook.sh -- This function performs base-rendition
+# action for DocBook files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doDocbook {
+
+ # Produce xhtml output from docbook template instance using XSL
+ # stylesheets as reference.
+ render_convertDocbookToXhtml
+
+ # Produce plaintext output from html outout.
+ render_convertHtml2Text
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doGrub.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doGrub.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d4286e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doGrub.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doGrub.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
+# action used to produce GRUB images.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doGrub {
+
+ # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
+ local COLOR_NUMBER='14'
+
+ # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
+ # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
+ # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
+ # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
+ local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+ # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
+ # aviod using options used already in this script. For example
+ # -verbose and -mapfile options.
+ for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
+ # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
+ OPTION=$(echo -n $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
+ if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\$OPTION option is already used."`"
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # Define file name prefix.
+ local PREFIX="-${COLOR_NUMBER}c"
+
+ # Redefine file name prefix using options as reference. This is
+ # useful to differenciate final files produced using
+ # Floyd-Steinberg dithering and files which are not.
+ if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
+ PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
+ fi
+
+ # Define theme-specific palettes directory.
+ local PALETTES=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Palettes
+
+ # Define absolute path to GPL palette. This palettes should have
+ # 14 colors only. For more information on this see the GRUB's
+ # documentation.
+ local PALETTE_GPL=${PALETTES}/grub.gpl
+
+ # Verify GPL palette existence.
+ cli_checkFiles $PALETTE_GPL 'f'
+
+ # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
+ # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
+ # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
+ # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
+ local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "grub.ppm")
+
+ # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
+ # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
+ # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
+ # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ pngtopnm -verbose \
+ < ${FILE}.png 2>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}.pnm
+
+ # Print the path to GPL palette.
+ cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" 'AsPaletteLine'
+
+ # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
+ render_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLOR_NUMBER"
+
+ # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette. Here we use the PPM
+ # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
+ # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
+ < ${FILE}.pnm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
+
+ # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
+ if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
+ rm $PALETTE_PPM
+ fi
+
+ # Create the 14 colors xpm.gz file.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ ppmtoxpm \
+ < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}.xpm \
+ && gzip --force ${FILE}.xpm \
+ && mv ${FILE}.xpm.gz ${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doKsplash.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doKsplash.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e8c08a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doKsplash.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doKsplash.sh -- This function collects KDE splash
+# (KSplash) required files and creates a tar.gz package that groups
+# them all together. Use this function as last-rendition action for
+# KSplash base-rendition action.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doKsplash {
+
+ local -a SRC
+ local -a DST
+ local FONT=''
+ local COUNT=0
+
+ # Define font used to print bottom splash message.
+ FONT=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Fonts/DejaVuLGCSans-Bold.ttf
+
+ # Check existence of font file.
+ cli_checkFiles "$FONT" 'f'
+
+ # Define absolute source location of files.
+ SRC[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
+ SRC[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
+ SRC[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
+ SRC[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
+ SRC[4]="$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/Theme.rc"
+
+ # Check absolute source location of files.
+ cli_checkFiles "${SRC[@]}" 'f'
+
+ # Define relative target location of files.
+ DST[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
+ DST[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
+ DST[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
+ DST[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
+ DST[4]="${OUTPUT}/Theme.rc"
+
+ # Print action message.
+ cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/Preview.png" 'AsCreatingLine'
+
+ # Create `Preview.png' image.
+ convert -append ${SRC[0]} ${SRC[1]} ${SRC[3]} ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
+
+ # Add bottom text to Preview.png image. The text position was set
+ # inside an image of 400x300 pixels. If you change the final
+ # preview image dimension, you probably need to change the text
+ # position too.
+ mogrify -draw 'text 6,295 "KDE is up and running."' \
+ -fill \#ffffff \
+ -font $FONT \
+ ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
+
+ # Copy `Theme.rc' file.
+ cp ${SRC[4]} ${DST[4]}
+
+ # Apply common translation markers to Theme.rc file.
+ cli_replaceTMarkers "${DST[4]}"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doLastActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doLastActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9b35d4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doLastActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doLastActions.sh -- This function performs
+# last-rendition actions for all files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doLastActions {
+
+ local ACTION=''
+
+ # Verify position of file being produced in the list of files been
+ # currently processed.
+ if [[ $THIS_FILE_DIR != $NEXT_FILE_DIR ]];then
+
+ # At this point centos-art.sh should be producing the last
+ # file from the same unique directory structure, so, before
+ # producing images for the next directory structure lets
+ # execute last-rendition actions for the current directory
+ # structure.
+ for ACTION in "${LASTACTIONS[@]}"; do
+
+ case "${ACTION}" in
+
+ groupSimilarFiles:* )
+ render_groupSimilarFiles
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ done
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doPostActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doPostActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8fa8fb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doPostActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doPostActions.sh -- This function performs
+# post-rendition actions for all files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doPostActions {
+
+ local ACTION=''
+
+ for ACTION in "${POSTACTIONS[@]}"; do
+
+ case "${ACTION}" in
+
+ groupSimilarFiles:* )
+ render_groupSimilarFiles
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvg.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvg.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54a678a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvg.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doSvg.sh -- This function performs base-rendition
+# action for SVG files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doSvg {
+
+ # Define export id used inside design templates. This value
+ # defines the design area we want to export.
+ local EXPORTID='CENTOSARTWORK'
+
+ # Check export id inside design templates.
+ grep "id=\"$EXPORTID\"" $INSTANCE > /dev/null
+ if [[ $? -gt 0 ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "There is no export id (\\\$EXPORTID) inside \\\$TEMPLATE."`" "AsErrorLine"
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Check existence of external files. Inside design templates and
+ # their instances, external files are used to refere the
+ # background information required by the design template. If such
+ # background information is not available the image is produced
+ # without background information. This is something that need to
+ # be avoided.
+ render_checkSvgAbsref "$INSTANCE"
+
+ # Render template instance using inkscape. Modify the inkscape
+ # output to reduce the amount of characters used in description
+ # column at final output.
+ cli_printMessage "$(inkscape $INSTANCE \
+ --export-id=$EXPORTID --export-png=${FILE}.png | sed -r \
+ -e "s!Area !`gettext "Area"`: !" \
+ -e "s!Background RRGGBBAA:!`gettext "Background"`: RRGGBBAA!" \
+ -e "s!Bitmap saved as:!`gettext "Saved as"`:!")" 'AsRegularLine'
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvgLastActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvgLastActions.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0235f68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvgLastActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doSvgLastActions.sh -- This function performs
+# last-rendition actions for SVG files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doSvgLastActions {
+
+ local ACTION=''
+
+ # Verify position of file being produced in the list of files been
+ # currently processed.
+ if [[ $THIS_FILE_DIR == $NEXT_FILE_DIR ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ # Define SVG-directory-specific last-rendition actions processing
+ # as local to this function. Otherwise it may confuse command-line
+ # last-rendition actions.
+ local -a LASTACTIONS
+
+ # Add directory-specific last-rendition actions to the list of
+ # post actions and last actions. This is required in order to
+ # provide a predictable way of producing content inside the
+ # repository and save you the time of writing long option
+ # combinations each time you need to produce images inside the
+ # repository.
+ if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Gdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+ LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderDm:Gdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
+ elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Kdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+ LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderDm:Kdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
+ elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Ksplash/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+ LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderKsplash'
+ fi
+
+ # At this point centos-art.sh should be producing the last file
+ # from the same unique directory structure, so, before producing
+ # images for the next directory structure lets execute
+ # last-rendition actions for the current directory structure.
+ for ACTION in "${LASTACTIONS[@]}"; do
+
+ case "${ACTION}" in
+
+ renderKsplash )
+ render_doKsplash
+ ;;
+
+ renderDm:* )
+ render_doDm
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvgPostActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvgPostActions.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aecc36c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSvgPostActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doSvgPostActions.sh -- This function performs
+# post-rendition actions for SVG files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doSvgPostActions {
+
+ local ACTION=''
+
+ # Define SVG-directory-specific post-rendition actions processing
+ # as local to this function. Otherwise it may confuse command-line
+ # post-rendition actions.
+ local -a POSTACTIONS
+
+ # Execute SVG directory-specific post-rendition actions to the
+ # list of post actions and last actions. This is required in order
+ # to provide a predictable way of producing content inside the
+ # repository and save you the time of writing long option
+ # combinations each time you need to produce images inside the
+ # repository.
+ if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Backgrounds/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo: jpg'
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='groupSimilarFiles: png jpg'
+ elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Syslinux/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderSyslinux'
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderSyslinux:-floyd'
+ elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Grub" ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderGrub'
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderGrub:-floyd'
+ elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern')/Ksplash/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='renderKsplash'
+ fi
+
+ # Verify svg-related post-rendition actions passed from
+ # command-line and add them, if any, to post-rendition list of
+ # actions.
+ if [[ $FLAG_CONVERT != '' ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="convertPngTo:${FLAG_CONVERT}"
+ fi
+ if [[ $FLAG_ROTATE != '' ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="rotatePngTo:${FLAG_ROTATE}"
+ fi
+ if [[ $FLAG_RESIZE != '' ]];then
+ POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="resizePngTo:${FLAG_RESIZE}"
+ fi
+
+ # Execute post-rendition actions.
+ for ACTION in "${POSTACTIONS[@]}"; do
+
+ case "${ACTION}" in
+
+ convertPngTo:* )
+ render_convertPngTo
+ ;;
+
+ rotatePngTo:* )
+ render_rotatePngTo
+ ;;
+
+ resizePngTo:* )
+ render_resizePngTo
+ ;;
+
+ renderSyslinux* )
+ render_doSyslinux
+ ;;
+
+ renderGrub* )
+ render_doGrub
+ ;;
+
+ renderBrands )
+ render_doBrands
+ ;;
+
+ groupSimilarFiles:* )
+ render_groupSimilarFiles
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSyslinux.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSyslinux.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..164c77b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_doSyslinux.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_doSyslinux.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
+# action used to produce LSS16 images, the images used by isolinux.
+#
+# This function uses three different formats to handle the same color
+# information. Initially, the color information is defined with GIMP
+# (The GNU Image Manipulation Program) as a palette of color. This
+# palette of colors contains 16 colors only and is saved in a file
+# named `syslinux.gpl.
+#
+# The `syslinux.gpl' file is used to build two other files: the
+# `syslinux.ppm' file and the `syslinux.hex' file. The `syslinux.ppm'
+# file is used to reduce a full color PNG image to the amount of
+# colors it specifies (i.e., 16 colors). Later, with the 16 color
+# image already created, the `syslinux.hex' file is used to build the
+# LSS16 image.
+#
+# In order to produce images in LSS16 format correctly, it is needed
+# that both the `syslinux.ppm' and `syslinux.hex' files contain the
+# same color information. This is, both `syslinux.ppm' and
+# `syslinux.hex' shoud represent the same color values and the same
+# color index.
+#
+# This function save you the work of preparing both `syslinux.ppm' and
+# `syslinux.hex'. Instead, you only need to prepare the `syslinux.gpl'
+# file with the color information you want to produce images.
+#
+# In order for this function to work, the `syslinux.gpl' file should
+# have a format similar to the following:
+#
+# GIMP Palette
+# Name: TreeFlower-4-Syslinux
+# Columns: 16
+# #
+# 10 22 40 0a1628
+# 9 28 52 091c34
+# 16 34 63 10223f
+# 20 37 67 142543
+# 15 39 74 0f274a
+# 12 45 85 0c2d55
+# 20 43 78 142b4e
+# 255 255 255 ffffff
+# 21 51 95 15335f
+# 41 52 70 293446
+# 32 76 141 204c8d
+# 77 90 107 4d5a6b
+# 143 154 167 8f9aa7
+# 128 179 255 80b3ff
+# 194 200 202 c2c8ca
+# 231 241 255 e7f1ff
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_doSyslinux {
+
+ # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
+ local COLOR_NUMBER='16'
+
+ # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
+ # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
+ # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
+ # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
+ local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+ # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
+ # aviod using options already used in this script. For example
+ # -verbose and -mapfile options.
+ for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
+ # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
+ OPTION=$(echo $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
+ if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\$OPTION option is already used."`"
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # Define default file name prefix for 16 colors images.
+ local PREFIX="-${COLOR_NUMBER}c"
+
+ # Re-define 16 colors images default file name prefix using
+ # options as reference. This is useful to differenciate final
+ # files produced using Floyd-Steinberg dithering and final files
+ # which are not.
+ if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
+ PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
+ fi
+
+ # Define theme-specific palettes directory.
+ local PALETTES=$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Identity/Themes/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent '--theme')/Palettes
+
+ # Define absolute path to GPL palette. The GPL palette defines the
+ # color information used to build syslinux images. This palette
+ # should be set to 16 colors and, as specified in isolinux
+ # documentation, the background color should be indexed on
+ # position 0 and the forground in position 7 (see
+ # /usr/share/doc/syslinux-X.XX/isolinux.doc, for more
+ # information.)
+ local PALETTE_GPL=${PALETTES}/syslinux.gpl
+
+ # Verify GPL palette existence.
+ cli_checkFiles $PALETTE_GPL 'f'
+
+ # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
+ # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
+ # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
+ # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
+ local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.ppm")
+
+ # Define the HEX palette. The HEX palette is built from source
+ # palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color information in the
+ # format understood by `ppmtolss16', the program used to produce
+ # images in LSS16 format. The HEX palette stores just one line
+ # with the color information as described in isolinux
+ # documentation (i.e #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all values in the
+ # same line])
+ local PALETTE_HEX=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.hex")
+
+ # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
+ # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
+ # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
+ # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ pngtopnm -verbose \
+ < ${FILE}.png 2>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}.pnm
+
+ # Print the path to GPL palette.
+ cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" 'AsPaletteLine'
+
+ # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
+ render_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLOR_NUMBER"
+
+ # Create HEX palette using GPL palette.
+ render_convertGplToHex "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_HEX" "$COLOR_NUMBER"
+
+ # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette. Here we use the PPM
+ # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
+ # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
+ < ${FILE}.pnm 2>> ${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm
+
+ # Create LSS16 image.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ ppmtolss16 $(cat $PALETTE_HEX) \
+ < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss
+
+ # Remove HEX palette. It is no longer needed.
+ if [[ -f ${PALETTE_HEX} ]];then
+ rm $PALETTE_HEX
+ fi
+
+ # Create the PPM image indexed to 16 colors. Also the colormap
+ # used in the LSS16 image is saved on ${FILE}.log; this is useful to
+ # verify the correct order of colors in the image index.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ lss16toppm -map \
+ < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
+
+ # Create the 16 colors PNG image.
+ cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.png" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ pnmtopng -verbose -palette=$PALETTE_PPM \
+ < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${FILE}.log > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.png
+
+ # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
+ if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
+ rm $PALETTE_PPM
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getArguments.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getArguments.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48c975d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getArguments.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getArguments.sh -- This function interprets arguments passed to
+# render functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getArguments {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="filter:,quiet,answer:,dont-commit-changes,releasever:,basearch:,convert:,rotate:,resize:,group-by:,theme-model:"
+
+ # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using getopt output.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Look for options passed through command-line.
+ while true; do
+
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --filter )
+ FLAG_FILTER="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --quiet )
+ FLAG_QUIET="true"
+ FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --answer )
+ FLAG_ANSWER="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --dont-commit-changes )
+ FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES="true"
+ shift 1
+ ;;
+
+ --releasever )
+ FLAG_RELEASEVER="$2"
+ if [[ ! $FLAG_RELEASEVER =~ $(cli_getPathComponent '--release-pattern') ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The release version provided is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --basearch )
+ FLAG_BASEARCH="$2"
+ if [[ ! $FLAG_BASEARCH =~ $(cli_getPathComponent '--architecture-pattern') ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The architecture provided is not supported."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --convert )
+ FLAG_CONVERT="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --rotate )
+ FLAG_ROTATE="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --resize )
+ FLAG_RESIZE="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --group-by )
+ FLAG_GROUPED_BY="$2"
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --theme-model )
+ FLAG_THEME_MODEL=$(cli_getRepoName "$2" 'd')
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ break
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
+ cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getColors.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getColors.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..da3e6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getColors.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getColors.sh -- This function takes one palette produced by
+# Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs a list of colors as
+# specified.
+#
+# Copyright 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getColors {
+
+ # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
+ # retrive color information from.
+ local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
+
+ # Retrive fourth column of information from GPL palette. The
+ # fourth column of GPL palette contains the palette commentary
+ # field. The palette commentary field can be anything, but for the
+ # sake of our own convenience we use it to store the color
+ # hexadecimal value. Notice that you can put your comments from
+ # the fifth column on.
+ local COLORS=$(sed -r '1,/^#/d' $PALETTE_GPL | awk '{ printf "%s\n", $4 }')
+
+ # Output list of colors.
+ echo "$COLORS"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f5cdcd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getConfigOption.sh -- This function standardizes the way
+# action values are retrived from pre-rendition configuration files.
+# Use this function whenever you need to retrive action values from
+# pre-rendition configuration script.
+#
+# Usage: VAR=$(render_getConfigOption "ACTION" "FIELD")
+#
+# VAR is the name of the variable where we store the option named
+# returned by render_getConfigOption.
+#
+# ACTION is the string definition set in the pre-rendition
+# configuration script that holds the action name and its options
+# fields.
+#
+# FIELD is the field number in the action string we want to retrive
+# option from. By default options start from third field on. The first
+# field is reserved for the action type (i.e., POST or LAST), and the
+# second field is reserved for the action itself (e.g., convertPngTo,
+# renderSyslinux, renderKsplash, etc.).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getConfigOption {
+
+ local ACTION="$1"
+ local FIELD="$2"
+ local VALUE=''
+
+ # Check action value. The action's value must be present in order
+ # for this function to work. It provides the string needed to
+ # retrive options from.
+ if [[ "$ACTION" == '' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no action to work with."`"
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Check field value. The field's value must match the cut's
+ # command specification of its -f option.
+ if [[ ! "$FIELD" =~ '^([0-9]+|[0-9]+-|-[0-9]+|[0-9]+-[0-9]+)$' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "The field specified is not valid."`"
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Get option from pre-rendition configuration action definition.
+ VALUE=$(echo -n "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f${FIELD})
+
+ # Sanitate action value passed from pre-rendition configuration
+ # action definition.
+ VALUE=$(echo -n "${VALUE}" \
+ | sed -r 's!^ *!!g' \
+ | sed -r 's!( |,|;) *! !g' \
+ | sed -r 's! *$!!g')
+
+ # Output action value without trailing newline.
+ echo -n "$VALUE"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62f1b95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getDirOutput.sh -- This function defines the final
+# absolute path the centos-art.sh script uses to store identity
+# contents produced at rendition time.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getDirOutput {
+
+ # Define base output directory using design model path as
+ # reference.
+ OUTPUT=$(dirname $FILE | sed -r \
+ -e "s!/Models/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!/Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent "$ACTIONVAL" "--theme")!" \
+ -e "s!/Tpl!!")
+
+ # By default rendered identity content is stored immediatly under
+ # identity entry structure, but if `Img/' directory exists use it
+ # instead.
+ if [[ -d "${OUTPUT}/Img" ]];then
+ OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/Img
+ fi
+
+ # Redefine base output directory to introduce specific information
+ # like release number, architecture, etc.
+ OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FLAG_RELEASEVER}/${FLAG_BASEARCH}
+
+ # Define whether to use or not locale-specific directory to store
+ # content, using current locale information as reference. As
+ # convenction, when we produce content in English language, we do
+ # not add a laguage-specific directory to organize content.
+ # However, when we produce language-specific content in a language
+ # different from English we do use language-specific directory to
+ # organize content.
+ if [[ ! $(cli_getCurrentLocale) =~ '^en' ]];then
+ OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)
+ fi
+
+ # Remove two or more consecutive slashes as well as the last
+ # remaining slash in the path.
+ OUTPUT=$(echo $OUTPUT | sed -r 's!/{2,}!/!g' | sed -r 's!/$!!')
+
+ # Create final output directory, if it doesn't exist yet.
+ if [[ ! -d ${OUTPUT} ]];then
+ mkdir -p ${OUTPUT}
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08e598d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getDirTemplate.sh -- This function re-defines absolute
+# path to artwork's related design templates directory.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getDirTemplate {
+
+ # Initialize design models location using action value as
+ # reference.
+ TEMPLATE=$ACTIONVAL
+
+ # Sanitate design models location. Be sure design models do
+ # always point to trunk directory structure. This is useful to let
+ # `centos-art.sh' script do rendition under branches directory
+ # structure, reusing design models under trunk directory
+ # structure.
+ TEMPLATE=$(echo "$TEMPLATE" | sed "s!/branches/!/trunk/!")
+
+ # Sanitate design models location using or not Tpl/ directory.
+ if [[ -d $TEMPLATE/Tpl ]];then
+ # Using Tpl/ directory is an obsolete practice that should be
+ # avoided. The concept of Tpl/ directory per artwork directory
+ # has been replaced by a common design model directory
+ # structure where we centralize design models for all
+ # different artistic motifs. However, there are some cases
+ # that we may need to use Tpl/ directory still, so we verify
+ # its existence and use it if present.
+ TEMPLATE=$TEMPLATE/Tpl
+ else
+ # Redefine design model location based on theme model
+ # (FLAG_THEME_MODEL) variable value. The theme model variable is
+ # defined in the associated pre-rendition configuration script
+ # and can be used to set which design model to use among a
+ # list of different design models that we can choose from.
+ TEMPLATE=$(echo "$TEMPLATE" \
+ | sed "s!Motifs/$(cli_getPathComponent "$TEMPLATE" '--theme')!Models/$FLAG_THEME_MODEL!")
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_groupSimilarFiles.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_groupSimilarFiles.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..da066d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_groupSimilarFiles.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_groupSimilarFiles.sh -- This function provides
+# post-rendition action to group files inside directories named as
+# their file extensions. For example: if the current file is a .png
+# file, it is moved inside a Png/ directory; if the current file is a
+# .jpg file, it is stored inside a Jpg/ directory, and so on.
+#
+# For this function to work correctly, you need to specify which file
+# type you want to group. This is done in the post-rendition ACTIONS
+# array inside the appropriate `render.conf.sh' pre-configuration
+# script. This function cannot be used as last-rendition action.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_groupSimilarFiles {
+
+ local SOURCE=''
+ local TARGET=''
+
+ # Sanitate file types passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
+ # configuration script.
+ local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+ for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
+
+ # Redifine source file we want to move.
+ SOURCE=${FILE}.${FORMAT}
+
+ # Define target directory where source file will be moved
+ # into.
+ TARGET=$(dirname "$FILE")/$(cli_getRepoName "$FORMAT" 'd')
+
+ # Check existence of source file.
+ cli_checkFiles $SOURCE 'f'
+
+ # Check existence of target directory.
+ if [[ ! -d $TARGET ]];then
+ mkdir -p $TARGET
+ fi
+
+ # Redifine file path to add file and its type.
+ TARGET=${TARGET}/$(cli_getRepoName "$FILE" 'f').${FORMAT}
+
+ # Move file into its final location.
+ cli_printMessage "$TARGET" 'AsMovedToLine'
+ mv ${SOURCE} ${TARGET}
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_resizePngTo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_resizePngTo.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b4ad840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_resizePngTo.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_resizePngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition to
+# resize images produced by centos-art base-rendition.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_resizePngTo {
+
+ local SIZE=''
+ local SIZES=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+ local SRC=''
+ local DST=''
+
+ # Check base file existence.
+ cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.png 'f'
+
+ # Check image degrees.
+ if [[ "$SIZES" != "" ]];then
+
+ # Loop through image degrees and convert them using PNG file
+ # as base.
+ for SIZE in $SIZES;do
+ SRC=${FILE}.png
+ DST=${FILE}-resized-$(echo $SIZE | sed 's!%!!').png
+ cli_printMessage "$DST" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ convert -resize $SIZE ${SRC} ${DST}
+ done
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_rotatePngTo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_rotatePngTo.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29fa05c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Render/render_rotatePngTo.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_rotatePngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
+# to convert images produced by centos-art base-rendition.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_rotatePngTo {
+
+ local COUNT=1
+ local DEGREE=''
+ local DEGREES=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+ local SRC=''
+ local DST=''
+
+ # Check base file existence.
+ cli_checkFiles ${FILE}.png 'f'
+
+ # Check image degrees.
+ if [[ "$DEGREES" != "" ]];then
+
+ # Loop through image degrees and convert them using PNG file
+ # as base.
+ for DEGREE in $DEGREES;do
+ SRC=${FILE}.png
+ DST=${FILE}-rotated-$(echo $DEGREE | sed 's!%!!').png
+ cli_printMessage "$DST" "AsSavedAsLine"
+ convert -rotate $DEGREE ${SRC} ${DST}
+ done
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8e5e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# This file standardizes the look and feel of top comments used by
+# scripts inside CentOS Artwork Repository. It contains the copyright
+# note and the license under which the script is released. This files
+# is used with the regular expression '.*\.sh$' only.
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+/^# +Copyright .*$/a\
+# Copyright (C) =COPYRIGHT_YEAR== =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=\
+# \
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as\
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the\
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.\
+# \
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but\
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\
+# General Public License for more details.\
+#\
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307\
+# USA.\
+# \
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Remove previous comments.
+/^# +Copyright .*$/,/^# -+$/{
+d
+}
+
+# Remove more than one space after comments.
+s/^# +/# /
+
+# Define first line
+1c\
+#!/bin/bash
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f7d573d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# shell.sh -- This function provides very basic string manipulations
+# to help you maintain Bash scripts inside repository.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function shell {
+
+ # Define command-line interface.
+ shell_getActions
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell_getActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell_getActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3f50c91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell_getActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# shell_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
+# `shell' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function shell_getActions {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="update-copyright:"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Look for options passed through command-line.
+ while true; do
+
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --update-copyright )
+
+ # Define action value.
+ ACTIONVAL="$2"
+
+ # Define action name using action value as reference.
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateCopyright"
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ # Break options loop.
+ break
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
+ # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
+ # copy.
+ cli_checkRepoDirSource
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to bring down changes.
+ cli_syncroRepoChanges
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to commit up changes.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell_updateCopyright.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell_updateCopyright.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..42bbae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Shell/shell_updateCopyright.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# shell_updateTopComment.sh -- This function replaces top comment
+# section inside shell scripts (*.sh) with one of many pre-defined
+# templates available. Use this function to maintain shell scripts top
+# comments inside repository.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function shell_updateCopyright {
+
+ local FILE=''
+ local COUNT=0
+ local FILES=''
+ local INSTANCE=''
+ local TEMPLATES=''
+ local -a TITLE
+ local -a VALUE
+ local -a PATTERN
+ local -a PATTERN_MSG
+ local -a DEFAULT
+ local -a MARKER
+
+ # Define absolute path to template file.
+ TEMPLATE="${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions/Shell/Config/tpl_forCopyright.sed"
+
+ # Check template file existence.
+ cli_checkFiles $TEMPLATE 'f'
+
+ # Define file name to template instance.
+ INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile $TEMPLATE)
+
+ # Define copyright information.
+ TITLE[0]="`gettext "Copyright holder"`"
+ TITLE[1]="`gettext "Copyright year"`"
+
+ # Define translation marker. These values are used inside
+ # template file.
+ MARKER[0]='=COPYRIGHT_HOLDER='
+ MARKER[1]='=COPYRIGHT_YEAR='
+
+ # Define pattern. These values are used as regular
+ # expression patterns for user's input further verification.
+ PATTERN[0]='^([[:alnum:] _-.]+)?$'
+ PATTERN[1]='^([[:digit:]]{4})?$'
+
+ # Define pattern message. These values are used as output
+ # message when user's input doesn't match the related pattern.
+ PATTERN_MSG[0]="`gettext "Try using alphanumeric characters."`"
+ PATTERN_MSG[1]="`gettext "Try using numeric characters."`"
+
+ # Define default values.
+ DEFAULT[0]="The CentOS Project. `gettext "All rights reserved."`"
+ DEFAULT[1]=$(date +%Y)
+
+ # Initialize values using user's input.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Enter the information you want to apply:"`"
+ while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Request value.
+ cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
+ read VALUE[$COUNT]
+
+ # Sanitate values to exclude characters that could
+ # introduce possible markup malformations to final SVG files.
+ until [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} =~ ${PATTERN[$COUNT]} ]];do
+ cli_printMessage "${PATTERN_MSG[$COUNT]}"
+ cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
+ read VALUE[$COUNT]
+ done
+
+ # Set default value to empty values.
+ if [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} == '' ]];then
+ VALUE[$COUNT]=${DEFAULT[$COUNT]}
+ fi
+
+ # Increase counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Create template instance.
+ cp $TEMPLATE $INSTANCE
+
+ # Check template instance. We cannot continue if template instance
+ # couldn't be created.
+ cli_checkFiles $INSTANCE 'f'
+
+ # Reset counter.
+ COUNT=0
+
+ while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Apply translation marker replacement.
+ sed -r -i "s!${MARKER[$COUNT]}!${VALUE[$COUNT]}!g" $INSTANCE
+
+ # Increase counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Define list of files to process
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.sh")
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
+
+ # Process list of files.
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Apply template instance to file.
+ sed -r -i -f $INSTANCE $FILE
+
+ done
+
+ # Remove template instance.
+ if [[ -f ${INSTANCE} ]];then
+ rm ${INSTANCE}
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48bd70d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# This file is the metadata information used by CentOS Artwork SIG on
+# its scalable vector graphics (SVG) files. This files is used with
+# the regular expression '.*\.svg$' only.
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+/<metadata/,/<\/metadata/c\
+ <metadata\
+ id="metadata3399">\
+ <rdf:RDF>\
+ <cc:Work\
+ rdf:about="">\
+ <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>\
+ <dc:type\
+ rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />\
+ <cc:license\
+ rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" />\
+ <dc:title>=TITLE=</dc:title>\
+ <dc:date>=DATE=</dc:date>\
+ <dc:creator>\
+ <cc:Agent>\
+ <dc:title>=CREATOR=</dc:title>\
+ </cc:Agent>\
+ </dc:creator>\
+ <dc:rights>\
+ <cc:Agent>\
+ <dc:title>=RIGHTS=</dc:title>\
+ </cc:Agent>\
+ </dc:rights>\
+ <dc:publisher>\
+ <cc:Agent>\
+ <dc:title>=PUBLISHER=</dc:title>\
+ </cc:Agent>\
+ </dc:publisher>\
+ <dc:identifier>=IDENTIFIER=</dc:identifier>\
+ <dc:source>=SOURCE=</dc:source>\
+ <dc:relation>=RELATION=</dc:relation>\
+ <dc:language>=LANGUAGE=</dc:language>\
+ <dc:subject>\
+ <rdf:Bag>\
+=KEYWORDS=\
+ </rdf:Bag>\
+ </dc:subject>\
+ <dc:coverage>=COVERAGE=</dc:coverage>\
+ <dc:description>=DESCRIPTION=</dc:description>\
+ <dc:contributor>\
+ <cc:Agent>\
+ <dc:title>=CONTRIBUTOR=</dc:title>\
+ </cc:Agent>\
+ </dc:contributor>\
+ </cc:Work>\
+ <cc:License\
+ rdf:about="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">\
+ <cc:permits\
+ rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Reproduction" />\
+ <cc:permits\
+ rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Distribution" />\
+ <cc:requires\
+ rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Notice" />\
+ <cc:requires\
+ rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Attribution" />\
+ <cc:permits\
+ rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#DerivativeWorks" />\
+ <cc:requires\
+ rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#ShareAlike" />\
+ </cc:License>\
+ </rdf:RDF>\
+ </metadata>
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8ae161e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg.sh -- This function provides very basic SVG manipulations to
+# help you to maintain svg files inside the repository.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg {
+
+ # Define command-line interface.
+ svg_getActions
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_getActions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_getActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bca9556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_getActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_getActions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to
+# `svg' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_getActions {
+
+ # Define short options we want to support.
+ local ARGSS=""
+
+ # Define long options we want to support.
+ local ARGSL="update-metadata:,vacuum-defs:"
+
+ # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser.
+ cli_doParseArguments
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using output from (getopt) argument
+ # parser.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Look for options passed through command-line.
+ while true; do
+
+ case "$1" in
+
+ --update-metadata )
+
+ # Define action value.
+ ACTIONVAL="$2"
+
+ # Define action name using action value as reference.
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateMetadata"
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ --vacuum-defs )
+
+ # Define action value.
+ ACTIONVAL="$2"
+
+ # Define action name using action value as reference.
+ ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_vacuumDefs"
+
+ # Rotate positional parameters.
+ shift 2
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ # Break options loop.
+ break
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Check action value. Be sure the action value matches the
+ # convenctions defined for source locations inside the working
+ # copy.
+ cli_checkRepoDirSource
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to bring down changes.
+ cli_syncroRepoChanges
+
+ # Execute action name.
+ if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "^${FUNCNAM}_[A-Za-z]+$" ]];then
+ eval $ACTIONNAM
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "A valid action is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Syncronize changes between the working copy and the central
+ # repository to commit up changes.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_updateMetadata.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_updateMetadata.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..502b6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_updateMetadata.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_updateMetadata.sh -- This function updates metadata values
+# inside scalable vector graphic (SVG) files. First, we ask user to
+# provide the information. If user doesn't provide the information,
+# centos-art.sh script uses autogenerated values as default ---when
+# possible--- taking as reference SVG file path.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_updateMetadata {
+
+ local NAM=''
+ local URL=''
+ local KEYS=''
+ local FILE=''
+ local COUNT=0
+ local FILES=''
+ local INSTANCE=''
+ local TEMPLATES=''
+ local -a TITLE
+ local -a VALUE
+ local -a PATTERN
+ local -a PATTERN_MSG
+ local -a MARKER
+ local -a DEFAULT
+
+ # Define template file name.
+ TEMPLATE="${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions/Svg/Config/tpl_forMetadata.sed"
+
+ # Check template file existence.
+ cli_checkFiles $TEMPLATE 'f'
+
+ # Define titles using Inkscape 0.46 metadata definition as reference.
+ TITLE[0]="`gettext "Title"`"
+ TITLE[1]="`gettext "Date"`"
+ TITLE[2]="`gettext "Creator"`"
+ TITLE[3]="`gettext "Rights"`"
+ TITLE[4]="`gettext "Publisher"`"
+ TITLE[5]="`gettext "Identifier"`"
+ TITLE[6]="`gettext "Source"`"
+ TITLE[7]="`gettext "Relation"`"
+ TITLE[8]="`gettext "Language"`"
+ TITLE[9]="`gettext "Keywords"`"
+ TITLE[10]="`gettext "Coverage"`"
+ TITLE[11]="`gettext "Description"`"
+ TITLE[12]="`gettext "Contributor"`"
+
+ # Define markers. These values are used inside template.
+ MARKER[0]='=TITLE='
+ MARKER[1]='=DATE='
+ MARKER[2]='=CREATOR='
+ MARKER[3]='=RIGHTS='
+ MARKER[4]='=PUBLISHER='
+ MARKER[5]='=IDENTIFIER='
+ MARKER[6]='=SOURCE='
+ MARKER[7]='=RELATION='
+ MARKER[8]='=LANGUAGE='
+ MARKER[9]='=KEYWORDS='
+ MARKER[10]='=COVERAGE='
+ MARKER[11]='=DESCRIPTION='
+ MARKER[12]='=CONTRIBUTOR='
+
+ # Define pattern. These values are used as regular
+ # expression patterns for user's input further verification.
+ PATTERN[0]='^([[:alnum:] _-.]+)?$'
+ PATTERN[1]='^([0-9]{4}-(0[1-9]|1[0-2])-([0-2][1-9]|3[0-1]))?$'
+ PATTERN[2]=${PATTERN[0]}
+ PATTERN[3]=${PATTERN[0]}
+ PATTERN[4]=${PATTERN[0]}
+ PATTERN[5]='^(https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/[[:alnum:]/._-]+)?$'
+ PATTERN[6]=${PATTERN[5]}
+ PATTERN[7]=${PATTERN[5]}
+ PATTERN[8]='^([a-z]{2}(_[A-Z]{2})?)?$'
+ PATTERN[9]=${PATTERN[0]}
+ PATTERN[10]=${PATTERN[0]}
+ PATTERN[11]=${PATTERN[0]}
+ PATTERN[12]=${PATTERN[0]}
+
+ # Define pattern message. These values are used as output
+ # message when user's input doesn't match the related pattern.
+ PATTERN_MSG[0]="`gettext "Try using alphanumeric characters."`"
+ PATTERN_MSG[1]="`gettext "Try using 'YYYY-MM-DD' date format."`"
+ PATTERN_MSG[2]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[3]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[4]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[5]="`gettext "Only locations under https://projects.centos.ort/svn/artwork are supported."`"
+ PATTERN_MSG[6]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[7]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[8]="`gettext "Try using 'LL' or 'LL_CC' locale format."`"
+ PATTERN_MSG[9]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[10]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[11]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+ PATTERN_MSG[12]=${PATTERN_MSG[0]}
+
+ # Define common default values.
+ DEFAULT[1]=$(date +%Y-%m-%d)
+ DEFAULT[2]="The CentOS Project"
+ DEFAULT[3]=${DEFAULT[2]}
+ DEFAULT[4]=${DEFAULT[2]}
+ DEFAULT[8]=$(cli_getCurrentLocale)
+ DEFAULT[10]=${DEFAULT[2]}
+
+ # Initialize values using user's input.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Enter metadata information you want to apply:"`"
+ while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Request value.
+ cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
+ read VALUE[$COUNT]
+
+ # Sanitate values to exclude characters that could
+ # introduce possible markup malformations to final SVG files.
+ until [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} =~ ${PATTERN[$COUNT]} ]];do
+ cli_printMessage "${PATTERN_MSG[$COUNT]}"
+ cli_printMessage "${TITLE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRequestLine'
+ read VALUE[$COUNT]
+ done
+
+ # Set default value to empty values.
+ if [[ ${VALUE[$COUNT]} == '' ]];then
+ VALUE[$COUNT]=${DEFAULT[$COUNT]}
+ fi
+
+ # Increase counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Build list of files to process.
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "$ACTIONVAL" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.(svgz|svg)")
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
+
+ # Process list of scalable vector graphics.
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Build title from file path.
+ NAM=$(basename "$FILE")
+
+ # Build url from file path.
+ URL=$(echo $FILE | sed 's!/home/centos!https://projects.centos.org/svn!')
+
+ # Build keywords from file path. Do not include filename, it
+ # is already on title.
+ KEYS=$(dirname "$FILE" | cut -d/ -f6- | tr '/' '\n')
+
+ # Build keywords using SVG standard format. Note that this
+ # information is inserted inside template file. The
+ # template file is a replacement set of sed commands
+ # so we need to escape the new line of each line using one
+ # backslash (\). As we are doing this inside bash, it is
+ # required to escape the backslash with another backslash so
+ # one of them passes literally to template file.
+ KEYS=$(\
+ for KEY in $KEYS;do
+ echo " <rdf:li>$KEY</rdf:li>\\"
+ done)
+
+ # Redefine template instance file name.
+ INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile $TEMPLATE)
+
+ # Create template instance.
+ cp $TEMPLATE $INSTANCE
+
+ # Check template instance. We cannot continue if the template
+ # instance couldn't be created.
+ cli_checkFiles $INSTANCE 'f'
+
+ # Reset counter.
+ COUNT=0
+
+ while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#TITLE[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Redefine file-specific values.
+ if [[ $COUNT -eq 0 ]];then
+ VALUE[$COUNT]=$NAM
+ elif [[ $COUNT -eq 5 ]];then
+ VALUE[$COUNT]=$URL
+ elif [[ $COUNT -eq 6 ]];then
+ VALUE[$COUNT]=$URL
+ elif [[ $COUNT -eq 7 ]];then
+ VALUE[$COUNT]=$URL
+ elif [[ $COUNT -eq 9 ]];then
+ VALUE[$COUNT]=$KEYS
+ fi
+
+ # Apply translation marker replacement.
+ if [[ $COUNT -eq 9 ]];then
+ sed -i -r "/${MARKER[$COUNT]}/c\\${VALUE[$COUNT]}" $INSTANCE
+ else
+ sed -i -r "s!${MARKER[$COUNT]}!${VALUE[$COUNT]}!g" $INSTANCE
+ fi
+
+ # Increase counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Sanitate template instance.
+ sed -i -r -e 's/>$/>\\/g' $INSTANCE
+
+ # Apply template instance to scalable vector graphic
+ # file.
+ sed -i -f $INSTANCE $FILE
+
+ # Remove template instance.
+ if [[ -f $INSTANCE ]];then
+ rm $INSTANCE
+ fi
+
+ # Sanitate scalable vector graphic.
+ sed -i -r '/^[[:space:]]*$/d' $FILE
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_vacuumDefs.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_vacuumDefs.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d69f438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/Svg/svg_vacuumDefs.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_vacuumDefs.sh -- This function removes all unused items from the
+# <lt>defs<gt> section of the SVG file massively.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_vacuumDefs {
+
+ local FILE=''
+ local FILES=''
+
+ # Build list of files to process.
+ FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${ACTIONVAL}" "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.(svgz|svg)")
+
+ # Set action preamble.
+ cli_printActionPreamble "${FILES}" '' ''
+
+ # Process list of files.
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Output action message.
+ cli_printMessage "$FILE" 'AsUpdatingLine'
+
+ # Vacuum unused svg definition using inkscape.
+ inkscape --vacuum-defs $FILE &> /dev/null
+
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e90b804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli.sh -- This function initiates centos-art command-line interface.
+# Variables defined in this function are accesible by all other
+# functions. The cli function is the first script executed by
+# centos-art command-line onces invoked.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli {
+
+ # Initialize global variables.
+ local FUNCNAM=''
+ local FUNCDIR=''
+ local FUNCDIRNAM=''
+ local FUNCSCRIPT=''
+ local FUNCCONFIG=''
+ local ARGUMENTS=''
+
+ # Initialize default value to filter flag. The filter flag
+ # (--filter) is used mainly to reduce the number of files to
+ # process. The value of this variable is interpreted as
+ # egrep-posix regular expression. By default, everything matches.
+ local FLAG_FILTER='.+'
+
+ # Initialize default value to verbosity flag. The verbosity flag
+ # (--quiet) controls whether centos-art.sh script prints messages
+ # or not. By default, all messages are printed out.
+ local FLAG_QUIET='false'
+
+ # Initialize default value to answer flag. The answer flag
+ # (--answer) controls whether centos-art.sh script does or does
+ # not pass confirmation request points. By default, it doesn't.
+ local FLAG_ANSWER='false'
+
+ # Initialize default value to don't commit changes flag. The don't
+ # commit changes flag (--dont-commit-changes) controls whether
+ # centos-art.sh script syncronizes changes between the central
+ # repository and the working copy. By default, it does.
+ local FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES='false'
+
+ # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters.
+ cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+ # Define function directory (FUNCDIR). The directory path where
+ # functionalities are stored inside the repository.
+ FUNCDIR=${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions
+
+ # Define function name (FUNCNAM) variable from first command-line
+ # argument. As convenction we use the first argument to determine
+ # the exact name of functionality to call.
+ FUNCNAM=$(cli_getRepoName "$1" 'f')
+
+ # Define function directory.
+ FUNCDIRNAM=$(cli_getRepoName "$FUNCNAM" 'd')
+
+ # Define function file name.
+ FUNCSCRIPT=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/${FUNCNAM}.sh
+
+ # Check function script execution rights.
+ cli_checkFiles $FUNCSCRIPT 'x'
+
+ # Define function configuration directory. The function
+ # configuration directory is used to store functionality's
+ # related files.
+ FUNCCONFIG=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/Config
+
+ # Remove the first argument passed to centos-art.sh command-line
+ # in order to build optional arguments inside functionalities. We
+ # start counting from second argument (inclusive) on.
+ shift 1
+
+ # Redefine ARGUMENTS using current positional parameters.
+ cli_doParseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+ # Define default text editors used by centos-art.sh script.
+ if [[ ! "$EDITOR" =~ '/usr/bin/(vim|emacs|nano)' ]];then
+ EDITOR='/usr/bin/vim'
+ fi
+
+ # Check text editor execution rights.
+ cli_checkFiles $EDITOR 'x'
+
+ # Go for function initialization. Keep the cli_getFunctions
+ # function calling after all variables and arguments definitions.
+ cli_getFunctions
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkFiles.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkFiles.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88c8bff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkFiles.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_checkFiles.sh -- This function standardizes file verifications
+# inside centos-art.sh script. If file verification fails in anyway,
+# centos-art.sh script complains about it and ends up script
+# execution.
+#
+# Usage:
+#
+# cli_checkFiles FILE [TYPE]
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_checkFiles {
+
+ local FILE=''
+ local FILES="$1"
+ local TYPE="$2"
+ local MESSAGE=''
+
+ # Check number of paramaters passed to cli_checkFiles function. At
+ # least one argument should be passed.
+ if [[ $# -lt 1 ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "You need to provide one argument at least."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
+ fi
+
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+ # Check value passed as file to cli_checkFiles function. The
+ # file value cannot be empty nor have extrange values.
+ cli_checkPathComponent "$FILE" '--default'
+
+ # Perform file verification using FILE and TYPE variables.
+ case $TYPE in
+
+ d | directory )
+ # File exists and is a directory
+ if [[ ! -d $FILE ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The directory \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ f | regular-file )
+ # File exists and is a regular file.
+ if [[ ! -f $FILE ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The file \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" is not a regular file."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ h | symbolic-link )
+ # File exists and is a symbolic link.
+ if [[ ! -h $FILE ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The file \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" is not a symbolic link."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ x | execution )
+ # To exist, file should be executable.
+ if [[ ! -x $FILE ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The file \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" is not executable."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ fh )
+ # To exist, file should be a regular file or a symbolic link.
+ if [[ ! -f $FILE ]];then
+ if [[ ! -h $FILE ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ fd )
+ # To exist, file should be a regular file or a directory.
+ if [[ ! -f $FILE ]];then
+ if [[ ! -d $FILE ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ isInWorkingCopy )
+ # To exist, file should be inside the working copy.
+ if [[ ! $FILE =~ "^/home/centos/artwork/.+$" ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist inside the working copy."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ # File exists.
+ if [[ ! -a $FILE ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The path \\\"\\\$FILE\\\" doesn't exist."`"
+ fi
+
+ esac
+
+ done
+
+ # If file verification fails in anyway, output message information
+ # and end up script execution. Otherwise, continue with script
+ # normal flow.
+ if [[ "$MESSAGE" != '' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "$MESSAGE" "AsErrorLine"
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkPathComponent.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkPathComponent.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..673c068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkPathComponent.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_checkPathComponent.sh -- This function checks parts/components
+# from repository paths. Generally, the path information is passed to
+# the function's first positional argument and the part/component we
+# want to check is passed to the function's second positional
+# argument. If the second argument is not passed, then the first
+# argument is assumed to be the part/component we want to check, and
+# the action value (ACTIONVAL) variable is used instead as source path
+# information.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_checkPathComponent {
+
+ local -a PATTERNS
+ local LOCATION=''
+ local OPTION=''
+ local MESSAGE=''
+
+ # Define location which we retrive information from.
+ if [[ "$#" -eq 1 ]];then
+ LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
+ OPTION="$1"
+ elif [[ "$#" -eq 2 ]];then
+ LOCATION="$1"
+ OPTION="$2"
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "Invalid arguments."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define patterns.
+ PATTERNS[0]="^.+/$(cli_getPathComponent "${LOCATION}" '--release-pattern')/.*$"
+ PATTERNS[1]=$(cli_getPathComponent "${LOCATION}" '--release-architecture')
+ PATTERNS[2]=$(cli_getPathComponent "${LOCATION}" '--release-theme')
+
+ # Identify which part of the release we want to output.
+ case "$OPTION" in
+
+ '--release' )
+ if [[ $LOCATION =~ ${PATTERN[0]} ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The release \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ '--architecture' )
+ if [[ $LOCATION =~ ${PATTERN[1]} ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The architecture \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ '--theme' )
+ if [[ $LOCATION =~ ${PATTERN[2]} ]];then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The theme \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ '--default' | * )
+ if [[ $LOCATION == '' ]] \
+ || [[ $LOCATION =~ '(\.\.(/)?)' ]] \
+ || [[ ! $LOCATION =~ '^[A-Za-z0-9\.:/_-]+$' ]]; then
+ MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The value \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Output message.
+ if [[ $MESSAGE != '' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "$MESSAGE" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..666dc17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_checkRepoDirSource.sh -- This function provides input validation
+# to repository entries considered as source locations.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_checkRepoDirSource {
+
+ # Check action value to be sure strage characters are kept far
+ # from path provided.
+ cli_checkPathComponent "$ACTIONVAL" '--default'
+
+ # Redefine source value to build repository absolute path from
+ # repository top level on. As we are removing
+ # /home/centos/artwork/ from all centos-art.sh output (in order to
+ # save horizontal output space), we need to be sure that all
+ # strings begining with trunk/..., branches/..., and tags/... use
+ # the correct absolute path. That is, you can refer trunk's
+ # entries using both /home/centos/artwork/trunk/... or just
+ # trunk/..., the /home/centos/artwork/ part is automatically added
+ # here.
+ if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ '^(trunk|branches|tags)' ]];then
+ ACTIONVAL=${HOME}/artwork/$ACTIONVAL
+ fi
+
+ # Re-define source value to build repository absolute path from
+ # repository relative paths. This let us to pass repository
+ # relative paths as source value. Passing relative paths as
+ # source value may save us some typing; specially if we are stood
+ # a few levels up from the location we want to refer to as source
+ # value. There is no need to pass the absolute path to it, just
+ # refere it relatively.
+ if [[ -d ${ACTIONVAL} ]];then
+
+ # Add directory to the top of the directory stack.
+ pushd "$ACTIONVAL" > /dev/null
+
+ # Check directory existence inside the repository.
+ if [[ $(pwd) =~ "^${HOME}/artwork" ]];then
+ # Re-define source value using absolute path.
+ ACTIONVAL=$(pwd)
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$ACTIONVAL' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Remove directory from the directory stack.
+ popd > /dev/null
+
+ elif [[ -f ${ACTIONVAL} ]];then
+
+ # Add directory to the top of the directory stack.
+ pushd "$(dirname "$ACTIONVAL")" > /dev/null
+
+ # Check directory existence inside the repository.
+ if [[ $(pwd) =~ "^${HOME}/artwork" ]];then
+ # Re-define source value using absolute path.
+ ACTIONVAL=$(pwd)/$(basename "$ACTIONVAL")
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$ACTIONVAL' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Remove directory from the directory stack.
+ popd > /dev/null
+
+ else
+
+ # At this there is no existent working copy entry, nor a valid
+ # url. The source value can only be considered as such if it
+ # is an existent working copy or valid url. So, print a
+ # message and stop script execution.
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$ACTIONVAL' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7d92673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_checkRepoDirTarget.sh -- This function provides input validation
+# to repository entries considered as target location.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_checkRepoDirTarget {
+
+ # Check target value before making an absolute path from it.
+ cli_checkPathComponent "$FLAG_TO" '--repo-directory'
+
+ # Redefine target value to build repository absolute path from
+ # repository top level on. As we are removing
+ # /home/centos/artwork/ from all centos-art.sh output (in order to
+ # save horizontal output space), we need to be sure that all
+ # strings begining with trunk/..., branches/..., and tags/... use
+ # the correct absolute path. That is, you can refer trunk's
+ # entries using both /home/centos/artwork/trunk/... or just
+ # trunk/..., the /home/centos/artwork/ part is automatically added
+ # here.
+ if [[ $FLAG_TO =~ '^(trunk|branches|tags)/.+$' ]];then
+ FLAG_TO=${HOME}/artwork/$FLAG_TO
+ fi
+
+ # Check target value.
+ if [[ -a ${FLAG_TO} ]];then
+
+ # At this point target value does existent as working copy
+ # entry. We don't use existent locations as target. So, print
+ # a message and stop script execution.
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$FLAG_TO' already exists."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+
+ else
+
+ # At this point existent locations inside working copy and
+ # invalid urls have been discarded. Assume a new target
+ # location has being specified. So, build the absolute path
+ # for it.
+
+ # Add directory to the top of the directory stack.
+ pushd "$(dirname "$FLAG_TO")" > /dev/null
+
+ # Check directory existence inside the repository.
+ if [[ $(pwd) =~ "^${HOME}/artwork" ]];then
+ # Re-define target value using absolute path.
+ FLAG_TO=$(pwd)/$(basename "$FLAG_TO")
+ fi
+
+ # Remove directory from the directory stack.
+ popd > /dev/null
+
+ # Verify target location. It is required that target location
+ # points to an entry under (trunk|branches|tags)/Identity/...
+ # directory structure *only*. Remember that Identity parent
+ # directory structure is the reference used to create parallel
+ # directories (i.e., documentation, configuration scripts,
+ # translations, etc.). We don't manipulate parallel
+ # directories with path ---or any other--- functionality
+ # directly. Consider manipulation of parallel directories as
+ # a consequence of a previous manipulation of Identity parent
+ # directory structure.
+ if [[ ! ${FLAG_TO} =~ '^.+/(trunk|branches|tags)/Identity/.+$' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "cannot create \\\`\\\$FLAG_TO': It isn't an identity directory structure."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_commitRepoChanges.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_commitRepoChanges.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..792d7d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_commitRepoChanges.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_commitRepoChanges.sh -- This function realizes a subversion
+# commit command agains the workgin copy in order to send local
+# changes up to central repository.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_commitRepoChanges {
+
+ # Verify `--dont-commit-changes' option.
+ if [[ $FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES == 'true' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ local -a FILES
+ local -a INFO
+ local -a FILESNUM
+ local COUNT=0
+ local STATUSOUT=''
+ local PREDICATE=''
+ local CHNGTOTAL=0
+ local LOCATIONS=''
+
+ # Define source location the subversion status action will take
+ # place on. If arguments are provided use them as srouce location.
+ # Otherwise use action value as default source location.
+ if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATIONS="$@"
+ else
+ LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL"
+ fi
+
+ # Verify locations existence. It shoud exist as regular file or
+ # directory inside the repository working copy.
+ cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'fd'
+ cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'isInWorkingCopy'
+
+ # Outout separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Check working copy.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking changes in the working copy"`" 'AsResponseLine'
+ STATUSOUT=$(svn status ${LOCATIONS})
+
+ # Outout separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Define path fo files considered recent modifications from
+ # working copy up to central repository.
+ FILES[0]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^M.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+ FILES[1]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^\?.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+ FILES[2]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^D.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+ FILES[3]=$(echo "$STATUSOUT" | egrep "^A.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+
+ # Define description of files considered recent modifications from
+ # working copy up to central repository.
+ INFO[0]="`gettext "Modified"`"
+ INFO[1]="`gettext "Unversioned"`"
+ INFO[2]="`gettext "Deleted"`"
+ INFO[3]="`gettext "Added"`"
+
+ while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Define total number of files. Avoid counting empty line.
+ if [[ "${FILES[$COUNT]}" == '' ]];then
+ FILESNUM[$COUNT]=0
+ else
+ FILESNUM[$COUNT]=$(echo "${FILES[$COUNT]}" | wc -l)
+ fi
+
+ # Calculate total amount of changes.
+ CHNGTOTAL=$(($CHNGTOTAL + ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]}))
+
+ # Build report predicate. Use report predicate to show any
+ # information specific to the number of files found. For
+ # example, you can use this section to show warning messages,
+ # notes, and so on. By default we use the word `file' or
+ # `files' at ngettext's consideration followed by change
+ # direction.
+ PREDICATE[$COUNT]=`ngettext "file from the repository" \
+ "files from the repository" $((${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} + 1))`
+
+ # Output report line.
+ cli_printMessage "${INFO[$COUNT]}: ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} ${PREDICATE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRegularLine'
+
+ # Increase counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # In case new unversioned files exist, ask the user to add them
+ # into the repository. This may happen when new documentation
+ # entries are created.
+ if [[ ${FILESNUM[1]} -gt 0 ]];then
+
+ # Outout separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ cli_printMessage "`ngettext "The following file is unversioned" \
+ "The following files are unversioned" ${FILESNUM[1]}`:"
+ for FILE in ${FILES[1]};do
+ cli_printMessage $FILE 'AsResponseLine'
+ done
+ cli_printMessage "`ngettext "Do you want to add it now?" \
+ "Do you want to add them now?" ${FILESNUM[2]}`" 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine'
+ svn add ${FILES[1]} --quiet
+ fi
+
+ # Check total amount of changes and, if any, check differences and
+ # commit them up to central repository.
+ if [[ $CHNGTOTAL -gt 0 ]];then
+
+ # Outout separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Verify changes.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to see changes now?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
+ svn diff ${FILES[*]} | less
+
+ # Commit changes.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to commit changes now?"`" "AsYesOrNoRequestLine"
+ svn commit ${FILES[*]}
+
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_doParseArguments.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_doParseArguments.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b6ad3d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_doParseArguments.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_doParseArguments.sh -- This function redefines arguments
+# (ARGUMENTS) global variable using getopt(1) output.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_doParseArguments {
+
+ # Reset positional parameters using optional arguments.
+ eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+ # Parse optional arguments using getopt.
+ ARGUMENTS=$(getopt -o "$ARGSS" -l "$ARGSL" -n $CLI_PROGRAM -- "$@")
+
+ # Be sure getout parsed arguments successfully.
+ if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e163b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_doParseArgumentsReDef.sh -- This function initiates/reset
+# positional parameters based on `$@' variable.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_doParseArgumentsReDef {
+
+ local ARG
+
+ # Clean up arguments global variable.
+ ARGUMENTS=''
+
+ # Fill up arguments global variable with current positional
+ # parameter information. To avoid interpretation problems, use
+ # single quotes to enclose each argument (ARG) from command-line
+ # idividually.
+ for ARG in "$@"; do
+ ARGUMENTS="$ARGUMENTS '$ARG'"
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b376890
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getCopyrightInfo.sh -- This function outputs the copyright
+# information of content produced by the centos-art command-line
+# interface.
+#
+# As I understand, the copyright exists to make people create more.
+# The copyright gives creators the legal power over their creations
+# and so the freedom to distribute them under the ethical terms the
+# creator considers better.
+#
+# At this moment I don't feel very sure about this legal affairs, but
+# need to decide what copyright information the centos-art will
+# output. So, I'm taking the wiki (wiki.centos.org) copyright
+# information as reference.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getCopyrightInfo {
+
+ case "$1" in
+
+ '--license' )
+
+ # Output default license name used by all image-based
+ # creations inside CentOS Artwork Repository.
+ echo "Creative Common Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0"
+ ;;
+
+ '--license-url' )
+
+ # Ouput default license url used by all image-based
+ # creations inside CentOS Artwork Repository.
+ echo "http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+ ;;
+
+ '--copyright-year' )
+
+ # Output default copyright year.
+ date +%Y
+ ;;
+
+ '--copyright-holder' | * )
+
+ # Output default copyright holder.
+ echo "The CentOS Project"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCountryCodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCountryCodes.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d32822d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCountryCodes.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getCountryCodes.sh -- This function outputs a list with country
+# codes as defined in ISO3166 standard.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getCountryCodes {
+
+ local FILTER="$(echo $1 | cut -d_ -f2)"
+
+ COUNTRYCODES='AD
+ AE
+ AF
+ AG
+ AI
+ AL
+ AM
+ AN
+ AO
+ AQ
+ AR
+ AS
+ AT
+ AU
+ AW
+ AZ
+ BA
+ BB
+ BD
+ BE
+ BF
+ BG
+ BH
+ BI
+ BJ
+ BM
+ BN
+ BO
+ BR
+ BS
+ BT
+ BV
+ BW
+ BY
+ BZ
+ CA
+ CC
+ CD
+ CF
+ CG
+ CH
+ CI
+ CK
+ CL
+ CM
+ CN
+ CO
+ CR
+ CS
+ CU
+ CV
+ CX
+ CY
+ CZ
+ DE
+ DJ
+ DK
+ DM
+ DO
+ DZ
+ EC
+ EE
+ EG
+ EH
+ ER
+ ES
+ ET
+ FI
+ FJ
+ FK
+ FM
+ FO
+ FR
+ GA
+ GB
+ GD
+ GE
+ GF
+ GH
+ GI
+ GL
+ GM
+ GN
+ GP
+ GQ
+ GR
+ GS
+ GT
+ GU
+ GW
+ GY
+ HK
+ HM
+ HN
+ HR
+ HT
+ HU
+ ID
+ IE
+ IL
+ IN
+ IO
+ IQ
+ IR
+ IS
+ IT
+ JM
+ JO
+ JP
+ KE
+ KG
+ KH
+ KI
+ KM
+ KN
+ KP
+ KR
+ KW
+ KY
+ KZ
+ LA
+ LB
+ LC
+ LI
+ LK
+ LR
+ LS
+ LT
+ LU
+ LV
+ LY
+ MA
+ MC
+ MD
+ MG
+ MH
+ MK
+ ML
+ MM
+ MN
+ MO
+ MP
+ MQ
+ MR
+ MS
+ MT
+ MU
+ MV
+ MW
+ MX
+ MY
+ MZ
+ NA
+ NC
+ NE
+ NF
+ NG
+ NI
+ NL
+ NO
+ NP
+ NR
+ NU
+ NZ
+ OM
+ PA
+ PE
+ PF
+ PG
+ PH
+ PK
+ PL
+ PM
+ PN
+ PR
+ PS
+ PT
+ PW
+ PY
+ QA
+ RE
+ RO
+ RU
+ RW
+ SA
+ SB
+ SC
+ SD
+ SE
+ SG
+ SH
+ SI
+ SJ
+ SK
+ SL
+ SM
+ SN
+ SO
+ SR
+ ST
+ SV
+ SY
+ SZ
+ TC
+ TD
+ TF
+ TG
+ TH
+ TJ
+ TK
+ TL
+ TM
+ TN
+ TO
+ TR
+ TT
+ TV
+ TW
+ TZ
+ UA
+ UG
+ UM
+ US
+ UY
+ UZ
+ VA
+ VC
+ VE
+ VG
+ VI
+ VN
+ VU
+ WF
+ WS
+ YE
+ YT
+ ZA
+ ZM
+ ZW'
+
+ if [[ $FILTER != '' ]];then
+ echo $COUNTRYCODES | egrep "$FILTER"
+ else
+ echo "$COUNTRYCODES"
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCountryName.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCountryName.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4c82e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCountryName.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getCountryName.sh -- This function reads one language locale
+# code in the format LL_CC and outputs the name of its related
+# country.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getCountryName {
+
+ local LOCALECODE="$(echo $1 | cut -d_ -f2)"
+ local COUNTRYNAME=""
+
+ case $LOCALECODE in
+
+ 'AD' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Andorra"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "United Arab Emirates"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Afghanistan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Antigua and Barbuda"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Anguilla"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Albania"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Armenia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Netherlands Antilles"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Angola"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AQ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Antarctica"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Argentina"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Samoa (American)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Austria"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Australia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Aruba"`"
+ ;;
+ 'AZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Azerbaijan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bosnia and Herzegovina"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BB' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Barbados"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BD' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bangladesh"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Belgium"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Burkina Faso"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bulgaria"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bahrain"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Burundi"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BJ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Benin"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bermuda"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Brunei"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bolivia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Brazil"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bahamas"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bhutan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BV' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Bouvet Island"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Botswana"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Belarus"`"
+ ;;
+ 'BZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Belize"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Canada"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cocos (Keeling) Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CD' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Congo (Dem. Rep.)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Central African Rep."`"
+ ;;
+ 'CG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Congo (Rep.)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Switzerland"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Co^te d'Ivoire"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cook Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Chile"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cameroon"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "China"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Colombia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Costa Rica"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Serbia and Montenegro"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cuba"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CV' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cape Verde"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CX' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Christmas Island"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cyprus"`"
+ ;;
+ 'CZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Czech Republic"`"
+ ;;
+ 'DE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Germany"`"
+ ;;
+ 'DJ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Djibouti"`"
+ ;;
+ 'DK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Denmark"`"
+ ;;
+ 'DM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Dominica"`"
+ ;;
+ 'DO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Dominican Republic"`"
+ ;;
+ 'DZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Algeria"`"
+ ;;
+ 'EC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ecuador"`"
+ ;;
+ 'EE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Estonia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'EG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Egypt"`"
+ ;;
+ 'EH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Western Sahara"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ER' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Eritrea"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ES' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Spain"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ET' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ethiopia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'FI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Finland"`"
+ ;;
+ 'FJ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Fiji"`"
+ ;;
+ 'FK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Falkland Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'FM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Micronesia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'FO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Faeroe Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'FR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "France"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Gabon"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GB' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Britain (UK)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GD' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Grenada"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Georgia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "French Guiana"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ghana"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Gibraltar"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Greenland"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Gambia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guinea"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GP' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guadeloupe"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GQ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Equatorial Guinea"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Greece"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guatemala"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guam"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guinea-Bissau"`"
+ ;;
+ 'GY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Guyana"`"
+ ;;
+ 'HK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Hong Kong"`"
+ ;;
+ 'HM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Heard Island and McDonald Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'HN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Honduras"`"
+ ;;
+ 'HR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Croatia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'HT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Haiti"`"
+ ;;
+ 'HU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Hungary"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ID' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Indonesia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ireland"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Israel"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "India"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "British Indian Ocean Territory"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IQ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Iraq"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Iran"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Iceland"`"
+ ;;
+ 'IT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Italy"`"
+ ;;
+ 'JM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Jamaica"`"
+ ;;
+ 'JO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Jordan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'JP' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Japan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kenya"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kyrgyzstan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cambodia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kiribati"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Comoros"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Kitts and Nevis"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KP' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Korea (North)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Korea (South)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kuwait"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Cayman Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'KZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Kazakhstan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Laos"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LB' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Lebanon"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Lucia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Liechtenstein"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sri Lanka"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Liberia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Lesotho"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Lithuania"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Luxembourg"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LV' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Latvia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'LY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Libya"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Morocco"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Monaco"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MD' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Moldova"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Madagascar"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Marshall Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Macedonia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ML' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mali"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Myanmar (Burma)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mongolia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Macao"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MP' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Northern Mariana Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MQ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Martinique"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mauritania"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Montserrat"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Malta"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mauritius"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MV' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Maldives"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Malawi"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MX' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mexico"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Malaysia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'MZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mozambique"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Namibia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "New Caledonia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Niger"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Norfolk Island"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nigeria"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nicaragua"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Netherlands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Norway"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NP' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nepal"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Nauru"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Niue"`"
+ ;;
+ 'NZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "New Zealand"`"
+ ;;
+ 'OM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Oman"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Panama"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Peru"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "French Polynesia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Papua New Guinea"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Philippines"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Pakistan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Poland"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Pierre and Miquelon"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Pitcairn"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Puerto Rico"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Palestine"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Portugal"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Palau"`"
+ ;;
+ 'PY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Paraguay"`"
+ ;;
+ 'QA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Qatar"`"
+ ;;
+ 'RE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Reunion"`"
+ ;;
+ 'RO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Romania"`"
+ ;;
+ 'RU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Russia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'RW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Rwanda"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Saudi Arabia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SB' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Solomon Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Seychelles"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SD' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sudan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sweden"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Singapore"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Helena"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Slovenia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SJ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Svalbard and Jan Mayen"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Slovakia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sierra Leone"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "San Marino"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Senegal"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Somalia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Suriname"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ST' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Sao Tome and Principe"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SV' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "El Salvador"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Syria"`"
+ ;;
+ 'SZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Swaziland"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Turks and Caicos Islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TD' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Chad"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "French Southern and Antarctic Lands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Togo"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TH' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Thailand"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TJ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tajikistan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TK' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tokelau"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TL' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Timor-Leste"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Turkmenistan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tunisia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TO' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tonga"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TR' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Turkey"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Trinidad and Tobago"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TV' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tuvalu"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Taiwan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'TZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Tanzania"`"
+ ;;
+ 'UA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Ukraine"`"
+ ;;
+ 'UG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Uganda"`"
+ ;;
+ 'UM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "US minor outlying islands"`"
+ ;;
+ 'US' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "United States"`"
+ ;;
+ 'UY' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Uruguay"`"
+ ;;
+ 'UZ' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Uzbekistan"`"
+ ;;
+ 'VA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Vatican City"`"
+ ;;
+ 'VC' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "St Vincent"`"
+ ;;
+ 'VE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Venezuela"`"
+ ;;
+ 'VG' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Virgin Islands (UK)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'VI' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Virgin Islands (US)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'VN' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Vietnam"`"
+ ;;
+ 'VU' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Vanuatu"`"
+ ;;
+ 'WF' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Wallis and Futuna"`"
+ ;;
+ 'WS' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Samoa (Western)"`"
+ ;;
+ 'YE' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Yemen"`"
+ ;;
+ 'YT' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Mayotte"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ZA' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "South Africa"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ZM' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Zambia"`"
+ ;;
+ 'ZW' )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Zimbabwe"`"
+ ;;
+ * )
+ COUNTRYNAME="`gettext "Unknown"`"
+
+ esac
+
+ echo $COUNTRYNAME
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCurrentLocale.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCurrentLocale.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3a44fb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getCurrentLocale.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getCurrentLocale.sh -- This function checks LANG environment
+# variable and returns the current locale information in the LL_CC
+# format.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getCurrentLocale {
+
+ local CURRENTLOCALE=''
+ local OPTION="$1"
+
+ # Redefine current locale using LL_CC format.
+ CURRENTLOCALE=$(echo $LANG | sed -r 's!(^[a-z]{2,3}_[A-Z]{2}).+$!\1!')
+
+ # Define centos-art.sh script default current locale. If
+ # centos-art.sh script doesn't support current system locale, use
+ # English language from United States as default current locale.
+ if [[ $CURRENTLOCALE == '' ]];then
+ CURRENTLOCALE='en_US'
+ fi
+
+ # Output current locale.
+ case $OPTION in
+
+ '--langcode-only' )
+ echo "${CURRENTLOCALE}" | cut -d_ -f1
+ ;;
+
+ '--langcode-and-countrycode'| * )
+ echo "${CURRENTLOCALE}"
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getFilesList.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getFilesList.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..034fe56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getFilesList.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getFilesList.sh -- This function defines the list of FILES to
+# process.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getFilesList {
+
+ local LOCATION=''
+ local FILTER=''
+ local FILES=''
+
+ # If first argument is provided to cli_getFilesList, use it as
+ # default location. Otherwise, if first argument is not provided,
+ # location takes the action value (ACTIONVAL) as default.
+ if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATION="$1"
+ else
+ LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
+ fi
+
+ # If second argument is provided to cli_getFilesList, use it as
+ # default extension to look for files. Otherwise, if second
+ # argument is not provided, use flag filter instead.
+ if [[ "$2" != '' ]];then
+ FILTER="$2"
+ else
+ FILTER="$FLAG_FILTER"
+ fi
+
+ # Define filter as regular expression pattern. When we use regular
+ # expressions with find, regular expressions are evaluated against
+ # the whole file path. This way, when the regular expression is
+ # specified, we need to build it in a way that matches the whole
+ # path. Doing so, everytime we pass the `--filter' option in the
+ # command-line could be a tedious task. Instead, in the sake of
+ # reducing some typing, we prepare the regular expression here to
+ # match the whole path using the regular expression provided by
+ # the user as pattern. Do not use LOCATION variable as part of
+ # regular expresion so it could be possible to use path expansion.
+ # Using path expansion reduce the amount of places to find out
+ # things and so the time required to finish the task.
+ FILTER="^.+/${FILTER}$"
+
+ # Define list of files to process. At this point we cannot verify
+ # whether the LOCATION is a directory or a file since path
+ # expansion coul be introduced to it. The best we can do is
+ # verifying exit status and go on.
+ FILES=$(find ${LOCATION} -regextype posix-egrep -regex "${FILTER}" | sort | uniq)
+
+ # Output list of files to process.
+ if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then
+ echo "$FILES"
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getFunctions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getFunctions.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..375b552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getFunctions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getFunctions.sh -- This function loads funtionalities supported by
+# centos-art.sh script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getFunctions {
+
+ # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside.
+ local FUNCNAMCALL=''
+ local FUNCFILES=''
+
+ # Build action-specifc script file list.
+ FUNCFILES=$(ls ${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/${FUNCNAM}*.sh)
+
+ for FILE in $FUNCFILES;do
+
+ if [[ -x ${FILE} ]];then
+
+ # Initialize action-specific functions.
+ . $FILE
+
+ # Export action-specific functions to current shell script
+ # environment.
+ FUNCNAMCALL=$(grep '^function ' $FILE | cut -d' ' -f2)
+ export -f $FUNCNAMCALL
+
+ else
+
+ cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\$FILE hasn't execution rights."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" "AsToKnowMoreLine"
+
+ fi
+
+ done
+
+ # Execute action passed to centos-art.sh script.
+ if [[ $FUNCNAM != '' ]];then
+ eval $FUNCNAM
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLangCodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLangCodes.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2c46d9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLangCodes.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getLangCodes.sh -- This function outputs a list with language
+# codes as defined in ISO639 standard.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getLangCodes {
+
+ local FILTER="$(echo $1 | cut -d_ -f1)"
+
+ LANGCODES="aa
+ ab
+ ae
+ af
+ ak
+ am
+ an
+ ar
+ as
+ av
+ ay
+ az
+ ba
+ be
+ bg
+ bh
+ bi
+ bm
+ bn
+ bo
+ br
+ bs
+ ca
+ ce
+ ch
+ co
+ cr
+ cs
+ cu
+ cv
+ cy
+ da
+ de
+ dv
+ dz
+ ee
+ el
+ en
+ eo
+ es
+ et
+ eu
+ fa
+ ff
+ fi
+ fj
+ fo
+ fr
+ fy
+ ga
+ gd
+ gl
+ gn
+ gu
+ gv
+ ha
+ he
+ hi
+ ho
+ hr
+ ht
+ hu
+ hy
+ hz
+ ia
+ id
+ ie
+ ig
+ ii
+ ik
+ io
+ is
+ it
+ iu
+ ja
+ jv
+ ka
+ kg
+ ki
+ kj
+ kk
+ kl
+ km
+ kn
+ ko
+ kr
+ ks
+ ku
+ kv
+ kw
+ ky
+ la
+ lb
+ lg
+ li
+ ln
+ lo
+ lt
+ lu
+ lv
+ mg
+ mh
+ mi
+ mk
+ ml
+ mn
+ mo
+ mr
+ ms
+ mt
+ my
+ na
+ nb
+ nd
+ ne
+ ng
+ nl
+ nn
+ no
+ nr
+ nv
+ ny
+ oc
+ oj
+ om
+ or
+ os
+ pa
+ pi
+ pl
+ ps
+ pt
+ qu
+ rm
+ rn
+ ro
+ ru
+ rw
+ sa
+ sc
+ sd
+ se
+ sg
+ si
+ sk
+ sl
+ sm
+ sn
+ so
+ sq
+ sr
+ ss
+ st
+ su
+ sv
+ sw
+ ta
+ te
+ tg
+ th
+ ti
+ tk
+ tl
+ tn
+ to
+ tr
+ ts
+ tt
+ tw
+ ty
+ ug
+ uk
+ ur
+ uz
+ ve
+ vi
+ vo
+ wa
+ wo
+ xh
+ yi
+ yo
+ za
+ zh
+ zu"
+
+ if [[ $FILTER != '' ]];then
+ echo "$LANGCODES" | egrep "$FILTER" | sed -r 's![[:space:]]+!!g'
+ else
+ echo "$LANGCODES"
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLangName.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLangName.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e49f116
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLangName.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getLangName.sh -- This function reads one language locale code
+# in the format LL_CC and outputs its language name.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getLangName {
+
+ local LANGCODE="$(echo "$1" | cut -d_ -f1 | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+ local LANGNAME=''
+
+ case $LANGCODE in
+
+ 'aa' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Afar"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ab' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Abkhazian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ae' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Avestan"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'af' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Afrikaans"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ak' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Akan"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'am' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Amharic"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'an' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Aragonese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ar' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Arabic"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'as' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Assamese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'av' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Avaric"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ay' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Aymara"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'az' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Azerbaijani"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ba' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Bashkir"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'be' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Byelorussian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'bg' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Bulgarian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'bh' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Bihari"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'bi' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Bislama"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'bm' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Bambara"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'bn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Bengali"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'bo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tibetan"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'br' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Breton"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'bs' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Bosnian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ca' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Catalan"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ce' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Chechen"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ch' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Chamorro"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'co' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Corsican"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'cr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Cree"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'cs' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Czech"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'cu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Church Slavic"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'cv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Chuvash"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'cy' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Welsh"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'da' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Danish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'de' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "German"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'dv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Divehi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'dz' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Dzongkha"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ee' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "E'we"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'el' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Greek"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'en' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "English"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'eo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Esperanto"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'es' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Spanish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'et' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Estonian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'eu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Basque"`"
+ ;;
+ 'fa' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Persian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ff' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Fulah"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'fi' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Finnish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'fj' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Fijian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'fo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Faroese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'fr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "French"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'fy' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Frisian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ga' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Irish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'gd' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Scots"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'gl' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Gallegan"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'gn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Guarani"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'gu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Gujarati"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'gv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Manx"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ha' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Hausa"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'he' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Hebrew"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'hi' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Hindi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ho' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Hiri Motu"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'hr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Croatian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ht' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Haitian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'hu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Hungarian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'hy' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Armenian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'hz' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Herero"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ia' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Interlingua"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'id' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Indonesian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ie' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Interlingue"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ig' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Igbo"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ii' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sichuan Yi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ik' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Inupiak"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'io' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ido"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'is' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Icelandic"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'it' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Italian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'iu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Inuktitut"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ja' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Japanese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'jv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Javanese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ka' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Georgian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kg' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kongo"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ki' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kikuyu"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kj' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kuanyama"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kk' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kazakh"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kl' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kalaallisut"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'km' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Khmer"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kannada"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ko' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Korean"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kanuri"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ks' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kashmiri"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ku' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kurdish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Komi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'kw' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Cornish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ky' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kirghiz"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'la' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Latin"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'lb' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Letzeburgesch"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'lg' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ganda"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'li' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Limburgish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ln' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Lingala"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'lo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Lao"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'lt' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Lithuanian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'lu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Luba-Katanga"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'lv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Latvian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mg' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Malagasy"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mh' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Marshall"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mi' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Maori"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mk' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Macedonian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ml' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Malayalam"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Mongolian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Moldavian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Marathi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ms' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Malay"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'mt' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Maltese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'my' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Burmese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'na' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Nauru"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'nb' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Norwegian Bokmaal"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'nd' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ndebele, North"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ne' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Nepali"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ng' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ndonga"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'nl' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Dutch"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'nn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Norwegian Nynorsk"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'no' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Norwegian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'nr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ndebele, South"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'nv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Navajo"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ny' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Chichewa"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'oc' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Occitan"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'oj' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ojibwa"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'om' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "(Afan) Oromo"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'or' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Oriya"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'os' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ossetian; Ossetic"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'pa' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Panjabi; Punjabi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'pi' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Pali"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'pl' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Polish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ps' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Pashto, Pushto"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'pt' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Portuguese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'qu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Quechua"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'rm' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Rhaeto-Romance"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'rn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Rundi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ro' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Romanian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ru' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Russian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'rw' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Kinyarwanda"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sa' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sanskrit"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sc' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sardinian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sd' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sindhi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'se' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Northern Sami"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sg' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sango; Sangro"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'si' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sinhalese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sk' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Slovak"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sl' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Slovenian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sm' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Samoan"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Shona"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'so' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Somali"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sq' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Albanian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Serbian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ss' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Swati; Siswati"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'st' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sesotho; Sotho, Southern"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'su' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Sundanese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sv' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Swedish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'sw' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Swahili"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ta' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tamil"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'te' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Telugu"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'tg' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tajik"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'th' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Thai"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ti' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tigrinya"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'tk' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Turkmen"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'tl' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tagalog"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'tn' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tswana; Setswana"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'to' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tonga (?)"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'tr' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Turkish"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ts' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tsonga"`"
+ ;;
+
+
+ 'tt' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tatar"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'tw' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Twi"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ty' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Tahitian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ug' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Uighur"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'uk' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Ukrainian"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'ur' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Urdu"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'uz' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Uzbek"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 've' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Venda"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'vi' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Vietnamese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'vo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Volapuk; Volapuk"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'wa' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Walloon"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'wo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Wolof"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'xh' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Xhosa"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'yi' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Yiddish (formerly ji)"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'yo' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Yoruba"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'za' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Zhuang"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'zh' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Chinese"`"
+ ;;
+
+ 'zu' )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Zulu"`"
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ LANGNAME="`gettext "Unknown"`"
+
+ esac
+
+ echo $LANGNAME;
+}
+
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLocales.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLocales.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e72fc3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getLocales.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getLocales.sh -- This function outputs/verifies locale codes in
+# LL and LL_CC format. Combine both ISO639 and ISO3166 specification
+# in order to build the final locale list. This function defines which
+# translation locales are supported inside CentOS Artwork Repository.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getLocales {
+
+ # Print locales supported by centos-art.sh script.
+ locale -a | egrep '^[a-z]{2,3}_[A-Z]{2}$' | sort | uniq
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getPathComponent.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getPathComponent.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e71a058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getPathComponent.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getPathComponent.sh -- This function evaluates one repository
+# path and output parts/components from it. Generally, the path
+# information is passed to the function's first positional argument
+# and the part/component we want to retrive is passed to the
+# function's second positional argument. If second argument is not
+# passed, then first argument is assumed to be the part/component we
+# want to retrive, and action value (ACTIONVAL) variable is used
+# instead as source path information.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getPathComponent {
+
+ local -a PATTERN
+ local LOCATION=''
+ local OPTION=''
+
+ # Define location which we retrive information from.
+ if [[ "$#" -eq 1 ]];then
+ LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
+ OPTION="$1"
+ elif [[ "$#" -eq 2 ]];then
+ LOCATION="$1"
+ OPTION="$2"
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAM}: `gettext "Invalid arguments."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define release pattern.
+ PATTERN[0]="(([[:digit:]]+)(\.([[:digit:]]+)){,1})"
+
+ # Define architecture pattern. Make it match the architectures the
+ # CentOS distribution is able to be installed on.
+ PATTERN[1]="(i386|x86_64)"
+
+ # Define theme pattern for trunk, branches, and tags directory
+ # structures.
+ #
+ # trunk:
+ # ------
+ # Themes are made of `Models' and `Motifs'. `Models' controls the
+ # `Motifs' characteristcs and it is not rendereable. On the other
+ # hand, `Motifs' controls the theme visual style and do is
+ # renderable. Since we only need to know the theme name when we
+ # render something, we take the `Motifs' directory structure as
+ # reference to find out the theme name we are producing images
+ # for.
+ #
+ # `Motifs' are organized by names, so when we say `a theme name'
+ # we are really saying `the artistic motif name of a theme', but
+ # for short `theme name' is used instead. `Models' are also
+ # organized by names, but we do never use model names to name a
+ # thame. We always say the `theme models' or `the models of the
+ # theme` to refere the theme component that controls the
+ # characteristics of artistic motifs. We never name a thame as its
+ # model. We use artistic motifs name for such purpose.
+ #
+ # Inside artistic motif names, we organize different versions of
+ # the same artistic motif by means of numerical worklines.
+ # Worklines, inside trunk, have an integer numerical form and
+ # begin at `1'. They increment one unit each time a new/fresh
+ # visual style ---for the same artistic motif--- is conceived.
+ #
+ # For example, the Flame theme uses the flame filter of Gimp to
+ # produce different fractal patterns randomly. We use the flame
+ # filter to produce different visual styles under the same theme
+ # since all patterns we produce are based on the same pattern
+ # (i.e., the random fractal pattern of Gimp's flame filter). This
+ # way, if you no longer want to produce visual styles from flame
+ # filter, it is time to create a new artistic motif name for it.
+ #
+ # This schema is very convenient for designers and packagers,
+ # since different designers can create their own worklines and go
+ # on with them until CentOS distribution release date is close. At
+ # that time, a workline is selected and tagged for packaging.
+ # Translators and programmers can continue working indepently, and
+ # without affection, in their own directory structures.
+ #
+ # Example:
+ # +------> theme name
+ # |-->|
+ # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1
+ # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2
+ # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/3
+ # |
+ # +----> theme release version
+ #
+ # Sometimes we only need to retrive the theme name, but othertimes
+ # both the theme name and its work-line is required as well.
+ #
+ # branches:
+ # ---------
+ # The branch development line is treated just as trunk development
+ # line does, but we rarely use it since it could be confusing to
+ # know whether a tag was created from trunk or branches.
+ #
+ # Conceive an enumeration schema in order to differentiate
+ # branches from trunk is not convenient either, it would introduce
+ # an intermediate point to the final production of tags we would
+ # need to be aware of. Instead of such configuration, we prefer
+ # to go straightforward from trunk to tags.
+ #
+ # Intermediate branches for quality assurance might be good in
+ # some situations, but not when we produce themes. We need a
+ # simple structure, where we could design, render content (using
+ # centos-art.sh), and release for testing (through tags). If
+ # something goes wrong in the released tag, it would be fixed in
+ # trunk and later released in another tagged relase.
+ #
+ # Of course, care should be taken to avoid making of trunk
+ # development line a chaotic place. Everbody should know exactly
+ # what they are doing therein. We need to design protections to
+ # isolate possible damages and that way, we could know exactly
+ # what and where we need to concentrate in and put our time on.
+ #
+ # In resume, do not use branches if you don't need to. Use trunk
+ # development line instead.
+ #
+ # tags:
+ # -----
+ # The tag frozen line is mainly used to perform theme releases.
+ #
+ # Example:
+ # +------> theme name
+ # |-->|
+ # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.0
+ # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1 |--> minor update
+ # |----> major udpate
+ #
+ # Tags have the format X.Z, where X is the first number in the
+ # name (e.g., `1') and represents the trunk/branches artistic
+ # motif version. The Z represents the second number in the name
+ # (e.g., `0') which is the tag version itself.
+ #
+ # Tag versions start at `0' and increment one unit each time a new
+ # tag is created from the same artistic motif version. When a new
+ # tag is created for the same artistic motif version, the first
+ # number in the tag name remains intact. The first number in the
+ # tag name only changes when we create a new tag for a new
+ # artistic motif version.
+ #
+ # Consider the following relations:
+ #
+ # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1
+ # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.0
+ # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.1
+ # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/1.2
+ #
+ # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2
+ # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2.0
+ # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2.1
+ # tags/.../Themes/Motifs/Flame/2.2
+ #
+ # trunk/.../Themes/Motifs/TreeFlower/1
+ # ...
+ # and so on.
+ #
+ # Tag versions are created to release fixes and improvements, Tags
+ # are immutable (i.e., once tags are created, they shouldn't be
+ # modified.).
+ PATTERN[2]="^.+/Identity/Themes/Motifs/(([A-Za-z0-9]+)/${PATTERN[0]})/.+$"
+
+ # Identify which part of the release we want to output.
+ case "$OPTION" in
+
+ '--release' )
+ echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!.*/${PATTERN[0]}/.*!\1!"
+ ;;
+
+ '--release-major' )
+ echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!.*/${PATTERN[0]}/.*!\2!"
+ ;;
+
+ '--release-minor' )
+ echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!.*/${PATTERN[0]}/.*!\4!"
+ ;;
+
+ '--release-pattern' )
+ echo "${PATTERN[0]}"
+ ;;
+
+ '--architecture' )
+ echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[1]}!\1!"
+ ;;
+
+ '--architecture-pattern' )
+ echo "${PATTERN[1]}"
+ ;;
+
+ '--theme' )
+ echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[2]}!\1!"
+ ;;
+
+ '--theme-name' )
+ echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[2]}!\2!"
+ ;;
+
+ '--theme-release' )
+ echo "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s!${PATTERN[2]}!\3!"
+ ;;
+
+ '--theme-pattern' )
+ echo "${PATTERN[2]}"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoName.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoName.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5d85cd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoName.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getRepoName.sh -- This function sets naming convenction. Inside
+# CentOS Artowrk Repository, regular files are written in lower case
+# and directories are written in lower case but with the first letter
+# in upper case. Use this function to sanitate the name of regular
+# files and directory components of paths you work with.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getRepoName {
+
+ local NAME="$1"
+ local TYPE="$2"
+ local DIRS=''
+ local DIR=''
+ local CLEANDIRS=''
+ local PREFIXDIR=''
+
+ case $TYPE in
+
+ 'f' | 'basename' )
+
+ # Reduce the path passed to use just the non-directory
+ # part of it (i.e., the last component in the path; _not_
+ # the last "real" directory in the path).
+ NAME=$(basename $NAME)
+
+ # Clean value.
+ NAME=$(echo $NAME \
+ | tr -s ' ' '_' \
+ | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')
+ ;;
+
+ 'd' | 'dirname' )
+
+ # Reduce path information passed to use just the directory
+ # part of it. Of course, this is applied only if there is
+ # a directory part in the path. However, if there is no
+ # directory part but there is a non-empty value in the
+ # path, assume that value as directory part and clean it
+ # up.
+ if [[ $NAME =~ '.+/.+' ]];then
+
+ # When path information is reduced, we need to take
+ # into account that absolute path may be provided.
+ # Absolute paths include directory structures outside
+ # the repository directory structure we don't want to
+ # sanitate (e.g., /home/, /home/centos/,
+ # /home/centos/artwork, /home/centos/artwork/turnk/,
+ # trunk/, etc.). In these cases, it is required that
+ # those path component remain untouched. So, in the
+ # sake of keeping path components, outside repository
+ # directory structure untouched, we use the PREFIXDIR
+ # variable to temporarly store the prefix directory
+ # structure we don't want to sanitate.
+ PREFIXDIR=$(echo $NAME \
+ | sed -r "s,^((${HOME}/artwork/)?(trunk|branches|tags)/).+$,\1,")
+
+ # ... and remove it from the path information we do
+ # want to sanitate.
+ DIRS=$(dirname "$NAME" \
+ | sed -r "s!^${PREFIXDIR}!!" \
+ | tr '/' ' ')
+
+ else
+
+ # At this point, there is not directory part in the
+ # information passed, so use the value passed as
+ # directory part as such.
+ DIRS=$NAME
+
+ fi
+
+ for DIR in $DIRS;do
+
+ # Sanitate directory component.
+ if [[ $DIR =~ '^[a-z]' ]];then
+ DIR=$(echo ${DIR} \
+ | tr -s ' ' '_' \
+ | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]' \
+ | sed -r 's/^([[:alpha:]])/\u\1/')
+ fi
+
+ # Rebuild path using sanitated values.
+ CLEANDIRS="${CLEANDIRS}/$DIR"
+
+ done
+
+ # Redefine path using sanitated values.
+ NAME=$(echo ${CLEANDIRS} | sed -r "s!^/!!")
+
+ # Add prefix directory information to sanitated path
+ # information.
+ if [[ "$PREFIXDIR" != '' ]];then
+ NAME=${PREFIXDIR}${NAME}
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ 'fd' | 'basename-to-dirname' )
+
+ # Retrive non-directory part.
+ NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'f')
+
+ # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
+ NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
+ ;;
+
+ 'df' | 'dirname-to-basename' )
+
+ # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
+ NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
+
+ # Retrive non-directory part.
+ NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'f')
+ ;;
+
+ 'dfd' | 'dirname-to-basename-to-dirname' )
+
+ # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
+ NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
+
+ # Retrive non-directory part.
+ NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'f')
+
+ # Retrive cleaned directory part from non-directory part.
+ NAME=$(cli_getRepoName $NAME 'd')
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Output clean path information.
+ echo $NAME
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3fc047b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getRepoParallelDirs.sh -- This function returns the parallel
+# directories related to the first positional paramenter passed as
+# parent directory.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getRepoParallelDirs {
+
+ local BOND=''
+ local TDIR=''
+ local -a PDIRS
+
+ # Define bond string using first positional parameter as
+ # reference.
+ if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
+ BOND="$1"
+ elif [[ "$ACTIONVAL" != '' ]];then
+ BOND="$ACTIONVAL"
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "The bond string is required."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define repository top level directory.
+ TDIR=$(cli_getRepoTLDir ${BOND})
+
+ # Define parallel directory base structures.
+ PDIRS[0]=Manuals/$(cli_getCurrentLocale)/Texinfo/Repository/$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${BOND}" '--relative')
+ PDIRS[1]=Scripts/Bash/Functions/Render/Config
+ PDIRS[2]=Locales
+
+ # Redefine bond string without its top level directory structure.
+ BOND=$(echo $BOND | sed -r "s,^${TDIR}/(.+)$,\1,")
+
+ # Concatenate repository top level directory, parallel directory
+ # base structure, and bond information; in order to produce the
+ # final parallel directory path.
+ for PDIR in "${PDIRS[@]}";do
+ echo ${TDIR}/${PDIR}/${BOND}
+ done
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoStatus.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoStatus.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a7b42db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoStatus.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getRepoStatus.sh -- This function requests the working copy
+# using the svn status command and returns the first character in the
+# output line, as described in svn help status, for the LOCATION
+# specified. Use this function to perform verifications based a
+# repository LOCATION status.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getRepoStatus {
+
+ local LOCATION="$1"
+ local STATUS=''
+
+ # Define regular expression pattern to retrive first column,
+ # returned by subversion status command. This column is one
+ # character column as describes `svn help status' command.
+ local PATTERN='^( |A|C|D|I|M|R|X|\?|!|~).+$'
+
+ # Verify the file used as source to retrive its status
+ # information. We only use regular files or directories inside the
+ # working copy.
+ cli_checkFiles "$LOCATION" 'fd'
+ cli_checkFiles "$LOCATION" 'isInWorkingCopy'
+
+ # Use subversion `status' command to retrive the first character
+ # in the output. Discard standard error output.
+ STATUS="$(svn status "$LOCATION" | sed -r "s/${PATTERN}/\1/" 2>/dev/null)"
+
+ # Outout status information.
+ echo -n "$STATUS"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoTLDir.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoTLDir.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..77c522d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getRepoTLDir.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getRepoTLDir.sh -- This function returns the repository top
+# level absolute path. The repository top level absolute path may be
+# /home/centos/artwork/trunk, /home/centos/artwork/branches, or
+# /home/centos/artwork/tags.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getRepoTLDir {
+
+ local PATTERN=''
+ local REPLACE=''
+ local LOCATION=''
+
+ # Define location. If first argument is provided use it as default
+ # location. Otherwise, if first argument is not provided,
+ # location takes the action value (ACTIONVAL) as default.
+ if [[ "$1" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATION="$1"
+ else
+ LOCATION="$ACTIONVAL"
+ fi
+
+ # Verify location.
+ if [[ $LOCATION =~ "^${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags)/.+$" ]];then
+ case "$2" in
+ -r|--relative )
+ PATTERN="^${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags)/.+$"
+ REPLACE='\1'
+ ;;
+ -a|--absolute|* )
+ PATTERN="^(${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags))/.+$"
+ REPLACE='\1'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `eval_gettext "The location \\\`\\\$LOCATION' is not valid."`" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Print location.
+ echo $LOCATION | sed -r "s!${PATTERN}!${REPLACE}!g"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_getTemporalFile.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getTemporalFile.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..faddedb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_getTemporalFile.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getTemporalFile.sh -- This function returns the absolute path
+# you need to use to create temporal files. Use this function whenever
+# you need to create temporal files inside centos-art.sh script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_getTemporalFile {
+
+ # Define base name for temporal file. This is required when svg
+ # instances are created previous to be parsed by inkscape in order
+ # to be exported as png. In such cases .svg file exention is
+ # required in order to avoid complains from inkscape.
+ local NAME="$(cli_getRepoName "$1" 'f')"
+
+ # Check default base name for temporal file, it can't be an empty
+ # value.
+ if [[ "$NAME" == '' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "${FUNCNAME}: `gettext "First argument cannot be empty."`"
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+ # Define source location where temporal files will be stored.
+ local TMPDIR='/tmp'
+
+ # Define unique identifier for temporal file.
+ local UUID=$(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/uuid)
+
+ # Define absolute path for temporal file using the program name,
+ # the current locale, the unique identifier and the file name.
+ local TMPFILE="${TMPDIR}/${CLI_PROGRAM}-$(cli_getCurrentLocale)-${UUID}-${NAME}"
+
+ # Output absolute path to final temporal file.
+ echo $TMPFILE
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_printActionPreamble.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_printActionPreamble.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e811587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_printActionPreamble.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_printActionPreamble -- This function standardizes action
+# preamble messages. Action preamble messages provides a confirmation
+# message that illustrate what files will be affected in the action.
+#
+# Generally, actions are applied to parent directories. Each parent
+# directory has parallel directories associated. If one parent
+# directory is created/deleted, the parallel directories associated do
+# need to be created/deleted too.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_printActionPreamble {
+
+ local FILES="$1"
+
+ # Verify amount of files to process. If there is no one then there
+ # is nothing else to do here.
+ if [[ "$FILES" == '' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ local ACTION="$2"
+ local FORMAT="$3"
+ local FILE=''
+ local NEGATIVE=''
+ local POSITIVE=''
+ local COUNT=0
+
+ # Replace spaces by new line.
+ FILES=$(echo "$FILES" | sed -r "s! +!\n!g")
+
+ # Redefine total number of directories.
+ COUNT=$(echo "$FILES" | wc -l)
+
+ # Redefine preamble messages based on action. At this point seems
+ # to be some files to process so lets read ACTION to know what to
+ # do with them.
+ case $ACTION in
+
+ 'doCreate' )
+ if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
+ NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no entry to create."`"
+ else
+ POSITIVE="`ngettext "The following entry will be created" \
+ "The following entries will be created" $COUNT`:"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ 'doDelete' )
+ if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
+ NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to delete."`"
+ else
+ POSITIVE="`ngettext "The following entry will be deleted" \
+ "The following entries will be deleted" $COUNT`:"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ 'doLocale' )
+ if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
+ NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to locale."`"
+ else
+ POSITIVE="`ngettext "Translatable strings will be retrived from the following entry" \
+ "Translatable strings will be retrived from the following entries" $COUNT`:"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ 'doEdit' )
+ if [[ $FILES == '' ]];then
+ NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to edit."`"
+ else
+ POSITIVE="`ngettext "The following file will be edited" \
+ "The following files will be edited" $COUNT`:"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ * )
+ # Check list of files to process. If we have an empty
+ # list of files, inform about that and stop the script
+ # execution. Otherwise, check all files in the list to be
+ # sure they are regular files.
+ if [[ "$FILES" == '' ]];then
+ NEGATIVE="`gettext "There is no file to process."`"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+ # Print preamble message.
+ if [[ $POSITIVE != '' ]] && [[ $NEGATIVE == '' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "$POSITIVE"
+ for FILE in $FILES;do
+ cli_printMessage "$FILE" "$FORMAT"
+ done
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue"`" 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine'
+ elif [[ $POSITIVE == '' ]] && [[ $NEGATIVE != '' ]];then
+ cli_printMessage "$NEGATIVE" 'AsErrorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "$(caller)" 'AsToKnowMoreLine'
+ fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_printMessage.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_printMessage.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4be1f8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_printMessage.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_printMessage.sh -- This function outputs information in
+# predifined formats to standard error. This function is the standard
+# way to output information inside centos-art.sh script.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_printMessage {
+
+ # Verify `--quiet' option.
+ if [[ "$FLAG_QUIET" == 'true' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ local MESSAGE="$1"
+ local FORMAT="$2"
+
+ # Reduce paths inside output messages. The main purpose for
+ # this is to free horizontal space in output messages.
+ MESSAGE=$(echo "$MESSAGE" \
+ | sed -r "s!${HOME}/artwork/(trunk|branches|tags)/!\1/!g")
+
+ # Remove blank spaces from lines' begining.
+ MESSAGE=$(echo "$MESSAGE" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!')
+
+ # Define message formats.
+ case $FORMAT in
+
+ 'AsUpdatingLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Updating"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsDeletingLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Deleting"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsCheckingLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Checking"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsCreatingLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Creating"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsReadingLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Reading"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsSavedAsLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Saved as"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsLinkToLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Linked to"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsMovedToLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Moved to"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsTranslationLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Translation"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsDesignLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Design"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsConfigurationLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Configuration"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsPaletteLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Palette"`: $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsResponseLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "--> $MESSAGE"
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsRequestLine' )
+ cli_printMessage "${MESSAGE}: " 'AsNoTrailingNewLine'
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsErrorLine' )
+ # This option is used to print error messsages.
+ echo "${CLI_PROGRAM}: ${MESSAGE}" > /dev/stderr
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsToKnowMoreLine' )
+ # This option receives the output of bash's caller built-in as
+ # message value and produces the documentation entry from it.
+ MESSAGE=$(dirname "$(echo $MESSAGE | cut -d ' ' -f2-)")
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "To know more, run the following command"`:"
+ cli_printMessage "centos-art manual --read='$MESSAGE'"
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+ exit # <-- ATTENTION: Do not remove this line. We use this
+ # option as convenction to end script
+ # execution.
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsYesOrNoRequestLine' )
+
+ # Define positive answer.
+ local Y="`gettext "yes"`"
+
+ # Define negative answer.
+ local N="`gettext "no"`"
+
+ # Define default answer.
+ local ANSWER=${FLAG_ANSWER}
+
+ if [[ $ANSWER == 'false' ]];then
+
+ # Print the question.
+ cli_printMessage "$MESSAGE [${Y}/${N}]: " 'AsNoTrailingNewLine'
+
+ # Redefine default answer based on user's input.
+ read ANSWER
+
+ fi
+
+ # Verify user's answer. Only positive answer let the script
+ # flow to continue. Otherwise, if something different from
+ # possitive answer is passed, the script terminates its
+ # execution immediatly.
+ if [[ ! ${ANSWER} =~ "^${Y}" ]];then
+ exit
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsSeparatorLine' )
+
+ # Define separator width.
+ local MAX=70
+
+ # Draw separator.
+ until [[ $MAX -eq 0 ]];do
+ printf "${MESSAGE}" > /dev/stderr
+ MAX=$(($MAX - 1))
+ done
+
+ # Output newline to end separator.
+ echo "" > /dev/stderr
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsNoTrailingNewLine' )
+ printf "$MESSAGE" > /dev/stderr
+ ;;
+
+ 'AsRegularLine' | * )
+ echo "$MESSAGE" \
+ | awk 'BEGIN { FS=": " }
+ {
+ if ( $0 ~ /^-+$/ )
+ print $0
+ else
+ printf "%-15s\t%s\n", $1, $2
+ }
+ END {}' > /dev/stderr
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_readFileContent.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_readFileContent.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab4edaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_readFileContent.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_readFileContent.sh -- This function outputs content of files,
+# passed as first argument, to standard output as specified by second
+# argument.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_readFileContent {
+
+ local FILES="$1"
+ local PATTERN='Copyright (\(C\)|©) [0-9]+(-[0-9]+)? .+'
+
+ # Verify existence of files but don't stop if it doesn't exist.
+ cli_checkFiles "$FILES"
+
+ # Print content of files to standard output.
+ case "$2" in
+
+ '--copyright-line' )
+ cat "$FILES" | egrep "^ +${PATTERN}$" | head -n 1 | sed -r 's!^ +!!'
+ ;;
+
+ '--last-line' )
+ cat "$FILES" | tail -n 1
+ ;;
+
+ '--copyright-year' )
+ if [[ $(cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line') =~ "^${PATTERN}$" ]];then
+ cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line' | cut -d' ' -f3
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ '--copyright-holder' )
+ if [[ $(cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line') =~ "^${PATTERN}$" ]];then
+ cli_readFileContent "$FILES" '--copyright-line' | cut -d' ' -f4-
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ '--all-lines' | * )
+ cat "$FILES"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_replaceTMarkers.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_replaceTMarkers.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7024a39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_replaceTMarkers.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_replaceTMarkers.sh -- This function standardizes
+# replacements for common translation markers. Raplacements are
+# applied to temporal instances used to produce the final file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_replaceTMarkers {
+
+ # Initialize variables.
+ local -a SRC
+ local -a DST
+ local COUNT=0
+ local COUNTSRC=0
+ local COUNTDST=0
+ local LOCATION=''
+
+ # Define source location on which sed replacements take place.
+ LOCATION="$1"
+
+ # Verify file source location.
+ cli_checkFiles "$LOCATION" 'f'
+
+ # Define translation markers. The translation marker definition
+ # order is important. Note that when we render concept directory
+ # structure, we make two replacements to produce the final
+ # copyright note. First, we replace =COPYRIGHT= translation marker
+ # and later the =THEMENAME= translation maker (not the oposite).
+ SRC[0]='=COPYRIGHT_YEAR='
+ SRC[1]='=COPYRIGHT_HOLDER='
+ SRC[2]='=LICENSE='
+ SRC[3]='=LICENSE_URL='
+ SRC[4]='=THEME='
+ SRC[5]='=THEMENAME='
+ SRC[6]='=THEMERELEASE='
+ SRC[7]='=RELEASE='
+ SRC[8]='=MAJOR_RELEASE='
+ SRC[9]='=MINOR_RELEASE='
+ SRC[10]='=URL='
+ SRC[11]='=ARCH='
+ SRC[12]='=URL_WIKI='
+ SRC[13]='=URL_LISTS='
+ SRC[14]='=URL_FORUMS='
+ SRC[15]='=URL_MIRRORS='
+ SRC[16]='=URL_DOCS='
+ SRC[17]='=MAIL_DOCS='
+ SRC[18]='=LOCALE_LL='
+
+ # Define replacements for translation markers.
+ DST[0]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--copyright-year')"
+ DST[1]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--copyright-holder')"
+ DST[2]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--license')"
+ DST[3]="$(cli_getCopyrightInfo '--license-url')"
+ DST[4]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$OUTPUT" '--theme')"
+ DST[5]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$OUTPUT" '--theme-name')"
+ DST[6]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$OUTPUT" '--theme-release')"
+ DST[7]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_RELEASEVER" '--release')"
+ DST[8]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_RELEASEVER" '--release-major')"
+ DST[9]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_RELEASEVER" '--release-minor')"
+ DST[10]="http://www.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
+ DST[11]="$(cli_getPathComponent "$FLAG_BASEARCH" '--architecture')"
+ DST[12]="http://wiki.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
+ DST[13]="http://lists.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
+ DST[14]="http://forums.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
+ DST[15]="http://mirrors.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
+ DST[16]="http://docs.centos.org/=LOCALE_LL="
+ DST[17]="centos-docs@=LOCALE_LL=.centos.org"
+ if [[ ! $(cli_getCurrentLocale) =~ '^en' ]];then
+ DST[18]="$(cli_getCurrentLocale '--langcode-only')/"
+ else
+ DST[18]=''
+ fi
+
+ # Do replacement of nested translation markers.
+ while [[ $COUNTDST -lt ${#DST[@]} ]];do
+
+ # Verify existence of translation markers. If there is no
+ # translation marker on replacement, continue with the next
+ # one in the list.
+ if [[ ! ${DST[$COUNTDST]} =~ '=[A-Z_]+=' ]];then
+ # Increment destination counter.
+ COUNTDST=$(($COUNTDST + 1))
+ # The current replacement value doesn't have translation
+ # marker inside, so skip it and evaluate the next
+ # replacement value in the list.
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ while [[ $COUNTSRC -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Update replacements.
+ DST[$COUNTDST]=$(echo ${DST[$COUNTDST]} \
+ | sed -r "s!${SRC[$COUNTSRC]}!${DST[$COUNTSRC]}!g")
+
+ # Increment source counter.
+ COUNTSRC=$(($COUNTSRC + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Reset source counter
+ COUNTSRC=0
+
+ # Increment destination counter.
+ COUNTDST=$(($COUNTDST + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Apply replacements for translation markers.
+ while [[ ${COUNT} -lt ${#SRC[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Use sed to replace translation markers inside the design
+ # model instance.
+ sed -r -i "s!${SRC[$COUNT]}!${DST[$COUNT]}!g" ${LOCATION}
+
+ # Increment counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+ # Unset specific translation markers and specific replacement
+ # variables in order to clean them up. Otherwise, undesired values
+ # may ramain from one file to another.
+ unset SRC
+ unset DST
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3697ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_syncroRepoChanges.sh -- This function syncronizes both central
+# repository and working copy performing a subversion update command
+# first and a subversion commit command later.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_syncroRepoChanges {
+
+ # Verify don't commit changes flag.
+ if [[ $FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES != 'false' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ # Define source location the subversion update action will take
+ # place on. If arguments are provided use them as srouce location.
+ # Otherwise use action value as default source location.
+ if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATIONS="$@"
+ else
+ LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL"
+ fi
+
+ # Bring changes from the repository into the working copy.
+ cli_updateRepoChanges "$LOCATIONS"
+
+ # Check changes in the working copy.
+ cli_commitRepoChanges "$LOCATIONS"
+
+}
diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/cli_updateRepoChanges.sh b/Scripts/Functions/cli_updateRepoChanges.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c037e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/Functions/cli_updateRepoChanges.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_updateRepoChanges.sh -- This function realizes a subversion
+# update command against the working copy in order to bring changes
+# from the central repository into the working copy.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function cli_updateRepoChanges {
+
+ # Verify don't commit changes flag.
+ if [[ $FLAG_DONT_COMMIT_CHANGES != 'false' ]];then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ local -a FILES
+ local -a INFO
+ local -a FILESNUM
+ local COUNT=0
+ local UPDATEOUT=''
+ local PREDICATE=''
+ local CHNGTOTAL=0
+ local LOCATIONS=''
+
+ # Define source location the subversion update action will take
+ # place on. If arguments are provided use them as srouce location.
+ # Otherwise use action value as default source location.
+ if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then
+ LOCATIONS="$@"
+ else
+ LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL"
+ fi
+
+ # Verify locations existence. It shoud exist as regular file or
+ # directory inside the repository working copy.
+ cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'fd'
+ cli_checkFiles "$LOCATIONS" 'isInWorkingCopy'
+
+ # Outout separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Update working copy and retrive update output.
+ cli_printMessage "`gettext "Bringing changes from the repository into the working copy"`" 'AsResponseLine'
+ UPDATEOUT=$(svn update ${LOCATIONS})
+
+ # Outout separator line.
+ cli_printMessage '-' 'AsSeparatorLine'
+
+ # Define path of files considered recent modifications from
+ # central repository to working copy.
+ FILES[0]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^A.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+ FILES[1]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^D.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+ FILES[2]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^U.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+ FILES[3]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^C.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+ FILES[4]=$(echo "$UPDATEOUT" | egrep "^G.+$(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+$" | sed -r "s,^.+($(cli_getRepoTLDir "${LOCATIONS}").+)$,\1,")
+
+ # Define description of files considered recent modifications from
+ # central repository to working copy.
+ INFO[0]="`gettext "Added"`"
+ INFO[1]="`gettext "Deleted"`"
+ INFO[2]="`gettext "Updated"`"
+ INFO[3]="`gettext "Conflicted"`"
+ INFO[4]="`gettext "Merged"`"
+
+ while [[ $COUNT -ne ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
+
+ # Define total number of files. Avoid counting empty line.
+ if [[ "${FILES[$COUNT]}" == '' ]];then
+ FILESNUM[$COUNT]=0
+ else
+ FILESNUM[$COUNT]=$(echo "${FILES[$COUNT]}" | wc -l)
+ fi
+
+ # Calculate total amount of changes.
+ CHNGTOTAL=$(($CHNGTOTAL + ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]}))
+
+ # Build report predicate. Use report predicate to show any
+ # information specific to the number of files found. For
+ # example, you can use this section to show warning messages,
+ # notes, and so on. By default we use the word `file' or
+ # `files' at ngettext's consideration followed by change
+ # direction.
+ PREDICATE[$COUNT]=`ngettext "file from the repository" \
+ "files from the repository" $((${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} + 1))`
+
+ # Output report line.
+ cli_printMessage "${INFO[$COUNT]}: ${FILESNUM[$COUNT]} ${PREDICATE[$COUNT]}" 'AsRegularLine'
+
+ # Increase counter.
+ COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+ done
+
+}
+
diff --git a/Scripts/centos-art.sh b/Scripts/centos-art.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d702128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Scripts/centos-art.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# centos-art.sh -- This file is the initialization script, the first
+# script the centos-art command executes.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Alain Reguera Delgado
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
+# USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Most paths are built from HOME variable on, so we need to make our
+# best to make it contain a valid value before any path be built from
+# it. Using HOME variable gives us some flexibility to store the
+# repository filesystem in a location different from `/home/centos',
+# the default home directory centos-art assumes if HOME variable is
+# empty or malformed.
+[[ ! $HOME =~ '^/home/[[:alnum:]]+' ]] && HOME='/home/centos'
+
+# Initialize personal information.
+export CLI_PROGRAM='centos-art'
+export CLI_VERSION='1.0 (beta)'
+export CLI_BASEDIR="${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Scripts"
+
+# Initizalize internazionalization through gettext.
+. gettext.sh
+export TEXTDOMAIN=${CLI_PROGRAM}.sh
+export TEXTDOMAINDIR=${HOME}/artwork/trunk/Locales
+
+# Initialize common function scripts.
+FILES=$(ls ${CLI_BASEDIR}/Functions/{cli,cli_*}.sh)
+for FILE in ${FILES};do
+ if [[ -x ${FILE} ]];then
+ . ${FILE}
+ FUNCTION=$(grep '^function ' ${FILE} | cut -d' ' -f2)
+ export -f ${FUNCTION}
+ else
+ echo `gettext "The ${FILE} needs to have execution rights."` > /dev/stderr
+ exit
+ fi
+done
+
+# Unset all variables not considered global in order to start cli
+# execution with a clean environment.
+unset FILE
+unset FILES
+unset FUNCTION
+
+# Initialize command-line interface.
+cli "$@"